SRC. Prospectus 2013/2014
Page 02
contents
Course Key
05
Apprenticeship Training
16
Floristry & Flower Arranging
59
Admissions
08
A / AS Levels
20
GCSEs
60
Open Days
09
Entry Requirements
10
Access to University for Adults
22
Hairdressing
61
Accounting
23
Health & Safety
63
Guide to Qualifications
15
Administration
24
Health & Social Care
65
Art, Design & Crafts
26
Horticulture
67
Beauty Therapy
32
Hospitality & Tourism
68
Business
34
Childcare
36
IT / Computing / Multimedia
72
Childcare – Special Needs
38
Languages
76
Leisure & Recreational
Complementary Therapies 40
Finance
102
Learning Support
104
Working on Your Future
105
Learning Resource Centre 106 Facilities for Students
107
Student Activities
108
Sports Teams & Academies
109
Prince’s Trust
110
Campus Locations
111
77
Guide for International Students
111
Life Skills
78
i3
112
Community Learning
114
Construction
41
Construction Skills
44
Management & Professional Development
79
Counselling
47
Media
82
Community Learning Outcentres
115
Dental Nursing
48
Motor Vehicle
84
Index
119
Electrical
49
Music
86
Engineering
50
Performing Arts
88
Engineering Skills
52
Photography & Photoshop
89
English & History
54
Public Services
93
ESOL
55
Retail
94
Essential Skills
56
Science
95
First Aid
57
Sports Studies
97
Teacher Training
101
Page 03
Our Vision
Our mission
To be the leading provider of professional and technical training – prized by individuals and employers in the local community and beyond
To transform lives through meaningful and enjoyable learning experiences
Page 04
Core values Putting the learner first Striving for excellence Working together to achieve more
course key Higher Education Courses
Blended Learning Courses
Further Education Courses
Recreational Courses
Vocational Courses
Apprenticeship Courses / TFS
Choosing your course
Equality
Each course within the prospectus has been colour coded and is your guide to help you choose your desired course. We have a wide range of courses available from recreational through to higher education to choose from.
We have a commitment to equal opportunities and respect the differences of all our community regardless of racial group, religious belief, political opinion, age, sexual orientation, disability, gender, marital status or whether or not you have dependents. As a public body, we also regard the desirability of providing Good Relations between persons of different religious belief, political opinion or racial group.
We offer a range of blended learning courses. Blended learning is a flexible approach to delivery that combines both online and face-to-face teaching methods. Course materials are available online providing opportunities to have 24/7 access to all learning content. Regular formative assessments with feedback is given to give students an opportunity to gauge their progress against the learning outcomes and to receive supporting feedback on this progress. As you read through the prospectus look out for BLE to see what is on offer through blended learning.
Teaching and Assessment All Southern Regional College courses and assessments are conducted through the medium of English unless otherwise stipulated. Each student applicant must be competent in the English language to be able to understand and participate in learning and be able to work with English Language text books and learning material used in the delivery of the course. The College also provides a range of courses to support those who need to develop their English language skills.
Criminal Convictions Statement Southern Regional College is committed to providing a safe environment for all of its students. To inform College risk management processes students will be asked to declare on their enrolment form if they have been convicted of or have received a caution which may impact upon the welfare of fellow students. If you advise us of certain criminal convictions, you will be contacted by a designated member of college staff to obtain further details prior to making a decision on your enrolment. You will not be automatically excluded from enrolment but in certain circumstances the College may be required to refuse your enrolment on your chosen course. In addition you may have to agree to a risk control contract before your enrolment can be confirmed and your case may be discussed with external agencies e.g. PPANI.
IF YOU REQUIRE THIS DOCUMENT IN ANOTHER FORMAT SUCH AS LARGE PRINT, BRAILLE OR AUDIO TAPE PLEASE CONTACT THE MARKETING DEPARTMENT PHONE 0845 604 0033 Page 05
Welcome Welcome to Southern Regional College. For many this is the first time you will have the opportunity to choose the area of study outside the confines of a school environment. It is your chance to undertake a programme of learning that will either prepare you for the world of work or allow you to progress to higher education. It is important for you to consider your future carefully because the decision you make now will affect your career and employment prospects. Courses at Southern Regional College are designed to provide you with the knowledge necessary to follow your chosen career as well as develop the practical and personal skills which will give you an edge when seeking employment.
industry recognised qualifications, specialist programmes and professional qualifications recognised by professional bodies in the UK and Ireland. You can now select from a wide range of short courses based on units of learning that can be built up over time to full qualifications thus allowing you to study at a time and pace that suits your needs.
As a modern Further and Higher Education College we make every effort to ensure that our programmes offer clear progression pathways. Courses range from those for the complete beginner through to postgraduate study in a wide range of subject areas and are delivered by expert tutors in a friendly learning environment. We offer an ever increasing number of full time vocational and academic courses including Apprenticeships, A Levels, BTEC Extended Diploma qualifications as well as an extensive range of professional qualifications. Whether you wish to attend on a full time basis, during the day or in the evening you will be able to choose the mode of study that suits your needs.
Our portfolio of higher level professional and technical courses is broad ranging and we ensure that all our programmes, be they degrees, diplomas, certificates or professional qualifications, are of a quality surpassing that offered at University. In fact all our degree programmes are validated and quality assured by leading Universities including the University of Ulster, Queen’s University Belfast, and Liverpool John Moore’s University.
The College also offers an excellent range of part time courses, whether you are considering a course to further your existing job prospects, update your skills or simply undertake learning for pleasure. Learning can be so rewarding at all levels and we are confident that we will have just the right course for you. Studying part time will give you the opportunity to learn at a pace that suits you. We offer over 350 part time programmes in a variety of subjects, many of which are
Page 06
Southern Regional College is a great place to learn - a place where we strive to give you the best facilities, the best support and of course the most up to date teaching which is at the core of everything we do. We welcome all students whether they are returning to study after a break or continuing your education direct from school. It doesn’t matter how many years it has been since you were in education - there are lots of opportunities to start again, and we are here to help make your experience both rewarding and enjoyable. All our students have access to the widest range of modern learning resources and are supported by a dedicated team of staff throughout our campuses.
We are proud, not just of our excellent history of achievement, but also of our tradition of supporting our students in all aspects of the learning experience. We strive to provide stimulating, inclusive teaching practices in modern learning environments. To this end, the College offers high quality pastoral support, and takes seriously the demands to meet the additional specific learning requirements and social needs of the individual student. Our commitment to widening participation means we truly welcome students of all ages, nationality and backgrounds. Thank you for your interest and we hope you find this prospectus helpful. Remember you will be able to meet the staff at one of our open days or alternatively if you require any additional information or advice on careers, please telephone or drop in to any of our admissions offices. If you choose to study with Southern Regional College we can guarantee that you will be given all the support and encouragement you need to succeed in work and life. We look forward to welcoming you to the College in September.
Mr Brian Doran Chief Executive
Mr Andrew Saunders Chair of the Governing Body
Pathway to Qualification As a modern Further and Higher Education College, SRC makes every effort to ensure that its programmes offer clear progression pathways and are relevant for the world of work. Courses range from those for the complete beginner through to postgraduate study in a wide range of subject areas and are delivered by expert tutors in a friendly learning environment. The College also offers an excellent range of part time courses, whether you are considering a course to further enhance your career, to update your skills, or simply for pleasure.
Page 07
Admissions Southern Regional College aims to ensure that everyone who applies for a course and fulfils the admissions criteria, will join a course that meets their needs and lead to a chosen career pathway. In some cases, the course that you may wish to join will have specific entry criteria. These have been specified to let you know what minimum prior knowledge, skills and/or academic qualifications you should have in order to meet the demands of the course. In addition to providing appropriate information about the course of study, a Pre-enrolment and Advice Session (PEAS) is normally used as part of the selection process to ensure that students enrol on the appropriate course to ensure their ability supports their aspiration. This gives applicants an opportunity to discuss their choice of course with a specialist tutor and to ask specific questions on issues they may be concerned about. If undecided as to your choice of career/progression route, an advice session can be arranged with the Careers Advisor to discuss possible alternatives.
ADMISSIONS TO FULLTIME STUDY Applications will be accepted NOW - it is important not to wait for the results of examinations before applying for a place on a full-time course, as places can be offered provisionally pending confirmation of your examination results. When you return a completed application form to the Admissions Office you will be invited where applicable for a pre enrolment and advice session (PEAS). Popular courses will fill early, therefore, early application is essential for all learners.
ADMISSIONS TO PARTTIME STUDY Applications for admission to part-time courses are coordinated by a comprehensive Admissions service which processes applications, provides information on Student Services, arrange preenrolment and advice sessions (PEAS) where applicable and forwards the offers made to applicants.
Page 08
Full details including days and times of part-time day and evening courses will be published in the College newspaper which can be obtained from any campus. Advertisements in local press at various times throughout the year will give details of adult information and advice evenings, which are held in late August. For further information log on to our website at www.src.ac.uk How do I apply? If you are interested in studying a course at the College you need to complete an application form. You can obtain an application form by calling into any of our campuses, asking at reception, phoning and having one mailed to you, or you can download it from the website www.src.ac.uk. Once you have filled in your application form either post it to the relevant campus or bring it in to campus and give it to one of our Campus Services Staff at reception. Do I have to provide evidence of my qualifications? Not all courses require evidence of previous qualifications. For those that do, you will be asked to present these, usually at the pre enrolment and advice session (PEAS) or in August. Information on what qualifications are required for each course can be found in this prospectus. Will I be called for interview? If appropriate you will be called for a pre enrolment and advice session (PEAS). This will apply to all full time and substantial part time courses. These sessions will be informal and you will be able to discuss your course choices.
Please do not worry if you are not sure which course you want to follow. You will get an opportunity to ask questions to make sure that you are making the right decision. Our staff are here to help and you can count on their confidentiality.
Why do you need to provide information on your ethnic and community background?
How will I know if I have been accepted onto my course?
What happens to information about you?
Following your advice session you will be sent a letter confirming the offer - either a firm or provisional acceptance, depending on whether or not you have been asked to achieve certain examination grades. To secure your offer of a place you must confirm your acceptance. Remember courses fill quickly so it is important you do this quickly. You will also need to attend to enrol on the date indicated on the letter.
The Data Protection Act requires the College to comply with a number of important principles. It gives individuals rights over their personal information and any details you provide to SRC will be held securely. It may be passed to official bodies who must gather this information by law but will not be passed to other third parties.
What do I do if I have a disability or special need? Please contact the College’s Campus Services and staff will be able to suggest alternative ways for you to apply. For specialist learning support please refer to page 104 What do you mean by ‘a disability’? A disability is a physical or mental condition which makes it very difficult for you to do normal dayto-day things both now and in the future.
So that we can ensure equal opportunities, we need to monitor the applications and progress of students.
Open days The College organises Open Days each year to provide potential applicants and their parents/ guardians/carers the opportunity to find out more about studying at the College. Open Days really do provide one of the best opportunities for you to find out more about courses, the College and progression pathways. Portadown Campus
Lurgan Campus
Newry Campus
Kilkeel Campus
Banbridge Campus
Armagh Campus
Wednesday 5th March 2014 2pm - 8pm
Thursday 6th March 2014 11am - 8pm
Tuesday 11th March 2014 2pm - 8pm
Wednesday 12th March 2014 2pm - 8pm Wednesday 12th March 2014 2pm - 8pm
Thursday 13th March 2014 11am - 8pm
In addition, a number of information and advice sessions are also held at the start of the new academic year in August/September. Please contact the College around this time for more information. Information can also be found on our website
www.src.ac.uk
Page 09
Entry rEquirments The College may use any information pertaining to the applicant’s skills, capability, competence or attributes, which is publicly available or presented to the College as part of the application process, to make an informed, objective and professional decision on the applicant’s ability and likelihood of the applicant to complete the programme successfully. The College will advise applicants on their likelihood of achievement based on the evidence available and indicate what evidence they have used in order to reach such a decision. The College will always seek to offer alternative provision at a more suitable level or vocational area if such options are available. Information relating to Public Protection Arrangements Northern Ireland (PPANI) may have an impact on Admission.
ADMISSIONS CRITERIA: FURTHER EDUCATION
The College will advise applicants of their likelihood of achievement based on the evidence available and indicate what evidence they have used to reach such a decision. The College will always seek to offer alternative provision at a more suitable level or vocational area if such options are available.
Applicants will be asked to provide a previous statement of educational needs (SEN) or assessment and have a record of any prior attainments. Applicants that do not have a SEN statement will be assessed prior to being offered a place on the course.
Courses at the Southern Regional College are delivered using the English language and as such, all applicants must be able to demonstrate that they have a satisfactory level of fluency in English (ESOL Level 2 or equivalent). The College reserves the right to refer any applicant to remedial English Language classes until their level of fluency in written and spoken English is sufficient to allow participation in other areas of study. The College may vary the admissions criteria for any programme at any time up to the point of enrolment. Any offer is conditional on: • Sufficient resources to operate the programme; • Authority from the appropriate awarding body to offer the programme; and • Sufficient applicant numbers to ensure the viability of the programme.
Page 10
Level 1 or below FE Qualifications (excluding TFS & ApprenticeshipsNI) The College will review the qualifications and/or experience held by applicants and will consider whether this profile shows an ability to progress towards a level 1 qualification.
An interview will play an important role in the selection of candidates. Applicants must be at least 16 years of age on or before 1st July in the year of proposed entry to the course. Applicants must be well motivated and have completed a programme of general education to key stage 4 which would enable the applicant to benefit from and succeed on the course. An applicant applying for entry level or level 1 courses would normally have a specific learning difficulty and /or disability. Attendance at IPEAS or GPEAS will play an important role in the selection of candidates in all courses. In the case of Art & Design and in certain creative subjects applicants may be required to present an appropriate portfolio of evidence in order to demonstrate specific skills or attributes required for these courses.
Level 2 FE Qualifications (excluding TFS & ApprenticeshipsNI) The College will review the qualifications and/or experience held by applicants and will consider whether this profile shows an ability to progress towards a level 2 qualification. All applicants must be able to demonstrate at interview that they have a satisfactory level of fluency in English- both written and spoken. The College reserves the right to refer any applicant to remedial English Language classes until their level of fluency in written and spoken English is sufficient to allow participation in other areas of study. Applicants must be at least 16 years of age on or before 1st July in the year of proposed entry to the course. Applicants should normally have as a minimum at least 5 GCSE Grades D-G, or an equivalent qualification profile from the QCF. Applicants must demonstrate the attributes of motivation and initiative to participate in the programme and a desire to succeed in completing their chosen course. Attendance at IPEAS or GPEAS is essential for the selection of candidates in all Level 2 full time courses. The College may also use other evidence provided as part of the application process. Please note that in the case of; • Art & Design - applicants will be required to present a portfolio of evidence in art and design; • VRQ Level 2 Diploma Professional Cookery Preference will be given to those who have achieved a Grade C in English Language or equivalent.
• Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy - preference will be given to candidates who provide evidence of previous practical experience at interview.
ADMISSIONS CRITERIA: FULL TIME ADVANCED FE LEVEL 3 COURSES Adult Access Courses Applicants must normally be 19 years of age or over at the date of entry to the programme and have no recent formal education experience. Applicants must provide evidence of a basic competence in written and oral communication in English and numeracy skills. Applicants must demonstrate motivation for and ability to cope with the academic demands of the programme and are considered on their individual merit. Level 3 Course in Further Education (excluding TFS & ApprenticeshipsNI) Unless otherwise stated Level 3 Further Education courses include any of the following; Title Level 3 Extended Diploma Level 3 Diploma Level 3 90-credit Diploma Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma Level 3 Certificate
Credit Equivalent 180 3 A levels 120
2 A levels
90
1.5 A levels
60
1 A level
30
0.5 A level
The College will review the qualifications and/or experience held by applicants and will consider whether this profile shows an ability to progress towards a level 3 qualification.
For applicants who are at least 16 years of age on or before 1st July in the year of proposed entry to the course and who have recently been in education to key stage 4, they must have one of the following: • 14 points or greater, consisting of at least 4 GCSE Grade C, or equivalent qualification profile from the QCF. In certain circumstances and specifically during ‘clearing’, the College may reduce this requirement to 12 points if it is deemed that the candidate has demonstrated the commitment, understanding and knowledge of the subject, • BTEC Level 2 First Diploma or equivalent at Pass or above with a profile equating to 14 points, • NVQ Level 2 (in relevant subject area), • Leaving Certificate - a profile equivalent to 12 points (of which 3 subjects must be achieved at Grade C3 or better at Ordinary Level), • Applicants to BTEC Extended Diplomas in Construction, Engineering and Science must have a GCSE profile which includes Mathematics Grade C or above or an equivalent qualification which includes Essential Skills Level 2 in Numeracy. Applicants who do not possess GCSE English Language at Grade C or higher (or equivalent) must be able to demonstrate as part of their application they can communicate in written and spoken English Language to an acceptable level to succeed in the course. The College reserves the right to refer any applicant to remedial English Language classes until their level of fluency in written and spoken English is sufficient to allow participation in other areas of study. Attendance at IPEAS or GPEAS is essential in the selection of candidates in all courses. In
the case of Art & Design and in certain creative subjects applicants may be required to present an appropriate portfolio of evidence. Applicants admitted to a programme of study without a Grade C or better in GCSE English Language or Mathematics will be required to undertake an Essential Skills course in Literacy or Numeracy at Level 2. Applicants will have the opportunity to undertake repeat classes in GCSE English Language and/or Mathematics. Applicants admitted to a programme of study without a Grade C or equivalent in Information Communication Technology or equivalent QCF level 2 qualifications in ICT will be required to undertake an Essential Skills course in ICT. Learners over 25 may present a more varied profile of achievement that is likely to include experience of paid and/or unpaid employment. Please note that in the case of; • Art & Design - applicants will be required to present a portfolio of evidence in art and design; • Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy - preference will be given to candidates who provide evidence of previous practical experience at interview; • Performing Arts - applicants will be required to undertake an audition; • Media - applicants should be able to demonstrate a suitable level of creative ability at interview; • Music - applicants will be required to attend for an audition and music theory test. Preference will be given to applicants with a Grade C or better in GCSE Music, or evidence of Music Grade exams and/or with Grade 5 theory (desirable). Applicants
must also be of at least Grade 5 performance standard in their chosen instrument(s) or voice and provide their own instrument unless it is piano, keyboards or drums, which are available for use in the college. • Music Technology - applicants may be required to undertake a listening test to ensure their suitability for undertaking the technical requirements of the course. ‘Advanced’ Level 3 Courses in Further Education (excluding TFS & ApprenticeshipsNI)
English Language at Grade C or higher. • BTEC Level 2 First Diploma or equivalent at Pass or above with a profile equating to 14 points which must include GCSE Mathematics at Grade B or higher and GCSE English Language at Grade C or higher, • NVQ Level 2 (in relevant subject area) together with GCSE Mathematics at Grade B or higher and GCSE English Language at Grade C or higher,
In addition to the previously listed Level 3 courses in further education, the College also offers an ‘advanced’ Level 3 programme specifically in priority skills areas including engineering and science. Entry requirements for these ‘advanced’ courses will be higher than that required for entry to other Level 3 courses in Further Education.
• Leaving Certificate - a profile equivalent to 12 points (of which 3 subjects including English Language must be achieved at Grade C3 or better at Ordinary Level and Mathematics at grade B1-B3),
An ‘Advanced’ Level 3 course will normally include the following qualifications;
Please note applicants will not be accepted onto an ‘advanced’ level 3 course in further education without the GCSE grades in Mathematics and English Language outlined above.
• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in the chosen vocational area (2 A Level equivalent); AND • GCE AS/A2 Level Mathematics The College will review the qualifications and/or experience held by applicants and will consider whether this profile shows an ability to progress towards an ‘advanced’ level 3 qualification. For applicants who are at least 16 years of age on or before 1st July in the year of proposed entry to the course and who have recently been in education to key stage 4, they must have one of the following:
Attendance at IPEAS or GPEAS is essential in the selection of candidates in all courses.
Applicants admitted to an ‘advanced’ level 3 programme of study without a Grade C or equivalent in Information Communication Technology or equivalent QCF level 2 qualifications in ICT will be required to undertake an Essential Skills course in ICT. Learners over 25 may present a more varied profile of achievement that is likely to include experience of paid and/or unpaid employment.
• 14 points or greater, consisting of at least 4 GCSE Grade C, or equivalent qualification profile from the QCF and which must include GCSE Mathematics at Grade B or higher and GCSE Page 11
Entry rEquirments POINTS AWARDED FOR QUALIFICATIONS GCSEGrade
Points
A*
6
A
5
B
4
C
3
D
2
E-G
1
GCSE Grade for Mathematics & English Only
Points
GCSE Subject Requirement for A-Level Entry BTEC Level 2 First Certificate or Equivalent Grade
Points
Distinction
10
Merit
8
Pass
6
Occupational Studies
Points
Double Award L2
6
Single Award L2
3
Double Award L1
Subject
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS/COMPOSITE GCSE
AS
14 Points at GCSE, with at least 4 GCSEs at grade C as defined in the Admissions Criteria document, including a Grade C or above in the following:
Biology
GCSE Double Award Science or GCSE Biology
Business Studies
No Specific GCSEs
Chemistry
GCSE Double Award Science or GCSE Chemistry
2
Economics
No Specific GCSEs
English Literature
GCSE in English Language
Geography
No Specific GCSEs
History
No Specific GCSEs
ICT
No Specific GCSEs
A*
7
Single Award L1
1
A
6
Points
B
5
Key Skills / Essential Skills
C
4
Level 2
3
Level 1
2
Leaving Certificate Ordinary Level
Points
Law
No Specific GCSEs
Mathematics
GCSE Mathematics
Physics
GCSE Double Award Science or (GCSE Physics and GCSE Mathematics)
Psychology
No Specific GCSEs
BTEC Level 2 First Points Diploma or Equivalent Grade Distinction
20
A1
6
Merit
16
A2
5
Pass
12
B1-B3
4
C1-C3
3
Religious Studies
No Specific GCSEs
D1-D3
2
Sociology
No Specific GCSEs
ADMISSIONS CRITERIA - AS and A2 (A-Level) LEVEL 3 COURSES The College requires applicants to apply for 3 AS courses or more, based on the ‘grid of combination’. The grid of combination outlines possible AS combinations and is provided with A-Level application forms or from the School Administrator. The grid of combination will be available no later than February of the year of entry. The College will review the qualifications and/or experience held by applicants and will consider whether this profile shows an ability to progress towards AS and A2 level 3 qualifications. For applicants who are at least 16 years of age on or before 1st July in the year of proposed entry to the course and who have recently been in education to key stage 4, they must have one of the following: • GCSE – A qualifications profile equating to 14 points with a minimum of 4 GCSEs at grade C or above for applicants of 3 A Levels.
Page 12
• Applicants wishing to study 4 A-Levels must have 25 points or better with a minimum of 6 GCSEs at Grade C, including GCSE English Language Grade C and GCSE Mathematics Grade C.
undertake a higher education course and must be able to communicate which subject they wish to undertake this in.
• BTEC First Diploma or Certificate or equivalent (with a qualification profile equivalent to 15 points or above)
Foundation Degrees, Higher National Certificate and Diplomas (Level 4 and Level 5)
• Leaving Certificate – a profile equivalent to 14 points (of which 4 subjects must be achieved at Grade C3 or better at Ordinary Level). • Applicants are required to have a GCSE Grade C or better related to the subject to which they are applying (see Table 1 below). In certain AS subjects this is not required, as no related subject is available. Attendance at IPEAS or GPEAS is essential in the selection of candidates in all courses. In the case of Art & Design and in certain creative subjects applicants may be required to present an appropriate portfolio of evidence. Applicants will be required to demonstrate that they wish to
ADMISSIONS CRITERIA: HIGHER EDUCATION
The over-riding consideration in admitting applicants to the course, is evidence that the learner is likely to be able to complete the course satisfactorily. Applicants must be at least 18 years of age on or before 1st July in the year of proposed entry to the course. Applicants must: • Have evidence of competence in written and spoken English Language (minimum GCSE grade C or equivalent) and numeracy (minimum GCSE grade C or equivalent) is required for Higher Education courses. Applicants without these qualifications maybe eligible for entry under APEL (Accreditation of Prior Learning);
• Have attained at least 14 points at Level 2 or above (e.g. GCSE) or have alternative approved qualifications. • Applicants should normally have obtained a minimum of 120 UCAS points achieved through the completion of A Levels, National Awards, Access or other alternative approved qualifications. Applicants using A-Level qualifications for entry must have obtained a minimum Grade E in at least one A2 subject. • The College reserves the right to enhance the entrance requirements beyond the minimum 120 UCAS points where demand exceeds the number of available places. In addition, where places remain available the College reserves the right to offer places to candidates with a profile less than 120 UCAS points. • No applicant will be accepted with a UCAS profile less than 80 UCAS points. Applicants may be granted entry even if they have not satisfied the requirements above, provided they can provide evidence of their ability to study at the required level and/ or evidence of significant relevant industrial experience and an interest in relation to the subject area. In the case of; • Degree in Creative Imaging – applicants must possess at least a merit grade in HND Photography, Graphic Design or Media.
• HND Fashion & Textiles, Graphic Design, Interactive Media, Music and Photography – a portfolio of work should normally be presented at interview.
Alternative approved higher education qualifications. The College will accept as alternative approved qualifications: • An Irish Leaving Certificate with passes in three approved subjects at ordinary level together with a minimum of 120 UCAS points gained at higher level. • BTEC National qualifications (Level 3) awarded by the Edexcel Foundation • OCR National qualifications (at Level 3). • NVQ Level 3 qualifications. • A minimum of 2 passes at grade D or above in Scottish Highers. • The European, International or Welsh Baccalaureate. • Satisfactory completion of an approved Access course. All courses as detailed on the QCF (Qualification & Curriculum Framework) will be taken into consideration for entry to SRC. Admissions criteria may be enhanced by the College if a course is oversubscribed. In this instance the decision to enhance the criteria must be agreed by the HOS and Director for Curriculum and Student Services. Applicants will be informed of a change of admissions criteria in writing.
SRC works in partnership with a large variety of quality and well established awarding bodies including:
Page 13
UCAS Comparison
UCAS Tariff Table UCAS Points
GCE/VCE QUALIFICATIONS GCE AS/AS
420 400 380 360 320 300 285 280 260 240 225 220 210 200 180 165 160 140 120 110 100 90 80 77 72 71 70 64 60 58 55 52 50 48 45 42 40 39 38 35 33 30 28 26 25 20 17 15 14 13 10 7
Page 14
GCE A LEVEL/ AVCE
Level 3 Diplomas (QCF) or Equivalent AVCE Double Award
CACHE Diploma
Subsidiary Diploma Extended Award Certifcate Diploma Diploma Diploma D*D*D* D*D*D D*D D DDD DDM
Foundation Diploma Art & Design
Irish Leaving Certificate Higher
CAO Points
Ordinary
A B DIST
D*D* D*D DD
AA
DMM MMM
C MERIT
BB
DM
MMP D PASS
CC A* A
DD
D* D
MM
MPP
MP
PPP
E A
B B C
EE
M
A1
100
A2
90
B1
85
B2
80
B3
75
C1
70
PP
C A
D D
B C2 C3 C
E
A1
65 60
P E D1
D
A
E
B C
55
D2
A2
50
D3
B1
45
B2
40
B3 C1 C2 C3 D1 D2 D3
35 30 25 20 15 10 5
D
E
Guide to Qualifications Choosing which qualification to study can be difficult and sometimes confusing. This brief guide will hopefully give you a greater understanding of the qualifications on offer at the College. Although the names of the qualifications we offer might be new to you, they are recognised by industry and universities as programmes that will provide the skills and knowledge they want their future employees or students to have. QUALIFICATION
LEVEL
EQUIVALENCY
DESCRIPTION
Bachelor Degree Professional Certificate Professional Diploma
7/6
Degree
These courses are part time and validated by the College or University.
Foundation Degree Higher National Diploma Higher National Certificate
5/4
Second year of a Degree
Full and part time flexible employment related courses that combine traditional College study with learning that takes place at work.
L3 Access Course L3 BTEC Extended Diploma L3 BTEC Diploma L3 BTEC Subsidiary Diploma L3 BTEC Certificate
3
3 GCE A Levels 3 GCE A Levels 2 GCE A Levels 1 GCE A Levels 1 GCE A Levels
Access courses are for adults with few or no formal educational qualifications who wish to prepare for entry to University.
2
4 GCSEs (A*-C) 2 GCSEs (A*-C) 1 GCSEs (A*-C)
If you have less than 4 GCSEs L2 courses provide a more practical way of studying and a progression to Level 3
1
GCSE (D-G)
These courses address personal and development needs to enable you to gain the necessary skills to move to the next Level.
L3 courses are recognised by employers and help you secure work or enter into Higher Education
L3 Apprenticeship L3 National Vocational Qualification (NVQ) GCE AS & A2 L2 BTEC Diploma L2 BTEC Extended Certificate L3 BTEC Certificate L2 Skills for Work L2 Apprenticeship L2 National Vocational Qualification (NVQ) L1 BTEC Certificates and Awards GCSE L1 Combined Diploma L1 Skills for Work L1 Skills for Life L1 National Vocational Qualification (NVQ) Entry Level BTEC Qualifications
0
Qualification Pathway EMPLOYMENT LEVEL 4 & 5 Higher Level
ApprenticeshipsNI • Employed • NVQ Level 2 • Technical Certificate Programme Led Apprenticeship • Non Employed • Technical Certificate • NVQ Level 2
EMPLOYMENT
Foundation Degree BTEC HNC BTEC HND
A2 Level
Level 3 certificate / diploma national award
EMPLOYMENT AS Level
GCSE Grades A-C Grades D-G
Training for success introductory certificate
Apprenticeship route
level 2 certificate / diploma
introductory certificate / diploma
Academic Route
4 & 5
3
2 WORK EXPERIENCE
LEVEL 1
WORK EXPERIENCE
LEVEL 2
ApprenticeshipsNI • NVQ Level 3 • Technical Certificate • Employed
University
EMPLOYMENT
LEVEL 3
Foundation Degree BTEC HNC BTEC HND
1
Vocational route
Page 15
Apprenticeship training & training for success
Training for Success (TfS) for young people who have not yet found full-time employment What’s in it for you? Training for Success programmes will give you the skills and confidence to find work. Just start off at a point you feel comfortable with and once you have the basic skills and qualifications you need, you’ll be ready to move to a higher level or, if you have employment, into an Apprenticeship. Training for Success is delivered across three programmes as outlined below. Each of the programmes gives you a varied range of training: • Building confidence and understanding through a range of activities • Job specific training to achieve a relevant qualification • Essential Skills of Literacy, Numeracy and Information Technology • Health & Safety training and CSR card if required • Work experience and job sampling to let you experience different workplaces and decide what sort of work suits you best • Opportunities for progression to higher levels • Help with interview skills and completing job applications Entry Requirements • Applicants must have reached the minimum school leaving age and be under 18 • Applicants with a disability can be up to 22 years old on entry • Applicants who have been in care can be up to 24 years old on entry • Applicants must be unemployed • Applicants will be assessed to determine the appropriate start level
Page 16
Participants receive:
Other activities include:
• Non means tested EMA of £40 per week that does not impact on any other benefits • Assistance with travel expenses • Protective clothing if required for your vocational area • Course fees and exam fees paid • Specialist support for those with specific needs • Specialist career guidance • Bonus paid to some participants on achievement of agreed targets
• Building a personal progress file • Money management/ budgeting • Drug awareness • Presentation and self-image • Work sampling and work preparation skills • Addressing individual needs • Educational/industrial visits • Social activities
Once you gain recognised basic skills and qualifications, you are ready to move on to a higher level.
Training for Success Skills for your life This programme is for young people who have no formal qualifications and/ or have substantial barriers to employment and learning. The aim of the programme is to address the personal and development needs and specific learning needs of those who have disengaged from learning. Training is delivered in a safe and secure learning environment and specialist support will be provided according to the needs of each individual. Training options include: • • • •
Horticulture General Engineering General Construction Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology
Applicants who have achieved GCSE English, Mathematics or IT at grades A-C will be exempt from the equivalent essential skill.
Duration 52 weeks with a mixture of time in the work place and time in directed training. Progression • Skills for Work Levels 1 or 2 ( up to 156 weeks) • Employer led Apprenticeship (must be employed) • Employment or sheltered employment • Further education
Training for Success Skills for Work Level 1 This programme is for young people who have: • achieved at least one formal qualification but their achievements do not amount to a full Level 1 qualification; or • a full Level 1 qualification but do not meet the entry requirements in English and Mathematics (or equivalent) for Skills for Work level 2 outlined below. A full Level 1 qualification is defined as 5 GCSEs grades D-G, an NVQ Level 1, or an equivalent qualification. Where a young person has achieved a full Level 1 qualification but does not have the requirements in English or Mathematics to enter Skills for Work Level 2 provision, they must work towards their Essential Skills in the first instance in order to give them the best possible chance of completing their professional and technical qualifications and maximizing their achievements on the programme. Once they have achieved their Essential Skills, they will be moved into the level 2 provision.
This programme helps young people gain skills and a vocationally related qualification at Level 1 so that they can progress to Skills for Work Level 2 or further education, or gain employment and do an Employer led Apprenticeship. Specialist organisations can provide additional support for individuals who require it so that they can benefit fully from training. Participants do a range of activities which includes: • Vocational skills training relevant in the occupational area they have chosen • Technical Certificate at Level 1 • Personal Development • Employability • Health and Safety training and CSR card if required • Work placement for at least one day per week • Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology Applicants who have achieved GCSE English, Mathematics or IT at grades A-C will be exempt from the equivalent essential skill. Duration • 52 – 104 weeks with a mixture of time in the work place and time in College • Up to 156 weeks for participants who have a physical or learning disability Progression Following completion of this programme young people may progress to: • Skills for Work Level 2 • Employer led Apprenticeship (must be employed) • Employment or sheltered employment. • Further education within the Southern Regional College or other colleges
Pathway to Employment Training for Success is about giving you the tools and confidence so you can get ready to find work. Once you gain recognised basic skills and qualifications, you’re ready to move onto the next level of Training for Success or an Apprenticeship. If you have already found and employer who will offer you employment as an Apprentice you can earn while you train
Page 17
Apprenticeship training & training for success
Training for Success – Skills for Work Level 2 Skills for Work Level 2 is for young people who satisfy the following conditions: • they have achieved a full Level 1 qualification, defined as 5 GCSEs grades D-G, an NVQ Level 1, or an equivalent qualification, and the appropriate grades in GCSE English and Mathematics or Essential Skills in Communication and Application of Number as detailed below; or • they have completed Skills for Work Level 1, and have the appropriate grades in GCSE English and Mathematics or Essential Skills in Communication and Application of Number This programme is for young people who have been assessed as being capable of achieving a vocationally related qualification at Level 2 but who have not yet secured employment. Participants develop skills in the vocational area they have chosen and gain a qualification and can progress to an Employer led Apprenticeship programme when they obtain appropriate employment. Specialist organisations can provide additional support for individuals who require it so that they can benefit fully from training. Participants do a range of activities which includes: • Vocational Skills Training relevant to the occupational area they have chosen • Technical Certificate at Level 2 • Employability Skills • Personal Development • Health and Safety training and CSR card if required • Work placement for at least one day per week • Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology Applicants who have achieved GCSE English, Mathematics or IT at grades A-C, will be exempt from the equivalent Essential skill. Page 18
Duration • Up to 104 weeks with a mixture of time in the work place and time in College Progression Following completion of this programme young people may progress to: • Employer led Apprenticeship (must be employed) • Further education within the Southern Regional College or other colleges • Self Employment
Apprenticeships at Level 2 and Level 3 Apprenticeships are available for both existing and newly recruited employees and are delivered through the ApprenticeshipsNI programme. Apprentices must be in paid employment from day one for at least 21 hours per week. This includes directed training time. ApprenticeshipsNI offers a diverse range of skills training and the opportunity to gain nationally recognised qualifications. There are over 50 Apprenticeships currently available within Southern Regional College. For example you may wish to consider Health and Social Care, Construction, Motor Vehicle, Electrical and Mechanical Engineering or Hospitality and Catering to name a few. As an Apprentice on the ApprenticeshipsNI programme you will follow an Apprenticeship Framework designed to help you get the training and qualification you need to do the job and the full cost of your directed training will be covered. Apprentices must be paid for their time in directed training. Once you complete your apprenticeship you will have formal qualifications that are recognised by employers worldwide.
Specialist organisations can provide additional support for individuals who require it, for example people with disabilities, so that they can benefit fully from training. Apprenticeship Frameworks include: • NVQ Level 2/3 • Technical Certificate • Employer Rights and Responsibilities • Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology Applicants who have achieved GCSE English, Mathematics or IT at grades A-C, will be exempt from the equivalent essential skill. Duration 1-4 years with a mixture of time in the work place and time in directed training. Entry Requirements • Applicants must be over 16 years of age • Applicants must be employed for at least 21 hours per week For more information on entry requirements log on to www.src.ac.uk SRC currently offer the courses listed above but subject to approval and numbers may be in a position to offer the following courses through TFS and APPRENTICESHIPSNI: Accountancy, Activity leadership, Barbering, Beauty Therapy, Bookkeeping, Business Administration, Cleaning Support Services, Coaching Teaching & Instruction, Creative & Digital Media, Customer service, Dental nursing, Domestic Natural Gas Installation, Electrotechnical services, Environmental Conservation, Extractives and Mineral Processing, Fashion & Textiles, Floristry, Food Manufacture, Glass Industry, Hospitality & Catering - Drinks dispensing, Instructing Physical Activity & Exercise, IT User, Leisure Management, Nail Services, Outdoor programmes & Sports programmes, Payroll,
Photo Imaging, Polymer Processing & Sign making, Surveying, Team leading/ Management, Travel services, Wind Turbine & Maintenance.
Course
Campus Location
Agricultural Service Engineering
Portadown
Amenity Horticulture
Newry
Bricklaying
Skills for Work Levels 1&2
ApprenticeshipsNI Level 2
ApprenticeshipsNI Level 3
Part time NVQ Level 2
Part time NVQ Level 3
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Newry & Portadown
•
•
•
•
•
•
Carpentry & Joinery
Armagh, Newry & Portadown
•
•
•
•
•
•
Childcare
Newry
•
•
•
•
•
•
Armagh
•
•
Banbridge
•
•
•
•
•
•
Electrical Engineering
Portadown
Electrical Installation
Newry & Portadown
Engineering - Mechanical
Portadown
Fitted Interiors
Portadown
Floor & Wall Tiling
Newry
Food Manufacturing
Portadown
Food Preparation and Cooking
Hairdressing
Skills for Your Life (52 weeks)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Only at level 2
•
•
•
•
Newry
•
•
•
•
Portadown
•
•
•
•
•
Newry
•
Armagh
•
Lurgan Health & Social Care
Newry
• •
•
•
•
•
Armagh
•
Banbridge
•
•
Kilkeel
•
•
•
•
Heavy Vehicle Maintenance & Repair
Armagh & Newry
•
Laboratory Technician
Newry & Portadown
Land Based Service Engineering
Portadown
•
Light Vehicle Maintenance & Repair
Armagh, Newry & Portadown
Meat Technology
Portadown
Painting & Decorating
Newry
Pharmacy Services
Newry & Portadown
Plant Maintenance and Repair
Newry
•
Plastering
Portadown
Plumbing Retail
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Armagh, Newry & Portadown
•
•
•
•
Newry
•
•
Lurgan
•
Stone Masonry
TBC
•
Vehicle Body Repair
Portadown
•
•
•
Welding & Fabrication Engineering
Armagh
•
•
•
Portadown
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• Page 19
a / AS Level
A Levels, offered mainly in the Armagh Campus, have a long historical tradition of producing excellent results and SRC is proud to offer opportunities that reflect modern lifestyles and flexible learning. Below are listed the options for you to choose from. New Learners
This is the traditional model for students who are currently sitting GCSEs and wish to study an A Level programme full-time. From Table A (see below) you can select one subject from each column only. Students traditionally select three AS courses from the table but there is the further option of a fourth AS choice which is subject to specific further entry requirements listed below. Please note that return learners and part-time students can also select from this package. How long is the course?
‘A’ Level – 2 years, 5 hours per subject per week
Repeat Learners
This option is for students who have completed their entire A Level programme and feel they need to enhance their grades in one or more subjects for Higher Education progression. Students opting for this package must have studied a complete A Level programme prior to application. However in one instance it is possible to study Business Studies (both AS & A2) without any prior study at GCSE level. The selection for this programme of study is listed in Table B
How long is the course? AS & A2 – 1 year, 6 hours per subject per week
‘AS’ Level – 1 year, 5 hours per subject per week
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
Entry requirements
Contact
Biology
A2CBIO/ AS3CBI
Armagh
See page 12
Heather Barbour T. 028 3752 2205 / E. barbourh@src.ac.uk
Business Studies
A2CBUS/ AS3CBS
Armagh
See page 12
Patricia McCusker T. 028 3752 2205 / E. mccuskerp@src.ac.uk Bernie O’Hagan T. 028 3752 2205 / E. ohaganb@src.ac.uk
Chemistry
A2CHEM/ AS3CCH
Armagh
See page 12
Florence Cromie T. 028 3752 2205 / E. cromief@src.ac.uk
Economics
AS3ECO
Armagh
See page 12
Sinead Bantleman T. 028 3725 2205 / E. bantlemans@src.ac.uk
English Literature
A2ALIT/ ASALIT
Armagh
See page 12
Margaret McAleavey T. 028 3752 2205 E. mcaleaveymm@src.ac.uk Alan Smith T. 028 3752 2205 / E. smitha@src.ac.uk
Geography
A2CGEO/ AS3CGE
Armagh
See page 12
Anne Fegan T. 028 3752 2205 / E. fegana@src.ac.uk
History
A2CHIS/ AS3CHS
Armagh
See page 12
Stephen Patterson T. 028 3752 2205 / E. pattersons@src.ac.uk
Information and Communication Technology
A2CICT/ AS3CIT
Armagh
See page 12
Julie McCarney T. 028 3752 2205 E. mccarneyj@src.ac.uk
Law
A2ALAW
Armagh
See page 12
Jenny Knox T. 028 3752 2205 / E. knoxj@src.ac.uk
Mathematics
A2EMTH/ ASEMTH
Armagh
See page 12
Carol Ferry T. 028 3752 2205 / E. ferryc@src.ac.uk
Physics
A2CPHY/ AS3CPH
Armagh
See page 12
Victor Goffe T. 028 3752 2205 / E. goffev@src.ac.uk
Psychology
AS3APY/ A2APSY
Armagh
See page 12
Suzanne Hyde T. 028 3752 2205 / E. hydesj@src.ac.uk
Religious Studies
A2CRES/ AS3CRS
Armagh
See page 12
Des McCready T. 028 3752 2205 / E. mccreadyd@src.ac.uk
Sociology
A2ASOC/ AS3ASO
Armagh
See page 12
John Gallagher E. gallagherj@src.ac.uk
Page 20
Blended Learners
This package offers a choice of A Levels to learners who wish to study in a part-time and flexible environment. Blended learning is suited for adult learners or learners seeking to enhance their grades. Students who attend a ‘blended learning’ programme will attend a tutorial every fourth week and use the College’s ‘Virtual Learning Environment’ programme called Moodle. Moodle is a software package that facilitates distance learning and allows students to have full access to their course from home. Blended learning is a mixture of direct tutor contact and online learning with the tutor through the Moodle programme
Career destinations: these subject areas may lead to degree programmes in a variety of subject areas including Law, teaching, medicine, social work and nursing.
who will assist and direct students virtually. Students will receive a complete induction package for this programme and advice about what is needed on their home computers. The selection for this programme of study is listed in Table C How long is the course? ‘AS’ Level – 1 year, 6 hours per subject per week (three hours per will be directed virtual learning) AS & A2 Business Studies - 1 year, 6 hours per week (three hours per will be directed virtual learning)
A LEVEL COMBINATIONS FOR 2013-14 TABLE A: NEW LEARNERS FE AS LEVEL SUBJECT SELECTION GRID, 5 HOURS PER WEEK FOR AS MODULES Select only one subject per column
A
B
C
D
1
Business Studies
Biology
Biology
Business Studies
2
Chemistry
History
Geography
English
3
English Literature
Physics
History
ICT
4
Religious Studies
Psychology
5
Psychology
6
ICT
Economics
Economics
Mathematics
Sociology
Sociology
A LEVEL COMBINATIONS FOR 2013-14 TABLE B: REPEAT A2 LEARNERS* FE A2 LEVEL SUBJECT SELECTION GRID, 5 HOURS PER WEEK FOR A2 MODULE & ONE YEAR INTENSIVE BUSINESS STUDIES, 6 HOURS PER WEEK COVERING ALL MODULES Select only one subject per column
A
B
C
D
1
Biology
Business Studies
English Literature
Biology
2
History
Chemistry
Physics
Business Studies
3
ICT
Geography
Psychology
English Literature
4
Law
ICT
Religious Studies
History
5
Mathematics
Law
6
Sociology
Sociology
Psychology
AS & A2 One Year Intensive 1
Business Studies
Business Studies
*You can only select A2 programmes of study that they have previously completed but require additional study to boost their grade profile. The only exception to this is Business Studies (Intensive AS & A2) which can be taken in one year. BLENDED LEARNERS AS LEVEL AND FULL A LEVEL SUBJECT SELECTION GRID BLE Subject
Course Code
Campus
Day
Contact
Business Studies AS – Semester 1 A2 – Semester 1
AS3CBS – Sem.1 A2CBUS – Sem.2
Armagh
Monday 6:30pm – 9:30pm
Bernie O’Hagan T. 028 3752 2205 E. ohaganb@src.ac.uk Page 21
Access to University for Adults
You should be at least 19 years of age at the start of the course. Access courses help learners gain the confidence and skills needed to study at University or other HE programmes. This a unique programme in that it affords the learners the opportunity to complete (in one year full-time or two years part-time) a range of modules that will enable the learner to develop a skill set that is fit for purpose in a modern employment market. These programmes all offer the equivalence of GCSEs (including Mathematics and English Language) at grade C and an ‘A’ Level or a full Leaving Certificate tariff that will satisfy entry to many HE programmes. Learners who partake in the full-time programme will also be offered Essential Skills ICT and two Employability programmes to ensure that the learner has an enhanced learner qualification profile.
The Access Diploma in Adult Learning The Diploma in Adult Learning has a core of Mathematics and Communications which moves into specialist pathways - Science, Business Studies, General Route (Nursing etc…), as well as Social Sciences and Humanities.
Career destinations Learners have been able to enrol on a variety of HE programmes including Midwifery, Law, Biomedical Science, Teacher Training, Social Work, Radiography, Podiatry and a range of other undergraduate degree courses.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Social Sciences & Humanities
DP3ADL
A, N, P – FT N,P – PT (DR) N – PT (EVE) B – PT (EVE)
FT/PT
FT – 3.5 days per week for 1 year
Over 19 & subject to A: Stephen Patterson interview – no formal pattersons@src.ac.uk academic requirements N: Michelle Johnston johnstonm@src.ac.uk P: Helen McAfee mcafeeh@src.ac.uk B: John McCaul mccaulj@src.ac.uk
A, N, P – FT N - PT (DR) P, N-PT (EVE)
FT/PT
Science
DP3ADL
PT – 1 day or 2 evenings per week for 2 years
FT – 3.5 days per week for 1 year PT – 1 day or 2 evenings per week for 2 years
Contact
Over 19 & subject to N: Alex Thornbury interview – no formal thornburya@src.ac.uk academic requirements A: Carol Ferry ferryc@src.ac.uk P: Helen McAfee mcafeeh@src.ac.uk
Business
DP3ADL
N – PT (EVE)
PT
2 evenings per week for 2 years
Over 19 & subject to N: Geardine Lennon interview – no formal lennong@src.ac.uk academic requirements
General Route – Care & Nursing
DP3ADL
N, P –FT
FT/PT
FT – 3.5 days per week for 1 year
Over 19 & subject to N: Colette O’Reilly interview – no formal oreillyc@src.ac.uk academic requirements N: Tom Torley torleyt@src.ac.uk A: Stephen Patterson pattersons@src.ac.uk P: Rodney Hodgins hodginsr@src.ac.uk
N – PT (DR) A – PT (EVE)
Page 22
PT – 1 day or 2 evenings per week for 2 years
Accounting
Accounting is a rewarding and exciting career dealing with a wide range of concepts such as business plans, tax investigations, book-keeping, payroll and audits. BSc (Hons) Accounting Recognised by professional bodies, this course will introduce you to the concepts of financial and management accounting, law, economics and taxation and provides an ideal base from which to launch your career in accounting. The programme is designed on a modular basis and you are required to complete a total of 19 modules - six modules in each level, with an extra module at level 4. Exemptions from various modules may be obtained based upon prior accreditation for examinations such as ATI, HND or HNC. Students are required to take all modules at Level 4 and are offered an option of modules at level 5. Level 6 is taken at University of Ulster. Modules included in levels 4 and 5 are: Accounting 1 and 2, Personal Finance & Study skills, Quantitative Analysis, Economics for Business, Costing, Company & Business Law, Management Accounting, Managerial Finance, Taxation 1, Financial Accounting.
Progression On successful completion you may enter a career in the financial, banking or accounting sectors or you may continue your studies at Postgraduate and/or Masters Degree level or pursue professional accountancy qualifications from which you can expect significant exemptions.
Accounting Technicians Ireland (formerly IATI) This qualification has been designed primarily for those who want to work as Accounting Technicians. The aim of the qualification is to provide you with the knowledge, skills and workplace competencies required of accounting professionals in the business environment. You will study Financial Accounting, Taxation (NI), Business Management and Law and Ethics (NI) in Year 1 and Advanced Financial Accounting, Advanced Taxation (NI), Integrated Accounting System (SAGE) and Management Accounting in Year 2. To complete the qualification you must pass all exams and
also have two years relevant work experience, verified by Accounting Technicians Ireland. Progression On successful completion you may work as a fully qualified Accounting Technician or you may want to continue your studies and pursue a professional accountancy qualification.
IAB Level 2 Award in Computerised Bookkeeping (SAGE) This course will show you how to process transactions using accounting software. On completion you will be able to: operate basic functions of a computer, set up the system, enter transactions into the sales and purchase ledgers, enter transactions into the nominal ledger, understand confidentiality, security and other statutory responsibilities. You will be assessed through an externally set examination.
IAB Level 2 Award in Computerised Payroll Processing (SAGE) This course will show you how to operate a computerised payroll system. On completion you will be able to: operate basic functions of a computer, use spreadsheets to make basic payroll calculations, set up key parameters, codes and details in payroll software, enter gross pay, enter details relating to additions and deductions, amend settings and details, process details of those starting or leaving employment, perform weekly/ monthly routines, understand confidentiality, security and other statutory responsibilities. You will be assessed through an externally set examination and one assignment.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
BSc (Hons) Accounting
BSACCT
N
PT
Normally 4.5 years on a part-time evening basis
5 GCSEs which include a Grade B in Maths and 3 A Levels (or equivalent). Applicants who do not have the necessary qualifications can apply via Accredited Prior Learning (APL).
Margaret Traynor T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2646 E. traynorm@src.ac.uk
Accounting Technicians Ireland
DPIATI
A, N, P
PT
2 years
1 A Level or 2 AS Levels or equivalent and Grades in English and at least one subject from Mathematics or Accountancy not lower than grade C at GCSE level. For those over 21 years of age, relevant work experience or a recommendation from your employer
Claire Byrne T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2646 E. byrnecl@src.ac.uk Joan McAfee T. 028 3839 7787 E. mcafeej@src.ac.uk Florence Megaw T. 028 3751 2835 E. megawf@src.ac.uk
IAB Level 2 Award in Computerised Bookkeeping (SAGE)
CT2CBK
A, B, N, P
PT
1 evening per week for 15 weeks
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Jennifer Clerkin T. 028 3026 1071 E. clerkinj@src.ac.uk
IAB Level 2 Award in Computerised Payroll Processing (SAGE)
CT2CPY
A, N, P
PT
1 evening per week for 15 weeks
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Jennifer Clerkin T. 028 3026 1071 E. clerkinj@src.ac.uk Page 23
Administration
The following courses will prepare you for working in an administrative environment by equipping you with the necessary skills. Courses are offered at several levels and candidates may enter at the appropriate level and progress. Private Secretary’s Diploma This highly respected qualification provides you with the knowledge, understanding and skills required in a modern office. This modular course is for those seeking employment as private secretaries to middle or senior management. The LCCI International qualification range is designed to deliver the skills essential for success in today’s demanding commercial environment. This course is equivalent to two A levels. Course Content includes: Meetings, Business Administration, English for Business, Text Production, Word processing. The fulltime programme offers audio transcription and Book-keeping examinations. Progression on successful completion of this course you may progress to responsible administration posts with local employers, hospitals, civil service, banks etc. You may also be eligible for entry to higher education courses such as the Executive Secretary’s Diploma, HND in Business and Finance or courses leading to a teaching qualification.
NVQ Level 3 Diploma in Business and Administration (1or 2 year course) This full-time course is completed by a portfolio of workbased experience gained across one or two years depending on relevant qualifications and experience. It is designed to certify competence in secretarial and administration skills. Applications are welcome from both school leavers and mature students. Work placement is an integral and valuable part of the programme and may be with private or public sector employers including the health professions.
Page 24
Subjects studied include OCR Text/Word Processing at Level 2/3, Audio Transcription Level 2, ITQ Level 2, IAB Computerised Accounting Level 2. Students are provided with a background to Medical Terminology and an opportunity to take OCR Level 2 Medical Word Processing.
NVQ Level 3 Business and Administration – (1 Year) This full-time course is completed by a portfolio of work-based experience. It is designed to certify competence in secretarial and administration skills. Applications are welcome from both school leavers and mature students. Work placement is an integral and valuable part of the programme and may be with public or private sector employers. Subjects include document production, working in teams, communication, presentation software and OCR Text / Word Processing at Level 2 and Level 3, Audio Transcription Level 2 and SAGE Accounts Level 1/2.
NVQ Level 2 Business and Administration – (1 Year) This full-time course is completed by a portfolio of work-based experience. It is designed to develop office and administration skills. Applications are welcome from both school leavers and mature students. Work placement is an integral and valuable part of the programme and there are opportunities for you to be placed in the office environment in places such as local schools, hospitals and solicitors. Subjects include office administration, reception and telephone skills, document production, filing, communication and OCR Text / Word Processing at Level 1 and Level 2. You will have the opportunity to participate in enterprise and
team activities, and visits will be arranged to local companies and events. Progression On completion students enter employment or may return to study a Level 3 qualification.
OCR Text Processing Level 3 This course provides you with training in advanced processing of information and production of a range of business documents to the highest standards. Entry requirement is the OCR Level 2 in Text/Word Processing. Assessment is through an examination.
OCR Text Processing Level 2 You will receive training in advanced processing of information as well as in the production of a variety of business documents. This course builds on the training you received on the Level 1 course and therefore the entry requirement is successful completion of the OCR Level 1 in Text/Word Processing. Assessment is through an examination. Progression successful participants can progress to OCR Text Processing Level 3.
OCR Text Processing Level 1 This course provides an introduction to word/text processing and text inputting and manipulation. It enables you to prepare documents and demonstrate competence in basic text processing. Assessment is through an examination. Progression Successful participants can progress to OCR Text Processing Level 2.
OCR Audio Transcription Level 2 This course provides you with training in audio to Level 2. It involves listening to recorded information and will therefore require a reasonably good knowledge of English grammar and spelling. Assessment is through examination. Progression Successful participants can progress to the next level.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Private Secretary’s Diploma
EDCPBA
N
FT/ PT
1 year full-time (3.5 days per week or 2 years part-time (1 evening per week)
You should be working towards Stage 2 word processing. Recent relevant administration experience is desirable.
Jacqueline Burns T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2646 E. burnsj@src.ac.uk
NVQ Level 3 Business and Administration (Medical )
ED3BAD
A
FT
2 years (or 1 year intensive), 4 days in college and 1 day in work placement each week
See page 10
Zandra McLean T. 028 3751 2837 mcleanz@src.ac.uk
NVQ Level 3 Business and Administration
EDCBAD
L
FT
1 year
See page 10
Mary McArdle T. 028 3839 7800 E. mcardlema@src.ac.uk
NVQ Level 2 Business and Administration
ED2BAA
L, N
FT
1 year
See page 10
Margaret Moore T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2646 E. moorem@src.ac.uk
OCR Text/Word Processing Stage 3
OC3ATX
All Campuses
PT
15 weeks
OCR Text/Word Processing Stage 2
Jennifer Clerkin T. 028 3026 1071 E. clerkinj@src.ac.uk
OCR Text /Word Processing Stage 2
OC2ATX
All Campuses
PT
15 weeks
OCR Text/Word Processing Stage 1 or significant experience in word processing
Jennifer Clerkin T. 028 3026 1071 E. clerkinj@src.ac.uk
OCR Text/Word Processing Stage 1
OC1ATX
All Campuses
PT
15 weeks
See page 10
Jennifer Clerkin T. 028 3026 1071 E. clerkinj@src.ac.uk Page 25
Art, design & Crafts
We offer courses in Art & Design, ranging from recreational arts and craft through to degree courses - so there is something for everyone. also be required to successfully complete preparatory studies in the summer before commencing the degree programme.
Our Creative Craft courses are very popular – these are 24 week accredited courses available in a wide variety of aspects of Art & Design and offer progression from Level 2 to Level 3, with many students using this as a springboard to progress to higher level courses. Students attending part-time short courses are required to bring with them the materials needed for their weekly classes. Students will have the option of exhibiting their work in the SRC end of year shows.
The course supports diverse studies in graphic design, moving image and photography. You will research in detail aspects of advertising, digital imaging, contemporary practice and real life design problems, using many communication and design disciplines, including image manipulation, hand drafting, typography, multimedia and digital imaging.
BA (Hons) Creative Imaging - validated by Liverpool John Moores University
There are prescribed assignments in year one, leading to a self-directed major project in year two. The final module is exhibited in a professional gallery, giving the public exposure to your work and also providing you with the opportunity to be involved in curating an exhibition. In addition a research report/dissertation will be undertaken over year one and part of year two.
This course is a progression from HND courses including Graphic Design, Photography, Interactive Media, Creative Media Production. It is imperative that the majority of your HND assignments are at distinction level. It is expected that you will have an outstanding portfolio of work and demonstrate an enthusiasm, commitment and ability for in-depth, honours level degree studies. You will
BA (Hons) Creative Imaging – part time one day The course is offered on a parttime basis one day per week for two years and as such provides a very cost effective way to progress in your studies without getting into the heavy debt that can be associated with a full-time university degree.
BA (Hons) Creative Imaging – blended learning The course involves four hours of taught classes one evening per week in college, with another evening of studio facilitation and online learning, for which access to a computer is necessary. This version of the part-time course should only be taken by those who are very self motivated and committed to their studies as it is an even more demanding route than the traditional college based part-time course. At the start of the course there will be sessions to familiarise you with the various forms of learning and social
networking used on the course and will introduce you to Apple Macintosh computers, should you not already be familiar with these. Progression Graduates will typically look for employment in the creative industries, graphic design, freelance illustration photography or interactive design or may go on to study at postgraduate level and/or prepare for a career in teaching.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Fashion and Textiles This qualification is designed to equip you with the knowledge, understanding and skills required for success in current or future employment in the Fashion and Textile Design industry. The course also provides a pathway for further study at degree level. You will combine traditional and contemporary methods of working and study the following
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Campus FT/PT Available
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
BA (Hons) Creative DG6CIM Imaging
L
PT
2 years, 1 day per week (Monday)
Merit in HND Photography, Graphic Design or Media, outstanding portfolio of work, interview and successful completion of preparatory studies.
Paul Hamilton T. 028 3839 7815 E. hamiltonp@src.ac.uk
BA (Hons) Creative DG6CIM Imaging
L
PT 2 years, 1 blended evening of taught learning classes per week plus one evening of studio facilitation/online learning
Merit in HND Photography, Graphic Design or Media, outstanding portfolio of work, interview and successful completion of preparatory studies.
Paul Hamilton T. 028 3839 7815 E. hamiltonp@src.ac.uk
Level 5 BTEC HD5TXT Higher National Diploma in Fashion & Textiles
L
PT 3 years, 1 blended evening of taught learning classes per week plus one evening of studio facilitation/online learning
A minimum of 120 UCAS points gained Cherie Craig through an Extended Diploma in Art T. 028 3839 7800 E. craigc@src.ac.uk & Design or Foundation Art, A Levels or equivalent, plus GCSE English and Maths or equivalent. See page 12 for full details. Adult returners and those working in the industry may not require these qualifications. You will be required to bring a portfolio of work to show at interview.
Level 5 BTEC HD5GDE Higher National Diploma in Graphic Design
L
FT
A minimum of 120 UCAS points gained Sean White through an Extended Diploma in Art & T. 028 3839 7800 Design or Media, A Levels or equivalent, E. whites@src.ac.uk plus GCSE English and Maths or equivalent. See page 12 for full details. You will be required to bring a portfolio of work to interview.
Page 26
Course Code
2 years, 3 days per week
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/PT Available
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Level 5 BTEC HD5GDE Higher National Diploma in Graphic Design
L
PT 3 years, 1 blended evening of taught learning classes per week plus one evening of studio facilitation/online learning
As above but adult returners and those Sean White working in the industry may not require T. 028 3839 7800 these qualifications. You will be required E. whites@src.ac.uk to bring a portfolio of work to interview.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Photography
HD5PHO
L
FT
2 years, 3 days per week
A minimum of 120 UCAS points gained Sybil Moses through an Extended Diploma in Art & T. 028 3839 7811 Design or Media, A Levels or equivalent, E. mosess@src.ac.uk plus GCSE English and Maths or equivalent. See page 12 for full details. You will be required to bring a portfolio of work to interview.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Photography
HD5PHO
L
PT
3 years, 1 day per week (Tuesday)
As above but adult returners and those Ian Bowles working in the industry may not require T. 028 3839 7811 these qualifications. You will be required E. bowlesi@src.ac.uk to bring a portfolio of work to interview.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Photography
HD5PHO
L
PT 3 years, 1 blended evening of taught learning classes per week plus one evening of studio facilitation/online learning
BTEC Foundation FIFART Diploma in Art & Design (Foundation Art)
L, N
FT
N
PT
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Art & Design
ED3ART
A, N
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Advertising, Animation and Creative Imaging
ED3ART
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Art & Design
DP2ART
As above but adult returners and those Ian Bowles working in the industry may not require T. 028 3839 7811 these qualifications. You will be required E. bowlesi@src.ac.uk to bring a portfolio of work to interview.
1 year, 4 days per Students must possess a GCE A week Level in Art & Design or an equivalent qualification e.g. Extended Diploma in 2 years, 2 days Art & Design. You will be required to per week bring a portfolio of work to interview. In exceptional circumstances a student may be accepted on the quality of their portfolio combined with previous experience.
Fiona McCartney T. 028 3026 1071 Ext: 2719 E. mccartneyf@src.ac.uk Cherie Craig T. 028 3839 7800 E. craigc@src.ac.uk
FT
2 years
14 points, consisting of at least 4 GCSEs at Grade C or equivalent (e.g. Level 2 Diploma in Art & Design), One of the GCSEs must be Art & Design. You will be required to bring a portfolio of work.
Fidelma Logan T. 028 302 61071 E. loganf@src.ac.uk Shirley Smylie T. 028 3839 7800 E. smylies@src.ac.uk Barry Weir T. 028 37522205 E. weirb@src.ac.uk
L
FT
2 years
14 points, consisting of at least 4 GCSEs at Grade C or equivalent. You will be required to bring a portfolio of work.
Michael Toman T. 028 3839 7800 E. tomanm@src.ac.uk
N
FT
1 year
Fewer than 4 GCSEs.
Agnes Murnin T. 028 302 61071 E. murnina@src.ac.uk
Silversmithing Creative Craft Level 2
AW2CCR N
PT
24 weeks, one You should have an interest in this area. evening per week
Agnes Murnin T. 028 302 61071 E. murnina@src.ac.uk
Recreational Silversmithing
RCJMAK
N
PT
12 weeks each None – this course is suitable for those Agnes Murnin semester, one who have no experience or who have T. 028 302 61071 evening per week completed Level 2 and wish to continue E. murnina@src.ac.uk to attend.
Life Drawing Creative Craft Level 3
CT3CCR
N
PT
12 weeks each You should have already completed Life Ann Keating semester, one Drawing L2. T. 028 3026 1071 evening per week E. keatinga@src.ac.uk
Life Drawing Creative Craft Level 2
AW2CCR N
PT
24 weeks, one You should have an interest in this area. evening per week
Ann Keating T. 028 3026 1071 E. keatinga@src.ac.uk Page 27
Art, design & Crafts Progression you can progress directly into employment in the design industry where career opportunities exist in many areas of Fashion and Textile Design. Alternatively, you may progress to top up degrees in other institutions of higher education.
modules: Visual Studies, Historical and Contemporary Studies, Experimental Printed Textiles, Experimental Embroidered Textiles, Design Exploration in Textiles, Fashion and Textile Materials, Textile Specialist Techniques and Processes, Critical Studies, Design Applications, CAD. Business studies and technical studies will complement the vocational modules. ‘Live’ projects from local industry will provide real industrial experience and this will be supported by visits to manufacturing companies.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Graphic Design (Pathway for Progression to BA (Hons) in Creative Imaging) All vocational and visual study areas use the design process as a basis for developing work. Although this course encourages creativity, it also aims to nurture an understanding of the practical realities of professional design practice. The course also provides you with the opportunity to carry out ‘live work’ for private and public sector clients.
You will be assessed on a regular basis throughout the programme using a range of appropriate assessment methods such as written and practical assignments, projects, case studies, presentations and live briefs. The course involves four hours of taught classes one evening per week in college, with another evening of studio facilitation and online learning, for which access to a computer is necessary. At the start of the course there will be sessions to familiarise you with the various forms of learning and social networking used on the course and will enable you to familiarise yourself with the relevant equipment, computers and software. There is no part-time day provision in Fashion and Textiles.
You will combine traditional and contemporary methods of working and will study the following modules: Computer Applications in Art and Design, Historical and Contextual Referencing, Professional Studies, Ideas Generation, Critical Study, Ideas in Context, Image Manipulation Applications, Corporate Identity, Visual Communication, Packaging, Working in the Digital Environment, Business Practice,
Advertising Campaigns, Drawing Techniques and Approaches, Communicating with Images, Advanced Typography. You will be assessed on a regular basis throughout the programme using a range of appropriate assessment methods such as written and practical assignments, projects, case studies, presentations and live briefs. We also offer a 3 year blended learning PT course. This involves 4 hours of taught classes one evening per week in college, with another evening of studio facilitation and online learning, for which access to a computer is necessary. This part-time course should only be taken by those who are very self motivated and committed to their studies as it is an even more demanding route than the traditional college based full-time course. At the start of the course there will be sessions to familiarise you with the various forms of learning and social networking used on the course and will enable you to learn how to use Apple Macintosh computers and introduce you to relevant equipment and software. There is no part-time day provision in Graphic Design. You can progress directly into employment in the design industry where career opportunities exist in many areas of graphic design e.g. design
studios, print houses, television, advertising agencies, education, national and local newspapers or can progress to the BA (Hons) Degree in Creative Imaging at Lurgan Campus. Alternatively, you may progress to other institutions of higher education.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Photography (FT and PT day courses) (Pathway for Progression to BA (Hons) in Creative Imaging) This qualification is designed to equip you with the knowledge, understanding and skills required for success in current or future employment in photography. The course also provides a pathway for further study at degree level at the college. Units include: Professional Practice in Art and Design, Photographic Techniques, Visual Language in Photography, Critical Study in Art and Design, Studio Practice, Darkroom Practice, Advertising Photography, Digital Image Creation and Development, Location Photography, Press Photography and Photo Journalism, Management of Exhibitions and Specialist Practice in Photography. You will be assessed on a regular basis throughout the
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/PT Available
Duration
Recreational Life Drawing
RCEART
N
PT
12 weeks each None – this course is suitable for those semester, one who have no experience or who have evening per week completed Level 2 or 3 and wish to continue to attend.
Ann Keating T. 028 3026 1071 E. keatinga@src.ac.uk
Recreational Dressmaking
RCDRSM L, N
PT
12 weeks each None - you should just have an interest semester, one in this area evening per week
Massaret Ali T. 028 302 61071 E. alim@src.ac.uk
Recreational Art
RCEART
A, B, L, N
PT
12 weeks, None - you should just have an interest one morning, in this area afternoon or evening per week
Nigel Whiteside T. 028 30261071 E. whitesiden@src.ac.uk
B
PT
12 weeks, one morning per week
None - you should just have an interest in this area
Tammy Fullerton T. 028 3839 7800 E. fullertont@src.ac.uk
Recreational Crafts RCCRFT
Entry requirements
Contact
Alter and Repair Your Clothes
RCDRSM L, N
PT
2.5 hours per None - you should just have an interest week for 4 weeks in this area
Tammy Fullerton T. 028 3839 7800 E. fullertont@src.ac.uk
Make Simple Curtains and Cushions
RCCRFT
N
PT
2.5 hours per None - you should just have an interest week for 6 weeks in this area
Tammy Fullerton T. 028 3839 7800 E. fullertont@src.ac.uk
Christmas Crafts
RCCRFT
A, L, N
PT
2.5 hours per None - you should just have an interest week for 4 weeks in this area
Tammy Fullerton T. 028 3839 7800 E. fullertont@src.ac.uk
Page 28
programme using a range of appropriate assessment methods such as written and practical assignments, projects, case studies, presentations and live briefs. We also offer a part-time course over one day per week for three years, which provides a very cost effective way to progress in your studies without getting into the heavy debt that can be associated with a full-time higher education programme at university. Progression This course leads to employment opportunities in both the photographic and design industries as well as progression to the BA (Hons) in Creative Imaging at Lurgan Campus. Alternatively, students may progress to courses at other higher education institutions.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Photography (PT Blended Learning Evening course) (Pathway for Progression to BA (Hons) in Creative Imaging) The course involves four hours of taught classes one evening per week in college, with another evening of studio facilitation and online learning, for which access to a computer is necessary. This version of the part-time course should only be taken by those who are very self motivated and committed to their studies as it is an even more demanding route than the traditional college based parttime course. At the start of the course there will be sessions to familiarise you with the various forms of learning and social networking used on the course and will introduce you to Apple Macintosh computers and photo imaging software. Progression The HND in Photography leads to employment opportunities in both the photographic and design industries as well as progression to the BA (Hons) in Creative Imaging at Lurgan Campus. Alternatively, you may progress to courses at other higher education institutions.
Page 29
Art, design & Crafts Foundation Diploma in Art and Design (Foundation Art)
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Art and Design
This course is an exciting and challenging experience and, in many cases, an essential qualification when applying for very highly competitive Art & Design related degree courses. The course is designed to prepare your portfolio for university interview whilst providing direction on the wide variety of specialist disciplines. The goal of the programme is to provide creative groundwork that will enable you to discover your own strengths and talents.
This is a very practical course based on realistic, challenging and enjoyable projects.
The course includes educational visits to cultural centres where you are given the opportunity to view and evaluate the work of contemporary and historical artists and designers. Individual students are given the opportunities to work on realistic industrial commissions and projects. The following subject areas may be offered, depending upon campus: Ceramics, Fine Art, Graphics, Printmaking, Photography, Interior Design, Fashion and Textiles, Drawing and Communication, Sculpture, Jewellery, History and Appreciation of Art, 2-D and 3-D, Contextual and Historical Studies, Fine Art Concepts and Design Development, Business and Professional Practice, Presentation and Evaluation of Work, Creative Experimentation in a wide range of media. You will be assessed on a modular basis and will display work in exhibition or portfolio format for assessment. Progression On successful completion you can progress directly to employment or to HND courses within the college or to degree courses in other institutions. On Lurgan Campus we offer HND in Graphic Design and HND in Photography, which may lead to the Degree in Creative Imaging. We also offer a part-time blended learning HND in Fashion and Textiles. You can progress to year two of a relevant degree following your HND, either on Lurgan Campus or in other institutions.
Page 30
The Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Art and Design consists of 18 units drawn from the following: Visual Recording in Art and Design, Materials, Techniques and Processes in Art and Design, Ideas and Concepts in Art and Design, Communication through Art and Design, Contextual Influences in Art and Design, 3D (such as 3D Design, Furniture, Jewellery and Ceramics), Fine Art (such as Drawing, Painting, Sculpture and Print Making), Fashion and Textiles (such as Illustration, Production, Embroidery, Printed Textiles), Graphics (such as Graphics Media, Techniques and Technology and Image Making), Photography (such as Digital Imaging, Photography and Dark Room Techniques). You will be required to present a portfolio of art and design work at interview. Progression You can progress directly to employment or to the Foundation Diploma in Art and Design on Lurgan or Newry campuses, to HND courses within the college or to degree courses in other institutions. On Lurgan Campus we offer HND in Graphic Design and HND in Photography, which may lead to the Degree in Creative Imaging. We also offer a part-time blended learning HND in Fashion and Textiles. You can progress to year two of a degree following your HND either in Lurgan Campus or in other institutions.
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Advertising, Animation and Creative Imaging This is a very practical course based on realistic, challenging and enjoyable projects. The Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Advertising, Animation and Creative Imaging consists of 18 units which may include the following: Visual Recording in Art and Design, Materials, Techniques and Processes in Art and Design, Ideas and Concepts, Communication, Contextual Influences , Digital Image Capture and Editing, Photography, Graphic Design,
Design for Advertising, 2D and 3D Animation, Stop Motion Animation, Web Animation for Interactive Media, Narrative Image Making and Professional Practice. You will be required to present a portfolio of creative work, including drawing skills at interview. Progression You can progress directly to employment or to HND courses within the college or to degree courses in other institutions. On Lurgan Campus we offer HND in Graphic Design and HND in Photography, which may lead to the Degree in Creative Imaging. On Banbridge Campus we offer the HND in Interactive Media. You can progress to year two of a degree following your HND.
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Art and Design This is a very practical course and will include eight of the following units: 2D Visual Communication, 3D Visual Communication, Contextual References in Art and Design, Explore and Develop Art and Design Ideas, Building an Art & Design Portfolio, Working in the Art & Design Industry, Working with Graphic Design Briefs, Working with Photography Briefs and Working with Textiles Briefs. Progression This course is the equivalent of 4 GCSEs at Grade C and will prepare students for progression to the Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Art & Design.
Silversmithing – Level 2 Creative Craft This course is for students who have no formal knowledge of silversmithing or who have completed the recreational course and now feel ready to take the qualification. You will have the opportunity of learning basic techniques to create your own silver jewellery items. The lecturer will take you through three stages: Using resources to develop your techniques, Developing and adapting your own ideas creatively and Creating, presenting and reviewing your finished work. This is a chance to build upon your creative skills and gain a qualification in Level 2 Creative Craft (Jewellery). A starter pack of materials will be supplied at a cost of £30, which includes an initial supply of sterling
silver. Depending upon what you create, you may need to purchase more sterling silver.
Recreational Silversmithing This course will run alongside the Silversmithing Creative Craft course (see above) and is to facilitate those who may have already completed the qualification but would like to continue in the class, or for those who prefer not to do the qualification.
Life Drawing – Level 3 Creative Craft This course is for students who have completed the Level 2 Life Drawing course. You will have the opportunity of learning more advanced techniques. You will learn how to: Respond to the requirements of a commercial brief (real or imagined), Analyse, investigate and experiment with ideas, Execute, present and critically evaluate final work. While you’re enjoying improving your skills, you’ll be able to gain a Level 3 qualification.
Life Drawing – Level 2 Creative Craft This course is for students who have no formal training in life drawing. You will have the opportunity of expert tuition to learn now to draw the human form, using a life model for inspiration. The lecturer will take you through three stages: Using resources to develop your techniques; Developing and adapting your own ideas creatively; creating, presenting and reviewing your finished work. This is a chance to build upon your creative skills and gain a Level 2 qualification.
Recreational Life Drawing This course will run alongside the Life Drawing Creative Craft courses (see above) and is to facilitate those who may have already completed the qualification but would like to continue in the class, or for those who prefer not to do the qualification. If there are sufficient students, a separate recreational class may be run.
Interior Design Creative Craft Level 2 Unit 1 This 8 week course will cover the basics of interior design. You will focus on themes, colour, space and layout, styles, mood boards and inspiration, lighting, choice and use of furnishings. You will gain Unit 1 of Creative Craft Level 2 in Interior Design.
Recreational Dressmaking This course will teach you the basic skills of dressmaking including following a pattern, fabric selection, cutting fabric, finishing a garment correctly to a professional standard. You will also be taught how to correctly use sewing machines and over lockers. No previous experience is needed. For those who have studied dressmaking before, this is an opportunity to extend your textile collection under expert guidance.
Alter and Repair Your Own Clothes This short course will teach you the basic skills to make simple alterations to your own clothes, such as shortening hems, changing buttons, putting in a new zip. Why pay to do what you can learn to do yourself?! Just bring the clothes you want to alter, plus the buttons or zip etc you need.
Make Simple Curtains and Cushions This short 6 week course will teach you the skills required to make a set of curtains and matching or co-ordinating cushions. You need to provide the fabric you want to use – just give the window dimensions to the shop and they’ll make sure you have enough! Access to a sewing machine outside of classes will be very helpful.
Christmas Crafts This short 4 week course will give you some new ideas for Christmas decorations, table centre pieces and gifts. All materials will be provided, although you may supplement these with items of you own which you may want to incorporate into your work.
Recreational Art Work will concentrate on a variety of drawing and painting media including oils, acrylics and watercolours. Art Enrichment is open to everyone. For students who haven’t studied art before, this is an opportunity for you to develop some practical and conceptual skills; for those of you who have studied before, this is a chance to continue building upon your creative skills.
Recreational Crafts This course offers the opportunity to learn and develop a range of craft skills such as patchwork, crochet and additional fabric crafts. No previous experience required.
Past Student Russell Reid After completing a GNVQ in Art and Design at SRC, Russell moved to Liverpool and studied Graphic Arts at John Moores University. He graduated in 2003 and has been working in his chosen field since then as a graphic designer. Russell is currently working full time as a senior designer for fashion retailer Very. In addition to this he works as a freelance designer on a number of projects under the name Russtle (www.russtle. com) and was recently asked by the publication Creative Review to design their November 2011 cover.
which you very rarely have the chance to do in your day to day employment.
Russell also founded the streetwear clothing label Wasted Heroes (www.wastedheroes. com) in 2009 which has gained national exposure for producing instantly recognisable, bold and confidant prints. Russell always had a real passion for art and design. Looking back now he would love to have the same freedom he had at SRC to explore different elements of art and design and really get my hands dirty. College is all about expressing your ideas and having the freedom to explore a range of techniques
Page 31
Beauty Theraphy
Our spacious and attractive commercial salons are where you will learn, practise and perfect your skills with paying clients. Combined with fantastic work experience opportunities, trips at home and abroad, and a programme of guest speakers and demonstrations, this subject will equip you with all the experience you need to progress in the beauty industry. Full-time students are required to study Essential Skills which may include ICT, Literacy, Numeracy plus an Employability Skill. Applicants who have achieved GCSE English, Mathematics or IT at grades A-C, will be exempt from the equivalent essential skill.
Please Note:
Preference will be given to candidates who provide evidence of previous practical experience at interview. Applicants please note: All students are required to purchase a beauty therapy kit and uniform.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy The HND is suitable for those who want to gain advanced technical or management knowledge and skills relating to hairdressing and beauty. This course is designed to provide you with the skills and in-depth knowledge related to practical and theoretical aspects of the Hairdressing and Beauty Industry. Course Content includes: Management of Health Safety and Security, Salon Management, Sales Management in a Hair & Beauty Sector, Quality Management of Client Care, Chemistry of Hair and Beauty Products, Human Health and Nutrition, Human
Resource Management, Working with and Leading People, Work Based Experience, Personal and Professional Development, Small Business Enterprise, Business Decision Making, Business Psychology, Public Relations in Hair and Beauty, Hair and Scalp Specialist Services, Manage a Creation of a Hair Style Collection, Indian Head Massage, Reflexology for Beauty Therapy , Aromatherapy for Beauty Therapy and Advanced Epilation Techniques. You will be assessed by a combination of competence based coursework, oral questioning, case studies and examination. Progression On successful completion of this course, you may progress to management positions in the
Hairdressing or Beauty industry. To progress to Lecturing/ Assessor positions within the School of Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy you will be required to have an Assessor Award.
NVQ/VRQ Award/ Certificate/Diploma Level 3 Beauty Therapy These courses are designed to provide you with the skills and in-depth knowledge related to practical and theoretical aspects of the beauty industry. These courses contain substantial amounts of beauty related science, providing the technical knowledge that you need to succeed in the industry. This course is a must if you want to develop your career in the beauty industry – strongly
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Campus FT/ Available PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Level 5 BTEC HNC leading to a HD5HAB HND Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy
N
PT
1 day/evening per week over 2 year (HNC) or 3 years (HND)
NVQ Level 3 in either Liz Quinn Hairdressing or Beauty Therapy T. 028 3751 2852 or 7 years industrial experience E. quinnel@src.ac.uk in either discipline. See page 12
NVQ/VRQ Level 3 Beauty Therapy
NV3BTH VR3DBT
A, L, N
FT/ PT
1-2 years NVQ 2 in Beauty Therapy or depending on mode equivalent of attendance
Mairead O’Malley T. 028 3751 2852 E. omalleym@src.ac.uk
NVQ/VRQ Level 2 Beauty Therapy
NV2BTH VR2DBT
A, L, N
FT/ PT
1-2 years You should have an interest in depending on mode this subject area. of attendance
Karen Mc Verry T. 028 3751 2852 E. mcverryk@src.ac.uk
*Level 2 Award in Health & Safety
AW2HHB
A, L, N
PT
1 evening per week for 3 weeks
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Mairead O’Malley T. 028 3751 2852 E. omalleym@src.ac.uk
*Level 2 Award in Facial Skincare
AW2SKC
A, L, N
PT
1 evening per week for 10 weeks
Award in Health & Safety
Mairead O’Malley T. 028 3751 2852 E. omalleym@src.ac.uk
*Level 2 Award in Make Up
AW2MUP
A, L, N
PT
1 evening per week for 8 weeks
Award in Health & Safety
Mairead O’Malley T. 028 3751 2852 E. omalleym@src.ac.uk
*Level 2 Award in Lash and Eyebrow Treatments
AW2LBT
A, L, N
PT
1 evening per week for 8 weeks
Award in Health & Safety
Mairead O’Malley T. 028 3751 2852 E. omalleym@src.ac.uk
*Level 2 Award in Manicure
AW2MAN
A, L, N
PT
1 evening per week for 8 weeks
Award in Health & Safety
Mairead O’Malley T. 028 3751 2852 E. omalleym@src.ac.uk
*Level 2 Award in Pedicure
AW2PED
A, L, N
PT
1 evening per week for 8 weeks
Award in Health & Safety
Mairead O’Malley T. 028 3751 2852 E. omalleym@src.ac.uk
*Level 2 Award in Waxing
AW2WAX
A, L, N
PT
1 evening per week for 10 weeks
Award in Health & Safety
Mairead O’Malley T. 028 3751 2852 E. omalleym@src.ac.uk
Page 32
Course Code
Contact
recommended as a follow-on course from the Level 2 Beauty Therapy course. You may be assessed through practical demonstration, oral questioning and online assessment. As a beauty therapist you will be required to carry out beauty treatments in a realistic working environment. Students will also be required to promote all salon services and to bring in their own clients for assessment. Clients are charged a nominal amount for salon treatments. Progression You may progress to the HND Level 5 in Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy, developing your portfolio of qualifications by completing specialist awards or apply for posts in the beauty industry as a therapist.
NVQ/VRQ Award/ Certificate/Diploma Level 2 Beauty Therapy These courses are designed to provide you with the skills and knowledge required to carry out beauty salon treatments. You may be assessed through practical demonstration, oral questioning and online assessment. As a trainee beauty therapist you will be required to carry out beauty treatments in a realistic working environment. Students will also be required to promote all salon services and to bring in their own clients for assessment. Clients are charged a nominal amount for salon treatments.
Progression You may progress to level 3 awards/certificates/diplomas in beauty which can develop your portfolio of qualifications or apply for posts in the beauty industry as a therapist.
NVQ/VRQ Award/ Certificate/Diploma in Nail Technologies The following subjects may be covered: application and maintenance of nail extensions (the award will focus on acrylic nails. The certificate will focus on acrylic, gel, fibreglass and sculptured nails), health and safety, consultation and training when working in the nail industry. You may be assessed through practical demonstration, oral questioning and assignment/ project work. As a trainee nail technician you will be required
to carry out nail treatments in a realistic working environment. Students will also be required to promote all salon services and to bring in their own clients for assessment. Clients are charged a nominal amount for salon treatments.
*Level 2/Level 3 Awards as listed in the grid The awards in Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy are for anyone interested in starting or advancing a career in this industry. There are options to suit experienced technicians and people with no previous experience. It offers the student the opportunity and choice to build a bank of awards that are industry recognised.
Jessica Dykes / Level 3 Beauty Therapy / Armagh Campus Jessica studied Level 2 and 3 Beauty Therapy at Armagh Campus. She completed her Level 3 in June 2011 and, after a successful interview with Steiner Transocean, she is currently working on Cruise Liners and travelling the World.
Jessica completed her first contract with the Luxury cruise Liner company Holland America. She travelled to the Caribbean before returning home for a short period. She is currently on her second contract and is enjoying the sights of Mexico, Hawaii and
the Caribbean. In the future, Jessica would like to return to SRC to study Level 5 BTEC HND Beauty Therapy.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/ Available PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
*Level 2 Award in Nail Art
AW2NAA
A, L, N
PT
1 evening per week for 4 weeks
Award in Health & Safety
Mairead O’Malley T. 028 3751 2852 E. omalleym@src.ac.uk
*Level 3 Award in Media Makeup
AW3MEM
N
PT
1 evening per week Level 2 Award in Make Up or for 15 weeks equivalent
Karen Mc Verry T. 028 3751 2852 E. mcverryk@src.ac.uk
*Level 3 Award in Epilation
AW3EPI
A, L
PT
1 evening per week for 20 weeks
Level 2 in Beauty Therapy or equivalent
Karen Mc Verry T. 028 3751 2852 E. mcverryk@src.ac.uk
*Level 3 Award in Self Tanning
AW3SET
A, L, N
PT
3 days
Level 2 in Beauty Therapy or equivalent
Karen Mc Verry T. 028 3751 2852 E. mcverryk@src.ac.uk
*Level 3 Award in Beauty Fashion & Photographic Make Up
AW3FPM
N
PT
1 evening per week for 15 weeks
Award in Health & Safety
Karen Mc Verry T. 028 3751 2852 E. mcverryk@src.ac.uk
*Level 3 Award in the application of Hot Stone Therapy
AW3HST
A,L,N
PT
1 evening per week for 15 weeks
Massage qualification
Karen Mc Verry T. 028 3751 2852 E. mcverryk@src.ac.uk
*Level 3 Award in Intimate female Waxing
AW3IFW
N
PT
1 evening per week for 8 weeks
Level 2 Waxing qualification
Karen Mc Verry T. 028 3751 2852 E. mcverryk@src.ac.uk
*Level 2 Award in Nail Technologies (Acrylic Nails)
AW2NAT
A,L,N
PT
1 evening per week for 8 weeks
Award in Manicure
Mairead O’Malley T. 028 3751 2852 E. omalleym@src.ac.uk
Level 2 Award in Nail Technologies (Gel Nails)
AW2NAT
A,L,N
PT
1 evening per week for 8 weeks
Award in Manicure
Mairead O’Malley T. 028 3751 2852 E. omalleym@src.ac.uk
Level 2 Certificate in Nail Technologies
CT2NAI
A,L, N
PT
1 year day release or evening class
Qualification in Manicure
Mairead O’Malley T. 028 3751 2852 E. omalleym@src.ac.uk Page 33
Business BSc (Hons) Business Studies If you possess a HND/C in Business this part-time degree programme will prepare you for a career in business management in industry, commerce or the public sector. You will be involved in the use of case studies, experiential and practical exercises, verbal and written presentations, individual and group projects and directed private study. The degree link year comprises a total of four modules: Managing Behaviour, Operations Management, Managing People and Accounts for Business Decisions. In the final year you must study: Business Strategy, Enterprise Development, Management of Change and three options Progression On completion you may progress to senior positions in personnel, marketing, finance and manufacturing. Or you may continue your studies by enrolling on post graduate courses at Newry Campus or other universities.
time Business Studies Degree offered at the Newry Campus through the University of Ulster.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Business This well-established and highly successful course aims to help you develop a broad range of knowledge and skills appropriate to managers and entrepreneurs. Year two of the programme allows you to undertake relevant industrial experience in a range of employment areas such as manufacturing, accountancy, retail, banking and local government. You will be given the opportunity to compete for a placement in the USA through the Rooney Fellowship Award. You will be required to attend an interview. The course consists of 16 units some of which include: Finance, E-Business, Professional Development, Marketing, Economics, Statistics, Business Strategy, Management Accounting, Costing & Budgeting, Financial Reporting, Law, Human Resource Management Progression On successful completion you may progress to senior positions in Business, Retail, Personnel, Marketing and Finance or you may go on to enrol on a relevant Degree course and gain maximum exemption for the subjects taken on the HND. Entry to the final year of the BA (Hons) in Business Studies in Dundalk Institute of Technology (DKIT) is possible for those students who fulfil the criteria laid down by DKIT or they may join the part-
Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Business This course is designed to develop your business knowledge and skills for a wide variety of business careers and to equip you with the knowledge, skills and understanding required to function effectively in the business environment. The teaching and learning strategies employed ensure that you not only acquire knowledge but are also presented with opportunities to develop and apply higher level skills of analysis and critical evaluation. It gives you a solid foundation in all aspects of business and is relevant to both public and private sectors. The course has a total of 10 subjects studied over two academic years. Units may include: Organisational Management, Accounting, Developing Self, Research Project, Management Accounting, Financial Management, Law, Marketing, Economics, Quantitative Techniques, E-marketing, Introduction to the Internet and E-Business
taken on the HNC. Students may also join the part-time Business Studies Degree offered at Newry or gain entry to a variety of degrees in UK and Ireland. Students may also gain entry to the Level 7 Professional Diploma in Management.
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Business This course consists of four core units which include: Exploring Business Activity, Investigating Business Resources, Introduction to Marketing and Effective People, Communication and Information. And 14 specialist units covering a wide choice of career paths in areas such as: E-Business and Internet Marketing, Finance, Management, Human Resources, Administrative Operations and Business Law. Progression On successful completion, you may progress to a career in finance, human resources, management or marketing, as well as other business related careers. You may also gain entry to a degree course or HNC/D in areas such as Accountancy, Economics, Business Studies, Law, European Business or Teaching.
Progression Successful students progress to senior positions in Business, Retail, Personnel, Marketing and Finance or they may enrol on a relevant degree course and gain exemption for the subjects
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
BSc (Hons) Business Studies Degree Link
BSHBUS
N
PT
1 year
HNC/D Business or equivalent higher education qualification
Doreen Finnegan T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2646 E. finnegand@src.ac.uk
BSc (Hons) Business Studies
BSBUSI
N
PT
1-3 years
BSc Hons Business Studies degree link programme
Doreen Finnegan T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2646 E. finnegand@src.ac.uk
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Business
HD5BUS
N
FT
3 years including one years placement
See page 12
Susan Campbell T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2646/2688 E. campbellsv@src.ac.uk
Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Business
HC4BUS
N, P
PT
1 day or 2 evenings per week for 2 years
See page 12
Susan Campbell T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2646/2688 E. campbellsv@src.ac.uk
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Business
CD3BUS
A, N, P
FT
2 years
See page 10
Francesse Mooney T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2688 E. mooneyf@src.ac.uk
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Business
DP2BUS
A
FT
1 year
See page 10
Florence Megaw T. 028 3751 2835 E. megawf@src.ac.uk
Page 34
Career Academy If you enrol on this course you will also have the opportunity to apply to be part of the newly established Career Academy programme. The aim of any Career Academy programme is to provide a broad and rounded education for a young person studying for Level 3 qualifications, rather than training for any specific career or business sector. Over 90% of graduating students progress to higher education, either full-time at university or through training programmes with employers. The SRC is one of only four colleges in Northern Ireland involved in Career Academies UK, with a Local Advisory Board made up of representatives from business organisations and the college. The Advisory Board meets approximately three times a year and oversees the work of the Career Academy in Finance at the college. SRC currently have 11 students from the second year of the National Diploma in Business at Newry Campus enrolled in the Career Academy in Finance. These students have been matched up with a Partner in Business (PiB), a mentor from the business community, and meet with them approximately ten times over the two years. During the summer months, the Career Academy students complete a six week paid internship which in the past has been hosted by the following organisations: Autoline Insurance Group, AXA Insurance, Brian McCullagh & Co (Accountants), HES Alarms Ltd (Lisburn), Iveagh Leisure Ltd, Newry & Mourne District Council, Newry & Mourne Enterprise Agency and Northern Bank.
You also benefit from visits to local businesses and visits to the college by representatives from business to give specialist lectures. Students graduate from the Careers Academy at an event in London in May 2014.
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Business This course is a practical, workrelated course where you will learn by completing projects and assignments that are based on realistic workplace situations, activities and demands. It provides you with a range of specialist skills and knowledge.
The course is made up of four core units: Business Purposes, Business Organisations, and Financial Forecasting for Business and five specialist units: People in Organisations, Customer Relations in Business, Business Online, Bookkeeping for Business, Business Enterprise, and Managing Personal Finance.
Progression You may progress to a range of Level 3 courses e.g. Business, Travel and Tourism, ICT, Media Production, Health and Social Care etc. or NVQ Level 3 courses. Alternatively, you may want to start a career in business, for example in accounting, administration, finance, retail or sales.
You will be continually assessed throughout the year, by a mixture of presentations, case studies and projects, which will be based on realistic workplace situations.
Victoria McKnight Extended Diploma in Business Newry Campus Whilst working in her part-time job at the retailer ‘Fat-Face’, Victoria developed an interest in the business aspects of a company and decided to enrol in the Extended Diploma in Business at Newry Campus. The course covers a wide range of units such as Accountancy, Human Resource Management, The Economic Environment, Law and Marketing thus giving students an insight into many aspects of business life. Victoria participated in the Careers Academy which involves students having a business mentor and participating in a six week work placement.
Victoria completed here placement in the Northern Bank and was able to observe many different roles. She was particularly interested in the position of Financial Advisor as throughout the course she has particularly enjoyed the topics of Accountancy and Business and the Economic Environment. Currently Victoria is applying for university courses through UCAS and would like to work in an Accountancy Firm while undergoing the exams to become an Associate Chartered Accountant (ACA) which would allow her to progress further within the profession. Eventually Victoria would like l to progress to become a Fellow Chartered Accountant and advance to own or be a partner within an accounting firm.
You also have an opportunity to travel to London in November to an event called The Capital Experience where you will have an opportunity to visit a large business organisation and also attend an event where you will meet with Career Academy students from all over the UK.
Page 35
Childcare
Working in early years can provide a satisfying and flexible career that is centred on meeting the social, emotional and educational needs of children and young people. There are a range of opportunities in different settings. Often you will be meeting the needs of children who have specific learning difficulties, and require additional support. Students who successfully complete the Foundation Degree can progress to university or to enhanced positions in early year’s organisations. Applicants should be aware that the college is required to vet all students commencing a course of study that involves placement activity deemed to be ‘regulated’. The details provided in this check may affect your ability to find a suitable work placement, and consequently complete the programme of study.
Foundation Degree in Early Childhood Studies This course has been designed to provide you with specialist knowledge and understanding of working with 0-18 year olds. The degree focuses on the key theories, concepts and practical skills required to work with this age group in the primary school or other specialist early year’s settings. The modules covered include: Shared Perspectives on the Young Child, Skills and Strategies for Managing Behaviour, Child Protection, Special Educational Needs and Promoting Inclusion in the Early Year’s Environment.
Progression On successful completion you may progress to Stranmillis College and enter year two of the BA (Hons) Degree in Early Childhood Studies or into year two of a similar course. Alternatively you may apply positions such as: Early Years Specialist, Senior Practitioner, Manager or Coordinator.
Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Children’s Care, Learning and Development (Management) This course is for senior practitioners, deputy managers and assistant managers
who work within early years and childcare settings. The qualification provides an opportunity to develop knowledge and skills that will aid progression to a management role for those practitioners who wish to follow this career pathway. Areas of study include: Professional Practice, Health and Safety, Developing and implementing policies, Equality, Diversity and Inclusion, Lead and Manage a Team and Children’s Care Learning and Development. Candidates are assessed through written assignments, portfolio building and observation of work placement
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Foundation Degree in Early Childhood Studies
FGECST
N
PT
3 years
2 A Levels, or equivalent Terry Keenan qualification at Level 3, and T. 028 3025 9725 4 GCSEs grade C and above E. keenant@src.ac.uk including GCSE English or equivalent and GCSE Maths
Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Children’s Care, Learning and Development (Management)
DP5CLD
L
PT
2 years 1 evening Level 3 Diploma in Childcare Jill Magennis per week and Education or equivalent. T. 028 3026 1071 Employed as a manager or E. magennisji@src.ac.uk assistant manager in an early years setting
Level 3 CACHE Diploma (NVQ) CD3CLD in Children’s Care, Learning and Development (CCLD) Or Apprenticeship NI Level 3 in CCLD
A,B, N, L
FT/ PT
1 year full-time or 1 year parttime over two evenings a week
Level 2 qualification and a good standard of written work to complete assignments. Employed in a child care setting, such as playgroup or day nursery
Dorothy Neacy T. 028 3025 9725 E. neacyd@src.ac.uk
Level 3 CACHE Diploma in CDCCED Childcare and Education (DCE)
A, L, N
FT
2 years full-time
See page 10
Bernie Mc Mahon T. 028 3025 9725 E. mcmahonb@src.ac.uk
Level 2 CACHE Diploma (NVQ) CD2CLD in Children’s Care, Learning and Development (CCLD) Or Apprenticeship NI Level 2 in CCLD
B
PT
1 year
See page 10
N
FT
Level 2 Diploma in Child Care and Education
CCCCED
A, L, N
FT/ PT
1 year full-time or 2 evenings per week for 30 weeks
See page 10
Catherine Mc Cullaugh T. 028 3839 7800 E. mccullaughc@src.ac.uk
CACHE Foundation Award in Caring for Children
CFCCHI
L, N
FT
1 year
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Nicola Stevenson T. 028 3025 9725 E. stevensonn@src.ac.uk
Page 36
Contact
Carol Quinn T. 028 3025 9725 And employed in a child care E. quinnc@src.ac.uk setting, such as playgroup or day nursery
Progression This is a recognised qualification in the early year’s sector and will enable you to seek promotion or progress to university and undertake a degree.
Level 3 CACHE Diploma (NVQ) in Children’s Care, Learning and Development (CCLD) Apprenticeship NI Level 3 in Children’s Care, Learning and Development This course is the recognised qualification for working with children and young people and their families in a range of settings including schools, nurseries and day care. This qualification prepares you to work in a supervisory role. Through studying this course you will develop appropriate underpinning knowledge and become professionally competent in the workplace. You will be assessed by direct observation in the work place and assignments presented in portfolio format. The units of study include Communication, Personal Development, Equality, Child Development, Health and Safety, Safeguarding and Promoting Learning. Full-time students will also study Essential skills in Literacy, Numeracy and ICT. Students who are already employed in child care may be eligible to join the Apprenticeship NI Level 3 in Children’s Care, Learning and Development, and also study for Essential Skills qualifications in Literacy, Numeracy, and Paediatric first aid. Progression On successful completion you can move directly to employment as a classroom assistant in a primary school or nursery school or progress to the Foundation Degree in Early Childhood Studies.
Level 3 Diploma in Childcare and Education (DCE) This course provides you with a recognised qualification to work and care for young children from the ages of 0-16 years. The range of employment
opportunities is very wide and includes public and private nursery schools, day care centres, maternity and paediatric hospital wards as well as private families. You will study 12 modules including: Development from Conception to 16 years, Supporting Children, Play and Learning in Children’s Education, Keeping Children safe. Students will be assessed through assignments and case studies, as well as external examination. Full-time students will also study Essential skills in Literacy, Numeracy and ICT. Progression On successful completion you may progress to the Foundation Degree in Early Childhood Studies or move directly to employment as a classroom assistant in a primary school or nursery school.
Level 2 CACHE Diploma (NVQ) in Children’s Care, Learning and Development (CCLD) Apprenticeship NI Level 2 in Children’s Care, Learning and Development This course is the recognised qualification for working with children and young people under 19 and their families in a range of settings including nurseries and day care. This qualification prepares you to work under supervision. Through studying this course you will develop appropriate underpinning knowledge and become professionally competent in the workplace. Students will be assessed by direct observation in the work place and are also required to produce assignments presented in portfolio format. The units of study include Communication, Personal Development, Equality, Child Development, Health and Safety, Play and Safeguarding Children. Full-time students will also study Essential skills in Literacy, Numeracy and ICT. Progression on successful completion you may progress to NVQ Level 3 in Children’s Care, Learning and Development. Students who are already in child care employment can join the Apprenticeship NI Level 2 in Children’s Care, Learning and Development
and also study for Essential Skills qualifications in Literacy, Numeracy and ICT.
Level 2 Diploma in Child Care and Education This is a recognised professional qualification to work with children of all ages in a variety of child care settings. Modules of study include: An introduction to working with children, the developing child, children and play, and communication and professional skills within child care and education. Full-time students will also study Essential skills in Literacy, Numeracy and ICT. Progression On successful completion you may gain employment as a child care worker in crèches, playgroups or nurseries. Or you may progress to the CACHE Level 3 Diploma in Child Care and Education or NVQ Level 3 Early Years and Education.
This course is suitable for students who have completed a GCSE programme and who wish to progress to a Level 2 course in Child Care or Health and Social Care. Students will learn about child development, health and safety, food and nutrition and play. The course will enable learners to develop some basic skills in caring for children which can be used at a later stage in their career. Students will also study Essential Skills in Literacy, Numeracy and ICT. Progression on successful completion you may progress to Level 2 Diploma in Child Care and Education, or NVQ Level 2 in Children’s Care, Learning and Development or to training in other areas.
Level 1 CACHE Foundation Award in Caring for Children This course will allow students to gain a basic knowledge and understanding of the key areas in caring for children and the principles and values which govern child care.
Rebecca Quail CACHE Level 3 Diploma for Children’s Care Learning & Development Lurgan & Newry Campus Rebecca attended the Lurgan Campus when she was a pupil at Craigavon Senior High School as part of the Schools Partnership Programme. During these two years she studied office administration and childcare and successfully obtained her GCSE equivalent qualification. She then completed CACHE Level 3 Diploma for Children’s Care Learning and Development at Newry Campus. Rebecca enjoyed the practical aspect of the course and found her tutors helped her to recognise
her strengths and work on her weaknesses to develop my skills and knowledge to enable me to reach my full potential. She found the support the College gave her was fantastic, the lecturers were so helpful and approachable and the resources at the College such as the library, textbooks, computers and internet access were also excellent. One of Rebecca’s placements during her course was at Robin’s Nest Day Nursery where she is now currently employed
Page 37
Childcare Professional Development
Child Protection, Special Needs, Language and Communication, Playwork
These courses are aimed at people who already work in child care or early years, or who have an interest in gaining specific knowledge about child protection, working with children who have disabilities, language or communication difficulties, or in the area of playwork which focuses on interaction with children and activities that promote physical and social well being. Level 3 Understand the Speech, Language and Communication needs of Children and Young People with behavioural, social and emotional difficulties This unit of study explores speech, language and communication difficulties and how they are affected by social, emotional and behavioural issues, and provides effective ways to support communication and language development for children and young people. This unit of study is suitable for people who are working in an early years setting and want to develop their understanding of this issue. You will be assessed in this unit though a written assignment. A level 3 qualification in Childcare and Education (0-8 years) or related field is essential for entry onto this course
Level 3 Working With Children and Young People with Special Needs This qualification is ideal for those working with or planning to work children and young people with special needs. This unit will provide you with an understanding of the concept of special needs and current attitudes and values. You will examine the needs of children and young people experiencing learning difficulties, physical or sensory impairment or delays in development. The impact on child/young person and the family will be examined and you will also learn about the range of provision available for responding to their needs. You will be assessed through an extended assignment. A level 3 qualification in Childcare and Education (0-8) or related field is essential for entry onto this course.
Level 3 Supporting Individuals with Autistic Spectrum Conditions
Level 2 Introductory Awareness of Autistic Spectrum
The unit provides knowledge and understanding about autistic spectrum conditions and explores theories and concepts about autism. It enables you to reflect on the impact of these conditions on the lives of individuals and those close to them and to learn about good practice in areas such as communication and support.
The unit provides introductory awareness on autistic spectrum conditions. It provides you with key areas of knowledge and explores important themes such as individuality, communication, behaviour and person-centred support.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/ Available PT
Duration
NEW Understand Speech, Language and Communication Needs of Children and Young People
UN3SLC
L, N
PT
1evening Level 3 qualification in Early per week Years or related area for 8 weeks
Judith Nixon T. 028 3026 1071 E. nixonj@src.ac.uk
Level 3 Working With Children With Special Needs
UN3WSN
A, L, N, K
PT
1 evening Level 3 qualification in Early per week Years or related area for 15 weeks
Carol Quinn T. 028 3026 1071 E. quinnc@src.ac.uk
Level 3 Supporting Individuals with Autistic Spectrum Conditions
UN3SAS
A, N
PT
1 evening Level 2 in Working with Sharon Frazer T. 028 3752 2205 Ext 2832 per week Children with Autistic for 15 Spectrum Disorders or have E. frazers@src.ac.uk weeks experience in working with a child/adult with autism.
Level 3 Award in Transition to Playwork (from Early Years)
AW3TPW
L
PT
1 evening Level 3 Diploma in Child per week Care and Education or for 30 equivalent weeks
Caroline Watson T. 028 3839 7800 E. watsonc@src.ac.uk
Level 2 Introductory Awareness of Autistic Spectrum
UN2AAS
A, L, N, B
PT
1 evening You should have an interest per week in this subject area. for 10 weeks
Sharon Frazer T. 028 3752 2832 E. frazers@src.ac.uk
NEW Introduction to Child Protection and Safeguarding Children
UN3APS
L, N
PT
1 evening You should have an interest per week in this subject area. for 4 weeks
Caroline Watson T. 028 3839 7800 E. watsonc@src.ac.uk
Page 38
Entry requirements
Contact
Introduction to child protection & safeguarding children This short four week course is available for anyone who is interested in learning more about child protection. You will learn about the different types of abuse, and the different signs and symptoms. The class will cover how to respond to evidence or concerns that a child has been harmed. You will also learn about legislation, and policies and procedures to protect and safeguard children and young people. Progression On successful completion of these qualifications you may gain employment or promotion, particularly in special needs schools, as well as in the special needs units of primary and secondary schools, or in individual work with children with additional needs. These shorter courses will also prepare you to consider studying childcare in more detail at a more advanced level.
Gillian Scott CACHE Level 3 Diploma for Children’s Care Learning and Development & Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Children’s Care, Learning and Development (Management) Newry and Lurgan Campuses Gillian Scott successfully obtained an NVQ Level 3 in Children’s Care Learning and Development at the Newry Campus. Due to full time employment, Gillian chose to study this level 3 qualification on a part-time basis, one evening per week over the course of two years. Gillian enjoyed the practical aspect of the course and found her tutors helped her to recognise her strengths and work on her weaknesses. This developed her skills and knowledge to enable her to reach her full potential which she can now implement within her full time employment at Kids Academy Day Care Nursery.
She found the support the College gave her was fantastic, the lecturers were so helpful and approachable and the resources at the College such as the library, textbooks, computers and internet access were also excellent.
enabling her to develop her knowledge and understanding of key issues in early years at a managerial level. Units covered include: Professional Practice, Health and Safety, Developing and Implementing Policies, Leading and Managing a Team, Equality, Diversity and Inclusion.
Gillian feels that the Level 3 Childcare qualification has given her much more confidence and has encouraged her to go on to study a Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Children’s Care, Learning and Development (Management) at Lurgan Campus. This course has
Completion of the playwork qualification will lead to opportunities to work in after schools groups or in settings with older children.
Page 39
Complementary Therapies
Courses in this area will provide you with principles and techniques to practice in the Complementary Therapy industry. Career destinations include Self Employment (salon owner/manager/mobile therapist), Therapist in Cruise Liners as well as moving into specialist areas within the industry. Opportunities may arise to practice within the health sector depending on programme of study. Level 3 Certificate in Reflexology Techniques This course is designed for those who have a keen interest in Holistic Therapies and want to achieve a recognised qualification in Reflexology. On completion candidates will be able to enrol for further studies, open their own practice or work in the industry internationally. Students previously completing this course range from parents who wish to kick start their career to Doctors who have added this service to their personal qualifications.
*Level 2/Level 3 Awards as listed in the grid The awards in Complementary Therapy are for anyone interested in starting or advancing a career in this industry. There are options to suit experienced technicians and people with no previous experience. It offers the student the opportunity and choice to build a bank of awards that are industry recognised.
Applicants please note: All students are required to purchase a kit (equipment) and uniform. Preference will be given to candidates who provide evidence of previous practical experience at interview.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/ Available PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Level 3 Certificate in Reflexology Techniques
CT3RFT
A,L,N
PT
1 evening per week (4hrs) for 20 weeks
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Marie –Louise Devlin T. 028 3751 2852 E. devlinm@src.ac.uk
*Level 3 Award in Massage using Pre-blended Aromatherapy Oils
AW3MPA
A,L,N
PT
1 evening per week (4hrs) for 15 weeks
Award in Health & Safety
Marie –Louise Devlin T. 028 3751 2852 E. devlinm@src.ac.uk
*Level 3 Award in Indian Head Massage
AW3IHM
A,L,N
PT
12 weeks
Award in Health & Safety
Marie –Louise Devlin T. 028 3751 2852 E. devlinm@src.ac.uk
*Level 3 Award in Body Massage
AW3BDM
A,L,N
PT
1 evening per week (4hrs) for 18 weeks
Award in Health & Safety
Marie –Louise Devlin T. 028 3751 2852 E. devlinm@src.ac.uk
*Level 3 Award in the application of Hot Stone Therapy
AW3HST
A,L,N
PT
1 evening per week for 15 weeks
Massage qualification
Marie –Louise Devlin T. 028 3751 2852 E. devlinm@src.ac.uk
*Level 2 Award in Threading
AW2THR
A,L,N
PT
1 evening per week for 7 weeks
Award in Health & Safety
Marie –Louise Devlin T. 028 3751 2852 E. devlinm@src.ac.uk
Page 40
Construction
The construction industry is a key employer with transferable skills and many exciting opportunities for work at home and abroad in both office and site careers in design and construction in the public and private sectors. Career destinations: These include a range of disciplines such as site management, civil engineering, quantity surveying and architectural technology. Emerging/green technologies - sustainability.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Foundation Degree in Architectural Technology with Sustainable Design
FG5ART
P
FT/ PT
2 years full-time or 3 years part-time
See page 12
Shane O’Neill T. 028 3839 7777 Ext 7781 E. oneills@src.ac.uk
Foundation Degree in Sustainable Construction
FG5CEN
N, P
FT/ PT
2 years full-time or 3 years part-time
See page 12
Martin McNally T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2659 E. mcnallym@src.ac.uk
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Construction / Civil Engineering (Conversion Course)
HD5CBE
P
PT
1 day or 2 evenings per week for 2 years
HNC Construction or Henry Douglas HNC Civil Engineering T. 028 3839 7777 Ext 7784 E. douglash@src.ac.uk
Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Civil Engineering
HC4CEN
P
PT
1 day or 2 evenings per week for 2 years
See page 12
Henry Douglas T. 028 3839 7777 Ext 7784 E. douglash@src.ac.uk
Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Construction
HC4CEN
N, P
PT
1 day per week for 1 year, 1 evening per week for 2 years
See page 12
Henry Douglas T. 028 3839 7777 Ext 7784 E. douglash@src.ac.uk
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Construction and the Built Environment
SD3CON
A, N, P
FT
2 years FT
See page 12
Fiona Thompson T. 028 3026 9687 E. thompsonf@src.ac.uk
Level 3 BTEC Diploma in Construction and the Built Environment
DP3CON
P
PT
1 day or 2 evenings per week for 2 years
See page 10
Melanie Boyce T. 028 3839 7777 E. boycem@src.ac.uk
Level 3 BTEC Diploma in Civil Engineering
DP3CON
P
PT
1 day or 2 evenings per week for 2 years
See page 10
Melanie Boyce T. 028 3839 7777 E. boycem@src.ac.uk
Level 3 BTEC Subsidiary Diploma in Construction and the Built Environment
SD3CON
A, P
PT
1 evening per week for 2 years
See page 10
Justin Fox T. 028 3752 2205 Ext 2838 E. foxj@src.ac.uk
Level 2 BTEC Extended Certificate in Construction
EC2CON
A, P
FT
1 year
See page 10
Justin Fox T. 028 3752 2205 Ext 2838 E. foxj@src.ac.uk
Level 2 BTEC Extended Certificate in Sustainable Construction and Renewable Energy
EC2CON
N
FT
1 year
See page 10
Fiona Thompson T. 028 3026 9687 E. thompsonf@src.ac.uk
Introduction to Surveying & Levelling
RCEBSC
P
PT
1 evening per week for 6 weeks
You should have an Paul Andrews interest in this subject T. 028 3839 7777 area. E. andrewsp@src.ac.uk
City & Guilds Level 3 Award in CAD using AutoCAD
CT3CAD
N, P
PT
3 hours per week over 30 weeks
City & Guilds L2 Award in CAD using AutoCAD.
Sean McNally T. 028 30261071 E. mcnallys@src.ac.uk
City & Guilds Level 2 Award in CAD using AutoCAD
CT2CAD
N, P
PT
3 hours per week over 25 weeks
Basic computer literacy skills.
Bronagh Harte E. harteb@src.ac.uk Page 41
Construction Foundation Degree in Architectural Technology with Sustainable Design The Foundation Degree in Architectural Technology with Sustainable Design is a widely recognised level 5 qualification, equivalent to the first two years of a full Bachelors Degree. The key to the success of this course is the inclusion of industrial practice and placement units. This course is designed to enable you to find employment within the construction industry in middle management. The units undertaken include: Surveying, Sustainable Construction, Renewable Energies, Introduction to CAD, IT and Emerging Technologies, Design Principles, Law and Construction Contract. You will undertake a supervised work placement of approximately six months at the end of year one. Assessment is carried out on a regular basis throughout the programme using a range of appropriate methods such as written and practical assignments, projects, case studies, presentations and work placement. Progression Competent construction students are highly valued by industry and part-time employment is encouraged and popular whilst studying for a Foundation Degree. This course is a dedicated route to the Honours Degree in Architectural Technology at the University of Ulster or provides the necessary skills for a range of employment opportunities within the construction industry at home or abroad.
Foundation Degree in Sustainable Construction This course has been designed to meet the demand for higher technicians and middle management personnel in the construction industry. Subjects include Sustainable Construction, Renewable Energies, Measurement and Costing and Digital Surveying, IT and Emerging Technologies. You will undertake a supervised work placement of approximately six months at the end of year one. You will be assessed on a regular basis throughout the programme using a range of appropriate methods Page 42
such as written and practical assignments, projects, case studies, presentations and work placement for approximately one year at the end of year one. Progression On completion this course provides entry qualifications for progression to a range of Degree and Honours Degree programmes at University many of which can be completed in a further 2 years full-time study Ulster or provides the necessary skills for a range of employment opportunities within the construction industry at home or abroad.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Construction/Civil Engineering (Conversion Course) If you are employed within the construction industry in areas such as quantity surveying, site supervision, roads maintenance, construction design and public health, and considering furthering your qualifications and career prospects, then you should strongly consider this course. Students with an HNC in Construction or Civil Engineering can upgrade to an HND with 2 years study on a part-time basis. Progression The HND is a recognised higher level qualification within its own right, and also provides a springboard into relevant degree programmes at University or provides the necessary skills for a range of employment opportunities within the construction industry at home or abroad.
Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Civil Engineering This course is designed for those currently working within the Civil Engineering Industry. Whether in the private or public sector, successful completion will provide you with a sound knowledge base together with a high level of technical competence, which will enhance your promotional prospects within current employment as well as increasing job prospects. The units undertaken include: group project, surveying, structural design and civil engineering construction.
Progression This course provides entry qualifications to degree courses in building-related subjects. Upgrading the HNC to HND on a part-time basis may give exemptions to some degree course modules in the first year.
Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Construction This course is designed for those currently working within the Construction Industry. Whether in the private or public sector, successful completion will provide you with a sound knowledge base together with a high level of technical competence, which will enhance your promotional prospects within current employment as well as increasing job prospects. The units undertaken include: design principles, surveying, measurement, tendering and estimating. Progression This course provides you with entry qualifications to degree courses in building-related subjects or provides the necessary skills for a range of employment opportunities within the construction industry at home or abroad. Upgrading the HNC to HND on a part-time basis may give exemptions to some degree course modules in the first year.
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Construction and the Built Environment This full-time course is equivalent to three A Levels and will appeal to you if you wish to develop construction technology skills and techniques transferable to future employment in the construction/civil engineering industries. The course comprises a range of 18 units including Sustainable Construction, CAD, Building Technology, Graphical Detailing and Surveying. Progression On completion you can go directly into employment at technician level in disciplines such as Architectural Design, Planning, Surveying or Site Management. Alternatively it’s possible to proceed to higher education to a HNC/D, Foundation Degree or Degree Programme in subjects such as Architectural Design, Construction Management
or Civil Engineering. These programmes in turn can lead to a professional career and membership of professional bodies such as CIAT, ICE, CIOB and RICS.
Level 3 BTEC Diploma in Construction and the Built Environment This part-time course is equivalent to two A Levels and is designed for those employed or seeking employment as technicians in architecture, quantity surveying or building and who wish to obtain a national qualification to enhance their career prospects or to progress to higher education. You will learn by completing projects and assignments which are based on realistic workplace situations, activities and demands. This course will help you to gain the practical skills required to make a career in the construction industry. You will undertake twelve units including: Sustainable Construction, CAD, Building Technology, Graphical Detailing and Surveying.
Level 3 BTEC Diploma in Civil Engineering The part-time course is equivalent to two A Levels and is designed for those employed or seeking employment as technicians in civil, structural or municipal engineering and who wish to obtain a national qualification to enhance their career prospects or to progress to higher education. You will learn by completing projects and assignments which are based on realistic workplace situations, activities and demands. This course will help you to gain the practical skills required to make a career in the civil engineering industry. You will undertake twelve units including: Sustainable Construction, CAD, Structures, Site Surveying and setting out
Level 3 BTEC Subsidiary Diploma in Construction and the Built Environment This part-time course is equivalent to one A Level and aims to advance the career prospects of those employed or seeking employment in the construction industry.
The course is made up of six units including: Health, Safety and Welfare in Construction and the Built Environment, Sustainable Construction, Mathematics in Construction and the Built Environment, Science and Materials in Construction and the Built Environment, Construction Technology and Design in Construction and Civil Engineering, Building Technology in Construction. Progression Completion of the above level 3 part-time courses provide an entry point for a career in the construction industry or progression to a technical position in the industry, e.g. Trades Foreman, Site Estimator. You may progress to higher education in a relevant Foundation Degree course or HNC Construction related area.
Level 2 BTEC Extended Certificate in Construction If you have a keen interest in construction and have less than four GCSEs this course is for you. You will study: Structure of the Construction Industry, Exploring Health, Safety and Welfare in Construction, Sustainability in the Construction Industry with optional units of study such as: Construction Processes and Operations, Construction Method and Techniques, Construction Drawing Techniques, Practical workshop units include: Exploring Carpentry and Joinery, Performing Joinery Operations, Exploring Trowel Operations (Brickwork), Performing plumbing Operations or Performing Electrical Operations. Construction drawing using AutoCAD is also incorporated into the programme. Progression On successful completion of the course you may progress to a L3 Diploma qualification in Construction or to an NVQ Plumbing or Electrical Installation.
Level 2 BTEC Extended Certificate in Sustainable Construction and Renewable Energy If you have a keen interest in the construction and Building Services Industry and have less than four GCSEs this course is for you. It will provide you with a fundamental understanding of the industry and skills needed for entering the sector. You will study: Structure of the Construction Industry, Exploring Health, Safety and Welfare in Construction, Sustainability in the Construction Industry with optional units of study such as:, Construction Drawing Techniques, Practical workshop units include: Performing Plumbing Operations or Performing Electrical Operations. Construction drawing using AutoCAD is also incorporated into the programme along with Principles and Requirements of Environmental Technology Systems Progression On successful completion of the course you may progress to a L3 Extended Diploma in Construction or to an Apprenticeship in Plumbing or Electrical Installation.
Richard Dawson National Diploma Construction and the Built Environment + HND Building Engineering & Management Portadown Campus After completing the National Diploma Construction and the Built Environment and HND Building Engineering & Management course at Portadown Campus, Richard went on to the University of Ulster where he obtained a Degree in Construction Engineering and Management. He is currently working in London with Laing O’Rourke, which is the same company he completed his work placement with while studying at SRC. Richard chose to study at SRC as it offered him the chance to study close to home without too much of a commute. There was also the opportunity to complete a number of short construction related courses such as site surveying practice and AutoCAD alongside the HND.
Introduction to Surveying & Levelling This is a highly practical introduction to the measurement of angles, distances and levelling using theodolites and levels for construction applications.
City & Guilds Level 2 and Level 3 Award in CAD using AutoCAD The use of computer aided design (CAD) systems in industry has become an essential part of the modern working environment. CAD is used at all stages of product and building design, from developing initial concepts through production of working drawings to the creation of virtual reality images. These qualifications aim to introduce and develop your understanding of a CAD draughting and modelling environment, in terms of hardware, software and physical surroundings. You will explore the typical composition of a CAD system and Health and Safety matters that are associated with safe working practices. Those expected to gain most from the courses would include architects, graphic designers, design engineers and draughtsman. Most of his lecturers had construction backgrounds so spoke from experience and the course covered a wide range of construction subjects which gave him a good industry overview and did not tie him down to one particular discipline within the industry. This was essential as at that stage he was not 100% sure of what job role to pursue. Richard feels his time at college undoubtedly helped him to gain employment as he is still employed by the company who he completed his placement with. Also he is not sure it he would have went to university at all if it were not for the HND and placement which were an eye opener and gave him some good life experience
City & Guilds 7579 - Computer Aided Draughting (CAD) These courses have been designed to meet the needs of students in the following career paths – architecture, construction and product design. The Level 2 and Level 3 Awards in CAD using AutoCAD has been designed to introduce you to the key features and applications of the industry standard AutoCAD software as a draughting tool as used in the production of 2D drawings and plans.
Jack McClean EDEXCEL BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Construction and the Built Environment Portadown Campus Jack currently studies on the BTEC Extended Diploma in Construction and the Built Environment at the Portadown Campus. This course trains students wishing to develop construction technology skills and techniques transferable to future employment in the construction/civil engineering industries. As well as being dedicated to his studies, Jack has independently secured work experience with Farrans as a trainee engineer on his study day each week to further develop his skills alongside his studies. Jack was honoured by the Institution of Civil Engineers by being awarded the Queen’s Jubilee Scholarship Trust. He hopes to further his studies at University through studying for a career in Civil engineering.
Page 43
Construction skills
Construction Skills can be studied on a full-time or part-time basis at the College. You can learn basic DIY skills in one of the evening classes or you can learn a trade on a part-time or day-release basis through the Training for Success/ApprenticeshipsNI programme. Career destinations: These include a range of disciplines such as site management, civil engineering, quantity surveying and architectural technology. Emerging/green technologies - sustainability. These courses provide vocationally related knowledge and skills which can improve employability within these vocations. Successful completion of units or the full Award can contribute to the achievement of an NVQ when vocationally employed.
Construction Skills Bricklaying (Diploma) and/or NVQ Carpentry and Joinery Diploma and/or NVQ Painting and Decorating Diploma and/or NVQ
NVQs are unit based, involving in-college theory assessments and at-work practical assessments and evidence collection and production.
Plastering Diploma and/or NVQ Plumbing Technical Certificate and/or NVQ
You MUST be vocationally employed and a portfolio of the specified evidence must also be completed. If necessary, you will be required to attend lessons in college to acquire the knowledge
Tiling Diploma and/or NVQ
and skills specified. This collegebased component will include the related Technical Certificate qualification and safety tests. You need to be physically fit, capable of working at heights, understand technical information/ drawings and be able to cooperate as a team worker. You will be using hand tools, equipment and machines, which require specialist operating knowledge. You MUST comply with all related Health and Safety policies and procedures and accept responsibility for your own actions.
APPRENTICESHIPS Apprenticeship Bricklaying If you want to learn various skills and techniques to allow you to build brickwork and blockwork of all shapes and sizes, this course is for you. You will learn how to set walls and buildings following instructions from foremen and architects. Bricklayers are outdoor workers who work both at height and below ground level. The work is physical so a good level of fitness is an advantage – however, the modern construction industry’s safety regulations and lightweight
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Bricklaying – Diploma
DP1BRK/ DP2BRK/ DP3BRK
N, P
FT
1 to 2 days per week at college within the academic year
Depends on entry level and experience, the tutor will advise you after consultation.
Gervase Hughes T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 3850 E. hughesg@src.ac.uk
Carpentry and Joinery – Diploma
DP1CAJ/ DP2BJN At level s 1,2,3
A,N, P
FT
1 to 2 days per week at college within the academic year
Depends on entry level and experience, the tutor will advise you after consultation.
William McConnell T. 028 3026 1071 E. mcconnellw@src.ac.uk
Painting and Decorating– Diploma
DP1PAD/ At level 1,2,3
N
FT
1 to 2 days per week at college within the academic year
Depends on entry level and experience, the tutor will advise you after consultation.
Patrick Maguire T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 3850 E. maguirep@src.ac.uk
Plastering – Diploma
DP1PLA/ At level 1,2,3
N
PT
1 to 2 days per week at college within the academic year
Depends on entry level and experience, the tutor will advise you after consultation.
David Fitzsimons T. 028 3026 1071 E. fitzsimonsd@src.ac.uk
Plumbing – Diploma and/or NVQ
NV2PBH
A, N, P
FT
1 to 2 days per week at college within the academic year
Applicants for Plumbing must have achieved 16 points at GCSE including English and Maths at Grade C or above.
Ian Henry T. 028 3752 2205 E. henryi@src.ac.uk
Tiling – Diploma
DP1TIL, DP2TIL, DP3TIL Level 1,2,3
N
FT
1 to 2 days per week at college within the academic year
Depends on entry level and experience, the tutor will advise you after consultation.
Paul Doran T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 3850 E. doranpa@src.ac.uk
*NEW External Insulation and Building Treatments
CT2IBT
N
PT
1 evening per week for 6 weeks
You should have an interest in Bronagh Harte energy efficient homes and be E. harteb@src.ac.uk keen to work in this developing sector
Page 44
materials mean that most people can undertake the work of a bricklayer.
install a wide range of wood products including doors, windows, floors, walls, staircases and roof trusses. You will learn how to set out, prepare, joint, cut and shape timber for all kinds of construction projects. The candidate can specialise in the Fitted Interior aspect of the programme whilst doing the NVQ level 2. The work can be physical, so a good level of fitness is an advantage.
Course Content includes: Practice in building walls using a wide range of bonds; Building solid walls, cavity walls, piers and chimneys using brick and block, Using decorative brick to build arches and walls, Setting out and positioning of doors and window openings, Erecting and dismantling scaffolding, Setting out, using Optical & Cowley levelling equipment, Carry out slinging and signalling for the movement of loads, Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology.
Course Content includes: Construction of roofs, stud walls, floors and fittings and the fixing of components, Fitting and fixing on site, doors, architraves, windows and stairs, Using hand and power tools, Basic woodworking machinery, Making doors, windows, stairs and kitchen fitments, Health and Safety, Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology
Apprenticeship Carpentry & Joinery In the construction industry, carpenters and joiners prepare and put into place most of the timber parts of buildings from roughly cut floor and roof beams to expertly crafted windows and doors. They use specialised tools and machinery and work with a variety of different types of wood. To be a carpenter and joiner you need to enjoy being part of a team. You also need to be good with your hands and you will be trained to use a range of tools and machinery to a high standard while following strict safety procedures. There is also an option to do workshop joinery.
Apprenticeship Painting and Decorating Everyone knows what painters and decorators do but the work they do in the construction industry is much more skilled than DIY. Oil rigs, bridges and steelwork need heavy duty coatings, while stately homes and five-star hotels may need painters and decorators who can apply a wide range of wall coverings and paint systems to ceiling and wall areas. You need to be good with your hands and
Carpenters and joiners are required to prepare, build and
be neat and tidy and have a good eye for detail. Much of the work is indoors but there is plenty outside as well. You will need to be quite fit and be prepared to travel to different sites. You will also need to discuss colours and types of finish with clients or householders, so the ability to communicate is important. Course content includes: Preparation of surfaces for painting an wallpapering, Selection and application of paints an wallpaper, Use of airless spray equipment, Broken colour work, Stencilling, Wood staining and varnishes, Rag rolling, colour washing, clouding, marbling and graining, Figure and straight grain techniques, Health and Safety, Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology Skill build is a recognised body that organise a Young Decorator of the Year Competition. This is an annual event and you have the opportunity to take part in a selection process to gain entry to the competition. The success rate in recent years for our painting and decorating department boasts three gold medals, four silver medals and one bronze.
Apprenticeship Plastering This course is for people who want to work as a plasterer. You will work with a variety of
materials to provide surface finishes to walls and ceilings and learn how to prepare surfaces and apply finishes to the correct specification. You’ll also learn skills and techniques used to replace and repair decorative mouldings and cornices in both new and old buildings. It helps to have some basic mathematical ability as you have to calculate areas of wall and corresponding volumes of material. Course Content includes: Fixing plasterboard, metal lath and pre-formed coving to timber backgrounds; Fixing dry lining boards to solid and stud walls, Plastering internal solid and stud walls using different materials, Plastering external walls using a variety of materials and beads, Preparation and laying of floor screeds to levels and falls, Preparation and repair of damaged surfaces, Construction of cornice moulds and running cornices in situ, Health and Safety, Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology.
Apprenticeship Plumbing As a plumber you could find yourself working in many different places – from construction sites to residential homes. From installing sanitation systems and servicing boilers to laying underground drainage pipework and repairing appliances, plumbers play a
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Construction Skills Register (CSR Training)
CT2HSA
N
PT
7.5 hours, one day
Need CRS Health & safety John Muckian certification to access building T. 028 302 61071 sites E. muckianj@src.ac.uk
Painting and Decorating (DIY)
RCHTCO
N
PT
1 evening per week for 12 weeks
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Patrick Maguire T. 028 3026 1071 Ext: 3858 E. maguirep@src.ac.uk
*NEW Basic Boiler Maintenance (DIY)
RCHTCO
P
PT
1 evening per week for 6 weeks
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Philip McAvoy T. 028 3839 7777 E. mcavoyp@src.ac.uk
Creative Wall and Floor Tiling (DIY)
RCHTCO
N
PT
1 evening per week for 12 weeks
You should have some experience of tiling and want to do decorative work.
Philip McAvoy T. 028 3839 7777 E. mcavoyp@src.ac.uk
*NEW Install Internal Wall Insulation
RCHTCO
N
PT
1 day per week for 30 weeks You should have general knowledge of construction
David Fitzsimmons T. 028 3026 1071 E. fitzsimmonsd@src.ac.uk
Bespoke Furniture Design and Production
RCHTCO
P
PT
1 evening per week for 12 weeks
Mark Clague T. 028 3839 7777 E. claguem@src.ac.uk
You should have reasonable practical skills and an interest in the topic
Contact
Page 45
Construction skills
vital role in modern life. This is a popular apprenticeship, and with good reason: the job prospects are good, and there’s plenty of scope for self-employment. Course Content includes: Planning and assessing the job, Understanding plans, drawings and technical instructions Ordering materials from suppliers, fixing baths, sinks, radiators, etc. to walls, in floors or ducts, Measuring and calculating materials, Cutting and bending piping to correct dimensions, Joining piping so that it doesn’t leak, Working as part of a team with joiners, bricklayers, electricians, Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology.
Apprenticeship - Floor and Wall Tiling If you would like to become a fully qualified tiler then this is the course for you. Floor and wall tiling involves laying various types of tiles including marble, ceramic and porcelain. To become a skilled tiler requires a very high standard of training to achieve spectacular results. Tiling has become a specialised job used world-wide in modern day architecture and construction.
Training in this area is not limited to school leavers but also accommodates those wanting a change in career. Course Content includes: Prepare background surfaces for tiling, Set out walls and floors for tiles, Carry out repairs to tiled surfaces, Use a wide variety of tiles and mosaics, Position and finish wall and floor tiles, Use different types of tiling equipment, Health and Safety, Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology. Note: Applicants who have achieved GCSE English, Mathematics or IT at grades A-C, will be exempt from the equivalent essential skill.
External Insulation & Building Treatments External wall insulation or EWI systems are proven to be one of the most energy efficient and effective solutions with benefits: including improved thermal performance; reduction in moisture penetration; and, diminished risk of condensation. The systems are robustly designed to protect the outer walls of the home from weathering and also significantly improve the aesthetics of the building.
Training will incorporate health and safety legislation relevant to the job, health and safety risks, assessment, responsibilities and management, personal equipment used to protect individuals, tools and equipment used on the job, materials used on the job, good customer and installer care and communication, examples of approaches to preparation, installation and completion of the job, theory associated with principles of application including cold bridging, moisture penetration and condensation.
Construction Skills Register (CSR Training) The first stage is a Health and Safety training day normally, 9am to 5pm. The second stage is assessment of competence by trade assessor, which requires a 30 minute one-to-one interview and takes place on the evening of the health and safety training day (after 5pm). Our main business will be limited to the trades we can assess.They are Joinery, Carpentry, Machine woodworking, Brickwork, Stone masonry, Plastering, Painting, Labouring (General Construction Operative), Wall & Floor Tiling. Electricians and plumbers can also attend stage one - they will get a green card or they can contact their respective federations who may upgrade the card to reflect their experience and qualifications.
Painting and Decorating (DIY) On this course you will learn how to plan and prepare to decorate a room in your house. Topics covered will include surface preparation, papering and painting. You will have the opportunity to practice the skills required to wall paper and paint a room and ask questions about a DIY project you are planning to undertake at home.
Basic Boiler Maintenance (DIY) On this course you will learn how to replace service components, identify and carryout basic maintenance of you boiler including safe isolation and be able to identify problems that require professional assistance.
Creative Wall and Floor Tiling (DIY) On this course you will learn how to plan and prepare decorative tiling in your home. You will learn how to measure an area, prepare the surface, choose appropriate tiles and practice the skills required to design and develop tiling projects to undertake to improve your home.
Install Internal and External Wall Insulation (DIY) This course is an introduction to the principles of installing internal and external wall insulation to improve the thermal properties of your home. The course will involve and exploration of the core principles of insulation and look at the practical application of various insulation products.
Bespoke Furniture Design and Production This course offers both the complete beginner and the more experienced person the opportunity to develop their hand skills and knowledge whilst designing and producing timber items of their own choice.
Page 46
Counselling
This is an area of study that will be of interest to individuals either for reasons of personal development or to enhance their skills in work or volunteer roles. supervision and cover the cost of supervision.
Counselling skills are primarily concerned with communication, and study in this area can enhance your effectiveness in listening and responding to individuals and situations. Applicants should be aware that the College is required to vet all students commencing a course of study that involves ‘regulated activity’ in a placement. The details provided in this check may affect your ability to find a suitable work placement, and consequently complete the programme of study.
Foundation Degree in Counselling University of Ulster This part-time foundation degree has been designed to meet an identified need for quality educational provision in the area of counselling. The course will be offered over one full day each week. Students can take a two year course which leads to a Higher Education Certificate in Counselling Studies. Students can also progress to year three to complete the Foundation Degree in Counselling. Students who wish to achieve the Foundation Degree must successfully complete 150 hours of Supervised Counselling Practice and undertake 20 hours of personal therapy. Those completing Supervised Practice will be required to find a counselling placement, undertake external counselling
This course incorporates an integrative model of counselling. Modules studied on the course include: The Integrative Approach, Personal Development, Developing the Therapeutic Relationship, Understanding the Client in Context, Humanistic Counselling, Cognitive-Behavioural Approaches, Ethics and Professional Practice, and Psychodynamic approaches. In years two and three students wishing to complete the Certificate of Higher Education in Counselling or the Foundation Degree in Counselling will undertake Supervised Practice in an appropriate setting. This course will act as a vehicle to becoming professionally accredited as a counsellor. Progression On successful completion of this course you may apply to complete a BSc (Hons) in Counselling at the University of Ulster.
Level 4 Certificate in Counselling Studies University of Ulster This course aims to introduce you to the knowledge and skills which underpin the counselling process. It is designed for anyone interested in the
subject for either personal or professional development, as well as those who are beginning study as part of the process of becoming a professionally accredited counsellor. Modules covered include: Personal Development and Interpersonal skills, The Helping Relationship, Practical Application of the Helping relationship. Assessment takes the form of coursework, case studies and a reflective journal. Recorded role play will be used to assess practical skills. Progression On successful completion you may proceed to the University of Ulster Foundation Degree in Counselling or undertake studies in other areas such as HNC/D Health and Social Care or qualifications in child care.
Level 2 Certificate in Counselling Skills This course is the starting point for people with no previous qualifications or knowledge who want to work towards a qualification in counselling. The course focuses on the interpersonal skills needed to form and sustain a helping relationship. This is a very practical course with an emphasis on learning through doing, which will introduce trainees to the skills of active
listening. Modules include: Use Counselling Skills Ethically and Safely, Manage Helping Interactions, Communicate Empathic Understanding, Manage an active Listening Space, Use Self-awareness to Facilitate Helping Work, Use Counselling Skills Coherently and Use Study Skills to Help Manage Learning.
Level 2 CPCAB Certificate in Introduction to Counselling Skills This one semester taster course is for individuals who might be interested in counselling training and want to find out if they are suitable for further in-depth training. It is also suitable for those who want to learn basic skills to help other people. The course will introduce you to listening and helping skills that can be used in everyday life and to some basic counselling concepts. Topics covered include different types of helping, establishing a helping interaction, self-awareness and awareness of difference, as well as specific initial counselling interventions. The course usually consists of a mixture of tutor input, group discussion, individual reflection, experiential learning and skills practice.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/ Duration Available PT
Foundation Degree in Counselling University of Ulster
FGCOUN B, N
PT
1 full day over 3 years
Entry requirements
Contact
One GCE A Level and three GCSE’s or Kathy Loudoun acceptable equivalents. Students must have T. 028 3839 7700 completed a Certificate in Counselling Skills or E. loudounk@src.ac.uk have related academic and practical experience. All applicants will be interviewed by tutors prior to admission. Acceptance will depend on a successful interview
Level 4 Certificate CT4CUN in Counselling Studies University of Ulster
A, B, N, P
PT
1 evening per Five GCSE’s at grade C or higher including week for 30 GCSE English or equivalent. Mature students weeks will be accepted if they can provide evidence of their ability to undertake the course through the accreditation of prior learning.
Albert Boyle T. 028 3839 7700 E. boylea@src.ac.uk
Level 2 Certificate CT2CNS in Counselling Skills
A
PT
1 evening per You should have an interest in this subject area. week over 30 weeks
Sharon Frazer T. 028 3752 2205 Ext 2832 E. frazers@src.ac.uk
Level 2 CPCAB Certificate in Introduction to Counselling Skills
A, B
PT
You should have an interest in this subject area. 30 hours, 1 evening per week over 15 weeks
Sharon Frazer T. 028 3752 2205 Ext 2832 E. frazers@src.ac.uk
CT2ICN
Page 47
Dental Nursing
This part-time course provides a recognised qualification which is required by all dental nurses to enable them to be employed in a dental practice. National Examining Board for Dental Nurses: National Diploma If you are employed in a dental surgery or clinic as a dental nurse, you are now required to be registered with the General Dental Council. You must hold or be studying for an approved qualification. The National Diploma is one of the main recognised qualifications in the UK.
Subjects covered in this certificate include; Dental Hygiene, Anatomical Structures, Patient Care and Management, Radiology, Orthodontic Procedures, Anaesthesia, Restorative Dentistry as well as the duties and role of the Dental Nurse. The course also requires you to complete a Record of Experience, signed off by your employer/ work place mentor which must be submitted prior to the examination. To achieve this qualification you must also pass written and practical clinical exams.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
NEBDN National Diploma in Dental Nursing
NCDENT
N, P
PT
1 evening per Entrants must be week for 30 weeks employed within a dental surgery.
Page 48
Entry requirements
Contact i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Electrical (Short Courses)
It is essential to update and maintain your electrical qualifications. There are various options at the college detailed below. Requirements for Electrical Installations 17th Edition C&G 238210 Theory plus an online test. This is the full course suitable for those practicing electricians who have not yet attained 16th edition.
Requirements for Electrical Installations 17th Edition C&G 238220 In order for candidates to enter this qualification they must have achieved at least one of the following and the original certificates must be presented, verified and copied (the copy must be signed and dated by the college staff member confirming authentication) for candidate college records before entering lessons. • City and Guilds level 3 Certificate in the Requirements for Electrical Installation (BS 7671 June 2001) (2381)
• City and Guilds Level 3 Certificate in electrotechnical technology installation (Building and Structures) (2330-07) • City and Guilds Level 3 Certificate in electrotechnical technology Electrical Maintenance 2330-08) • City and Guilds level 3 Certificate in Electrical Installations Part Two (2360) from 1 January 2004 onwards only Candidates unable to provide evidence of prior achievement as stated must undertake the full 17th Edition qualification 2382-10
Inspection, Testing and Certification of Electrical Installations C&G 239110 Unit 301 (Theory) Theory plus test - on completion of the theory lessons the candidate will be required to pass a theory test and then apply for and pass a practical assessment which is an additional element not provided within the 10 weeks course and this will incur additional practical test fees.
Inspection, Testing and Certification of Electrical Installations C&G 239110 Unit 302 (Practical) Practical assessment - having successfully completed the theory course, participants have the opportunity to have their practical skills assessed.
Achievement Measurement 2 (AM2) Preparation A practical course aiming to prepare apprentices for their final AM2 examination. Apprentices should be working in the industry and working towards completion of NVQ Level 3. The course can take place in the evening or on a Saturday morning depending on campus selected.
C&G 2377 Electrical Installation (Portable Appliance Testing) The Electricity at Work Regulations requires electrical systems to be maintained to prevent danger. The regulations include all electrical equipment which can be connected to a source of electrical energy and which may cause personal injury e.g. electrical/electronic appliances, tools, heating apparatus and test instruments. A legal responsibility is placed on employers to comply with and take reasonable care to ensure no danger results from the use of such equipment. This course will give you an understanding of the legal requirements, health and safety for maintenance of electrical equipment, be able, through inspection, to identify the different types, construction and classification of electrical equipment and be able to identify the suitability of electrical equipment for use etc.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/PT Duration
Entry requirements
Requirements for CT3IEE Electrical Installations 17th Edition C & G 2382-10
N, P
FT / PT
30 hours (September– June)
Practicing electricians with a working i3 Centre knowledge of 17th edition wiring regulations T. 028 3025 9664 (BS 7671). Suitable for those who have E. i3@src.ac.uk no qualifications relating to electrical installations or achieved the 16th Edition prior to 2001.
Requirements for CT3IEE Electrical Installations 16th-17th Edition Update C&G 2377 2382-20
N, P
PT
8 hours (September – June)
This qualification is aimed at practising electricians with a working knowledge of 17th edition wiring regulations (BS 7671) and who have already achieved a 16th edition qualification after 2001.
Inspection, Testing CT3ITE and Certification of Electrical Installations C&G 2391-10 Unit 301 (Theory)
N, P
PT
14 weeks Practicing electricians who have carried (January – June) out initial verifications on electrical installations and require further training in periodic inspection, testing and reporting. Candidates should have achieved the 17th edition.
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Inspection, Testing CT3ITE and Certification of Electrical Installations C&G 2391-10 Unit 302 (Practical)
A, N, P
PT
3 hours (plus practical assessment)
Electrical Inspection and Testing: City and Guilds 2391 Theory course.
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Electrical Installation C&G 2377 (Portable Appliance Testing)
N, P
PT
2 days – 14 hours
Practising electricians who are familiar with the Institution of Electrical Engineers’ Code of Practice in respect of portable appliance testing.
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
CT3ITE
Contact
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Page 49
Engineering
Engineering encompasses many areas and applications including electrical power, electronic control, mechanical, manufacturing processes and industrial plant operation. It is about designing and developing systems and products that affect our lives on a daily basis, from leisure activities to medical treatment, mobile communications to modern transport systems. Engineering offers a vast number of career opportunities, with technicians and graduates in demand in almost every sector of the economy. The environment in which engineering professionals work has never been more dynamic. New materials, technologies and processes are being constantly developed. Increasing globalisation, new markets, and changing employment patterns also mean that an engineering career is now a truly international one.
other modern manufacturing and processing systems. This course will give you a broad range of engineering skills and knowledge encompassing electrical, electronic, mechanical, mechanical and manufacturing disciplines. Units undertaken include: Analytical Methods for Engineers (Mathematics), Engineering Science, Mechanical Principles, Mechatronics, Programmable Logic Controllers, Materials Engineering and an industry-based project.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in General Engineering
Progression On successful completion you may progress to employment or further study in areas such as systems design, manufacture, maintenance and technical services areas of the mechanical, electronic and electrical engineering industries.
Engineering remains at the forefront of advances in modern industrial applications. It is at the centre of communications, computing and sound and vision systems as well as many
Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Electrical and Electronic Engineering The electronic engineering industry is constantly developing and includes applications such as microprocessors and control and automation of industrial equipment. This course has been designed to prepare you for a position of responsibility in the engineering industry with emphasis on the development of analysis and design skills combined with technical competence. The programme is structured to include links with local industries including guest speakers, field trips and industrial projects. Development of skills associated with enterprise and entrepreneurship also feature strongly.
Core modules include Mathematics and Science along with a range of electrical/ electronic modules including Digital and Analogue Circuits, Microprocessor Systems, Mechatronics and Engineering Design. Progression On successful completion of this course you will have access to a wide range of career and higher education opportunities such as related degree courses.
Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Mechanical Engineering This course is designed to enhance career opportunities and develop analytical and practical skills in the discipline of mechanical and manufacturing
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus
FT/PT Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in General Engineering
HD5GEN
N
FT
2 years
See page 12
Kevin Taylor E. taylork@src.ac.uk
Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Electrical and Electronic Engineering
HC4EEE
N,P
PT
1 day or 2 evenings See page 12 per week for 2 years
James Lynch (N) E. lynchj@src.ac.uk Philip Rea (P) T. 028 3839 7777 E. reap@src.ac.uk
Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Mechanical Engineering
HC4MEE
P
PT
1 day or 2 evenings See page 12 per week for 2 years
Philip Rea T. 028 3839 7777 E. reap@src.ac.uk
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Engineering
CD3ENG
N, P
FT
2 years
See page 10
Gary Mackin (N) T. 028 3025 9687 E. macking@src.ac.uk Graham Proctor (P) T. 028 3839 7777 E. proctorg@src.ac.uk
BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Engineering (QCF)
DP2ENG
N
FT
1 Year
See page 10
Jonathan McEvoy T. 028 3025 9687
Level 3 BTEC Diploma in Electrical/ Electronic Engineering
DP3EEG
P
PT
1 day per week for 1 year
See page 10
David Crozier T. 028 3839 7789 E. crozierdr@src.ac.uk
Level 3 BTEC Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
DP3MEG
P
PT
1 day per week for 1 year
See page 10
Kieran Ward T. 028 3839 7777 E. wardk@src.ac.uk
Programmable Logic Controllers
U5PGLC
N
FT / PT
2 hours per week for 30 weeks
You should have an i3 Centre interest in this subject T. 028 3025 9664 area E. i3@src.ac.uk
Page 50
engineering. It will provide you with a balanced mix of theory and practical subjects including Analytical Methods for Engineers (Mathematics), Instrumentation and Control, CAD/CAM, 3D Computer Aided Design (Solidworks), Hydraulics & Pneumatics and an industrybased project. Progression You may upgrade your HNC to a HND by undertaking a further one year part-time conversion course at the college. Alternatively, you may apply to relevant degree courses or apply for membership of professional bodies.
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Engineering This course will help you to develop engineering skills and techniques transferable to future employment in the engineering industry. The BTEC Extended Diploma in Engineering (180 Credits) is delivered as a fulltime programme over two years. It comprises six core units plus 11 specialist units. These include Principles and Applications of Electronic Devices and Circuits, Computer Aided Drafting, Engineering Design, Properties and Applications of Engineering Materials, Electro, Pneumatic & Hydraulic Systems, Further Mathematics for Technicians, Selection and Applications of Programmable Controllers. You will also be studying Employability Skills which include the City and Guilds Award in Autocad. Progression On completion this course you may progress to a related Higher National Diploma or degree course in other engineering disciplines or it can lead to a wide range of employment opportunities in manufacturing, electronics, mechanical or production engineering.
BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Engineering
Level 3 BTEC Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
The BTEC Level 2 Diploma (60 Credits) is a one year practical, work-related course. You learn by completing projects and assignments that are based on realistic workplace situations, activities and demands. It introduces you to the employment area you have chosen and provides a good basis to go on to a more advanced work-related qualification such as the National Diploma or an Engineering Apprenticeship. A BTEC Level 2 Diploma is equivalent to four GCSEs grades A*– C.
This part-time (one day per week) course is designed to enable you to improve your job prospects in the field of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering. The diploma runs over two years, however, you may be able to gain the Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma after the first year. The course subjects include, Computer Aided Drafting, Mechanical Measurement, Applications of CNC Machines, PLC’s and Pneumatics & Hydraulics.
You will study a combination of practical and theory subjects, including Engineering Working, Practices, Engineering Drawing, Engineering Science and Mathematics, plus other specific subjects. Progression On completion you may progress to BTEC Extended Diploma in Engineering or consider a wide range of employment.
Level 3 BTEC Diploma in Electrical/Electronic Engineering This part-time (one day per week) course is designed to enable you to improve your job prospects in the field of electrical and electronic engineering. The diploma runs over two years, however, you may be able to gain the Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma after the first year. The course subjects include: Electrical and Electronic Principles, Principles & Applications of Electronic Devices & Circuits, Features and Applications of Electrical Machines, PLC’s and Pneumatics & Hydraulics. Progression On completion you may progress to higher education such as a Higher National Certificate or a degree in related subjects. You may also be given exemption when applying for Engineering Technician status by professional bodies such as the Engineering Council.
Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC’s) The aim of this part-time evening course is to introduce you to the basics of programmable controllers. The course starts with the design (both hardware and software) and operation of modern controllers and develops an understanding of inputs/ outputs, sensors, actuators and control programs. Throughout the course a practical, hands-on approach to learning is adopted.
Progression on completion you may progress to higher education such as a Higher National Certificate or a degree in related subjects. You may also be given exemption when applying for Engineering Technician status by professional bodies such as the Engineering Council.
Miceal Byrnes BTEC Level 5 HND in Electrical and Electronic Engineering Newry Campus Before coming to SRC, Miceal was employed as an electrician. Although he was still in employment he was worried about his long term future and employment options and concerned about having to emigrate. He attended the College information evening and was impressed with the employment options which existed for individuals holding a qualification in Electrical and Electronic Engineering. He felt that his background and experience as an electrician would help him with the course. Miceal is currently completing his third year at Queens University Belfast studying for a Masters in Electrical Engineering. As he had completed the Higher National Diploma course in Southern Regional College, this meant he was enrolled in the second year of the course in Queen’s. Usually the degree course is three years with an additional two years to complete the Master’s level. However, he was approached by a course tutor and given the opportunity to complete the Degree and Master’s in a four year period. The time Miceal spent at SRC has provided him with an opportunity to further his education and employment options. He is aware that individuals with qualifications in Electrical and Electronic Engineering are actively being sought by recruiters and feels this qualification will provide him with a higher chance of gaining employment in Northern Ireland
Page 51
Engineering Skills
If you are interested in engineering, like a challenge and have a ‘hands on’ practical approach you will find something here for you. In the majority of the engineering fields you will require good customer service skills as you will be dealing with members of the public on a daily basis. This could be fixing someone’s car or installing wiring at someone’s home. Career destinations Engineering can lead to a wide variety of career pathways in the chosen area. You could become self employed and set up your own business or you have the option to progress through the levels to higher education. NVQs are unit based, which involves in college theory assessments and at work practical assessments and evidence production. You MUST be vocationally employed and a portfolio of the specified evidence must also be completed. If necessary you will be required to attend lessons in college to acquire the knowledge and skills specified. You must achieve the relevant Technical Certificate before competence and NVQ certificates can be awarded.
You need to be physically fit, pass a test for colour blindness, and capable of operating machines, reading drawings and information and working within a team. You will be using hand tools, equipment and machines, which require specialist operating knowledge. You MUST comply with all related Health and Safety policies and procedures and accept responsibility for your own actions. NOTE If you have achieved GCSE English, Mathematics or IT at grades A-C, you will be exempt from the equivalent essential skill.
Apprenticeship Electrical Engineering If you would like to gain a recognised qualification that will enable you to service and repair electrical equipment, this course is for you. Course Content includes: Interpret drawings, specifications and written instructions, Inspect and prepare machines for work, Service machines, Install and commission electrical motors and components, Install and commission control panels, Perform engineering and fabricating operations, Health and Safety, Work with people as part of a team, Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology.
Apprenticeship Mechanical or Fabrication Engineering This course enables you to specialise either in Mechanical or Fabrication (welding) engineering: Mechanical Option Mechanical engineering enables you to become a production or maintenance engineer, mechanical fitter or installer. The work involves the manufacture of a range of machined components, servicing and repair of equipment. A number of different skills are used depending on the job, for instance welding or CNC machining.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Campus Available
FT/PT Duration
Entry requirements
Apprenticeship – DPENG2 Electrical Engineering DPENG3 Level 2 & 3
P, N
FT/PT 1-4 years depending on how many levels you want to progress through
Depends on entry level and Alan Smyth experience, the tutor will T. 028 3839 7777 advise you after consultation. E. smytha@src.ac.uk
Apprenticeship –Engineering (Mechanical) Level 1, 2 & 3
DPENG1 DPENG2 DPENG3
A, P
FT/PT 1-4 years depending on how many levels you want to progress through
Depends on entry level and Ian Anderson experience, the tutor will T. 028 3839 7777 advise you after consultation. E. andersoni@src.ac.uk
Apprenticeship – Welding or Fabrication Engineering Level 1, 2 & 3
DPENG1 DPENG2 DPENG3
A, P
FT/PT 1-4 years depending on how many levels you want to progress through
Depends on entry level and Bernard McElmeel experience, the tutor will T. 028 3752 2205 Ext advise you after consultation. 2835 E. mcelmeelb@src.ac.uk
Apprenticeship – Agricultural Service Engineering Level 2 & 3
DPWBE2 DPWBE3
P
FT/PT 1-4 years depending on how many levels you want to progress through
Depends on entry level and John Lavery experience, the tutor will T. 028 3839 7844 advise you after consultation. E. laveryj@src.ac.uk
Recreational Welding
RCHTEN
A, P
PT
1 evening per week for 12 weeks
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Bernard McElmeel T. 028 3752 2205 Ext 2835 E. mcelmeelb@src.ac.uk
Recreational Metalwork
RCHTEN
A, P
PT
1 evening per week for 12 weeks
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Ian Anderson T. 028 3839 7777 E. andersoni@src.ac.uk
Page 52
Course Code
Contact
Fabrication Option Course Content includes: Interpret drawings, specifications and written instructions, Perform engineering operations to achieve production, assembly and maintenance, Use a range of equipment such as a mill, lathe, CNC machine, brake press, power guillotine, welders and gas cutting equipment, Health and Safety, Work with people as part of a team, Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology.
Apprenticeship Welding or Fabrication Engineering Metal fabricators interpret drawings and are involved in the development, cutting, burning, punching, rolling, bending, drilling, shaping, riveting, welding and handling of structural and mechanical fabrications constructed from ferrous and non-ferrous metals in the metal fabrication trade. Structural metal and platework fabricators and fitters assemble and fit metal sections and plates to make buildings, bridges, tanks, boilers and pressure vessels.
Apprenticeship Agricultural Service Engineering If you would like to learn how to repair tractors and other agricultural machinery this practical course is for you. Course Content includes: Interpret drawings, specifications and written instructions, Inspect and prepare machines for work, MMA, MIG and oxygen acetylene gas welding , Service machines at base or on site, Repair tractors and machines including; engines, transmissions, brakes, steering, hydraulics, electrics, control and safety systems, Re-design and fabricate engineering components as required, Health and Safety, Work with people as part of a team, Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology.
Recreational Welding This is a short course designed for farmers, DIY enthusiasts or home handyperson. It is particularly suitable for those who are engaged in light fabrication or car body restoration. There is a range of welding equipment and processes to sample and you are advised to consult to insure these meet your needs.
Recreational Metalwork Basic skills in metalwork offering a range of activities including welding, turning and milling, bench fitting and fabrication and can with agreement facilitate the completion of projects The workshop has an extensive range of machines which after tuition you may use while supervised.
Course Content includes: Interpret drawings, specifications and written instructions, Perform engineering operations to achieve production, assembly and maintenance, Use a range of equipment such as CNC machine or brake press, power guillotine, welders and gas cutting equipment, Health and Safety, Work with people as part of a team, Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology.
Page 53
English & History
This is a new programme running in SRC which offers students the opportunity to attend a full Associate Bachelor’s Degree in English and History. This unique programme is a University of Ulster licensed course which affords students the chance to graduate on your own doorstep.
Career Destinations: Students can enter a wide range of careers including: Teaching, Research, Journalism, Media related work, Tourism, Local Government, Personnel, Retail Management and Community work.
The Associate Bachelor’s Degree in English & History This course is equivalent to the first two years of an honours degree programme and obtains entry to the third and final year of a range of degrees in the University of Ulster including the BA (Hons) English and History Final Year degree taught by University of Ulster staff on the Newry campus. The AB degree awards 240 CAT points.
BA (Hons) in English/ History (Final Year modular) Graduates will not only obtain a knowledge and understanding of the disciplines studied but will also be given access to the accompanying intellectual and practical skills vital to the world of work. This is a thoroughly modern degree and students are taught using the very latest technology including a Virtual Learning Environment which, among other things, allows students to access their course files and learning materials from home. Subjects studied include; History, Politics, Literature, Culture. N.B. This is the FINAL year programme and students MUST have 240 CAT points on entry.
Modules covered include: Study Skills, IT Skills, The age of Revolution, Neo-Classicism, Communism in the 20th Century, Literary Movements, Ireland 1798 – 1880, Research Skills, Arts & Technology, Constructing Ireland, Victorian British Literature, Ireland 1880 – 1924, The making of Modern China and Dissident Irish Writers.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
The Associate Bachelor’s Degree in English & History
AB5ENH
BA (Hons) in BA6ENH English/History (Final Year modular) Page 54
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
N – PT(DR) PT
1 day per week for 3 years
Majella Sands 5 GCSEs (including Maths and English) and 1 ‘A’ Level Grade E or above. The programme recognises sandsm@src.ac.uk a good pass in the Diploma in Adult Learning or moderate Leaving Certificate Points (including Maths and English). Other equivalencies will be considered at the discretion of the Course Director. Adult Returners with relevant experience and without academic qualifications will be considered at the discretion of the Course Director after consultation with the University of Ulster using APEL (Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning).
N
1 day per week for 1.5 years
240 CAT points – 120 at Level 4 and 120 at Level 5. Students must have completed the first two years of an Honours programme prior to admission.
PT
Contact
Paul Torley torleyp@src.ac.uk
ESOL
BIENVENUE, BENVENUTO LABAS, BIENVENIDA, FÁILTE, WILKOMMEN, BIENVENIDOS, CULZIE, WITAMY
If English is not your first language, you can gain an internationally recognised qualification. You will have the opportunity to progress through various levels and you will learn the four components of Speaking, Listening, Reading and Writing Career Destinations Tthese qualifications can help you to gain employment in variety of jobs
English For Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) City & Guilds International Entry 1 (EL1IE1), Entry 2 (EL1IE2), Entry 3 (EL1IE3), Level 1 (EL1IL1) and Level 2 (EL1IL2) At all five levels, ESOL Entry 1-3 and Level 1 and Level 2 covers the four components of Speaking, Listening, Reading and Writing which are assessed at the end of the course. Learners who have no studied ESOL at the college before will be required to take a placement test so they can be placed in the most suitable class level. The placement test is a short written grammar and language test which will take place during enrolment sessions, and will be used alongside a spoken conversation with the tutor.
Level 2 / Expert For those at upper intermediate level or those who have already achieved at Level 1 / Communicator level
Class levels available are:Entry 1 / Preliminary For those who have not studied English formally before and who have little, if any, knowledge of the language Entry 2 / Access For those who are not complete beginners, but who have a basic working knowledge grasp of English, or who have already achieved an Entry 1/ Preliminary qualification Entry 3 / Achiever For those who have a strong foundation in English but who need an increased focus on grammar, or for those who have already achieved an Entry 2 / Access qualification Level 1 / Communicator For those who are at an intermediate level, or who have already achieved an Entry 3 / Achiever qualification
Level 3 / Mastery For those at an advanced level or those who have already achieved a Level 2 Expert level qualification.
Cambridge First Certificate in English (FCE) ESOL Level 1 Certificate in English
Cambridge Advanced Certificate in English (CAE) (ESOL Level 2 Certificate in English) This internationally recognised qualification comprises an intensive focus on five skill areas – Speaking, Listening, Reading, Writing and Use of English. The student maybe required to read two set texts in preparation for an end of course examination administered by Cambridge examiners.
This internationally recognised qualification comprises an intensive focus on five skill areas – Speaking, Listening, Reading, Writing and Use of English. The student may be required to read two set texts in preparation for an end of course examination administered by Cambridge examiners.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/ Duration Available PT
City & Guilds Entry Level Certificate in ESOL International Entry Level 1 – 3 Level 1-2
EL1IE1/ EL1IE2/ EL1IE3/ EL1IL1/ EL1IL2/
A, K, L, N, P,B
Cambridge First Certificate in English (FCE)
EL1AWE
P,L
PT
3 hours per City & Guilds Entry Level Certificate in ESOL week for 30 International LEVEL ONE weeks OR attainment of a suitable result on the placement test.
Sara Miller (N) E. millers@src.ac.uk Aideen D’Arcy (A) E. darcya@src.ac.uk Andrew Porterfield (P) E. porterfielda@src.ac.uk
Cambridge Advanced Certificate in English (CAE)
EL2AWE
P,L
PT
3 hours per Successful completion of Cambridge FCE week for 34 OR weeks City & Guilds Entry Level Certificate in ESOL International Level Two OR attainment of a suitable result on the placement test
Sara Miller (N) E. millers@src.ac.uk Aideen D’Arcy (A) E. darcya@src.ac.uk Andrew Porterfield (P) E. porterfielda@src.ac.uk
PT
Entry requirements
2 hours per Entry Level 1: No requirement week for 30 Entry Level 2: Achievement at Entry Level 1 weeks Entry Level 3: Achievement at Entry Level 2 Level 1: Achievement at Entry Level 3 Level 2: Achievement at Level 1 PLEASE NOTE - attainment of a suitable result on the placement test or previous qualifications as outlined below.
Contact Sara Miller (N) E. millers@src.ac.uk Aideen D’Arcy (A) E. darcya@src.ac.uk Andrew Porterfield (P) E. porterfielda@src.ac.uk
Page 55
Essential Skills
Need help with reading, writing, maths and IT? You can improve your Essential Skills at Southern Regional College for FREE. Essential Skills are reading, writing, maths and IT. These are skills for everyone, of any age, in everyday life. Essential skills at level 2 are at an operational level which is equivalent to GCSE. WHY ARE ESSENTIAL SKILLS IMPORTANT?
WHO ARE ESSENTIAL SKILLS FOR?
At work they help you with:
Essential Skills are for you if you are over 16 years of age and want to improve your reading, writing, maths or IT. PLEASE NOTE: All potential learners must attend a pre-enrolment advice session prior to classes commencing.
• Maths and calculations • Form filling • Good communication with others in work • Computers and the internet In everyday life they help you with: • Your money • Helping your children with their homework • Working out the best deals when shopping • Completing forms for loans, benefits, driving licence or passport
Essential Skills Classes The classes take place in a relaxed atmosphere at many locations including Armagh, Banbridge, Kilkeel, Lurgan, Newry and Portadown. They are taught by experienced and friendly tutors who help you improve your reading, writing, maths and IT quickly and easily. The class numbers are small to give you the individual attention you want. Classes are usually 2.5 hours per week for 16 weeks. They run during the daytime, evenings and on Saturday mornings.
Understandably, many adults are anxious about returning to education. Essential skills tasks are designed to be relevant and interesting. The Essential Skills qualifications aim to reward and motivate learners and improve their opportunities. All potential learners will attend an induction session prior to classes commencing. This will occur the week BEFORE classes begin.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
Essential Skills Classes – Literacy, Numeracy or ICT
ESGLIT ESGNUM ESKICT
All campuses PT
Page 56
FT/PT Duration 2.5 hours per week for 16 weeks
Entry requirements Contact None
Paul McCusker T. 028 3026 1071 E. mccuskerpa@src.ac.uk
First Aid
First Aid is the immediate care given to an injured or suddenly ill person. It is the temporary assistance that is rendered until competent medical care, if required, arrives and takes over. If you are the designated First Aider at work you will need to have and update your First Aid qualification. You may want to learn emergency First Aid which if administered correctly, really can save lives.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Level 3 First Aid at Work (EMAS approved)
CT3FAW
A, N, P
PT
3 days
Employed and nominated to undertake the training
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Level 3 Refresher First Aid at Work (EMAS approved)
CT3FAW
A, N, P
PT
2 days
For those wishing to renew their certificates and have at least 3 months before expiry
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Level 2 FAQ Emergency First Aid at Work
FA2EFA
All Campuses
PT
1 day
You should have an interest in this subject area.
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation and Automated External Defibrillation
CT3AED
All Campuses
PT
4 hours
Candidates must have access to a defibrillator either in a workplace/ school/ sports club setting
Mairead Ruddle T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2300 E. ruddlem@src.ac.uk
Level 3 First Aid at Work (EMAS approved)
CT3FAW
A, N, P
PT
3 days
Employed and nominated to undertake the training
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Level 3 Refresher First Aid at Work (EMAS approved)
CT3FAW
A, N, P
PT
2 days
For those wishing to renew their certificates and have at least 3 months before expiry
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Level 2 FAQ Emergency First Aid at Work
FA2EFA
All Campuses
PT
1 day
You should have an interest in this subject area.
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation and Automated External Defibrillation
CT3AED
All Campuses
PT
4 hours
Candidates must have access to a defibrillator either in a workplace/ school/ sports club setting
Mairead Ruddle T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2300 E. ruddlem@src.ac.uk
Level 2 FAQ Award in Paediatric First Aid (Children)
FA2PFA
All Campuses
PT
14 hours, 7x2 hours day or evening
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Mairead Ruddle T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2300 E. ruddlem@src.ac.uk
Level 2 FAQ Award in Activity First Aid (Adults)
FA2AFA
All campuses
PT
14 hours 7x2hours day or evening
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Mairead Ruddle T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2300 E. ruddlem@src.ac.uk Page 57
First Aid EMAS Level 3 First Aid at Work This course is aimed at those people who are designated First Aiders in their place of work. You will be trained with the knowledge and confidence to deal with any First Aid emergency. Course content includes dealing with accidents and illnesses, using a first aid kit, simple record keeping, resuscitation, treatment of an unconscious casualty, choking, treatment of a heart attack, control of bleeding, burns and scalds, poisoning, fractures and shock. The course complies with the current Health and Safety (First Aid) Regulations Northern Ireland (1982). Progression On successful completion you will receive a certificate to show that you are qualified as a First Aider in the workplace for the next three years.
EMAS Level 3 Refresher First Aid at Work This course is designed for anyone who is currently a qualified First Aider and needs to refresh their knowledge and confidence in dealing with First Aid emergencies. It is a two-day course to be attended within three years of original certificate. Course content includes revision of First Aid at Work course. The course complies with the current Health and Safety (First Aid) Regulations Northern Ireland (1982). Progression On successful completion you will receive a certificate to show that you are qualified as a First Aider in the workplace for the next three years.
Page 58
Level 2 FAQ Emergency First Aid in the Workplace This course is ideal for smaller workplaces that present few health and safety risks where a nominated person is required to take charge in the event of illness or accident. A person who is the nominated person or who provides support to qualified First Aiders should attend this course. Course Content includes, Insight into Health and Safety (First Aid Regulations), managing an incident, priorities in first aid, resuscitation, blood loss, treatment of an unconscious patient, treatment of shock and general discussion on common workplace injuries. You will be continuously assessed throughout the course. Progression On successful completion you will receive a FAQ Certificate valid for three years.
Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation and Automated External Defibrillation This course is for organisations such as schools, youth clubs, and football and sport clubs. The aim of this training programme is to help people who work or volunteer in such organisations to be able to use an Automated External Defibrillator (AED) in the event of a cardiac arrest. This course is suitable for anyone with no previous First Aid knowledge and for anyone interested in furthering their emergency First Aid. The course includes CPR, recovery position, heart attacks, getting to know the AED, how to use an AED and operating the AED. Candidates must have access to an AED within their organisation.
Level 2 FAQ Paediatric First Aid (Children) This course provides you with knowledge and understanding of first aid to provide appropriate care and mange life threatening situations, illnesses and injuries in early year’s settings. The syllabus covers: Provide Emergency First Aid to Adults, Resuscitation, Disorders of the Respiratory System, Disorders if the Circulation, Wounds and Bleeds, Disorder of Consciousness, Bone, Joint and Muscle Injuries, Burns and Scalds, Foreign Bodies, Poisoning; Bites and Stings. To achieve the qualification the learner must complete a multiple choice exam and practical assessment.
Level 2 FAQ Award in Activity First Aid (Adults) This course provides you with the skills, knowledge and understanding of first aid to provide appropriate care and manage life threatening conditions, illness and injuries. The training offers the opportunity for you to provide quality first aid care. The syllabus covers: Providing Emergency First Aid to Adults, Resuscitation, Disorders of the Respiratory System, Disorders if the Circulation, Wounds and Bleeds, Disorder of Consciousness, Bone, Joint and Muscle Injuries, Burns and Scalds, Foreign Bodies, Poisoning. To achieve the qualification the learner must complete a multiple choice exam and practical assessment.
Floristry and Flower Arranging
Our courses range from those for students who have an interest in flower arranging and would like to further their knowledge and skills through taking an accredited course, to those for students who are working or hope to work in the floristry industry. Our experienced tutors ensure that students have excellent tuition and also have fun while creating beautiful arrangements. Career destinations: Many students go on to become florists, either in their own business or working in the industry, while others follow careers in interior design or in the horticulture industry. Others may work in a large organisation where their remit includes creating floral displays in entrance foyers or for conferences and our courses give them the confidence to carry out this role. Many students do not intend to have a career in this area but instead wish to arrange flowers for the home, their church or for friends. Please note: You will need to bring with you the necessary flowers, foliage, containers etc. required for each week’s class.
Floristry – Level 3 Creative Craft This Thursday evening course has been developed for those who have completed Level 2 Diploma in Floristry or a Level 2 Creative Craft in Floral Crafts and would love to broaden their skills further by taking a Level 3 course. The lecturer will take you through three stages: Respond to a Commercial Brief (real or imagined); Analyse, investigate and experiment with ideas to meet the brief; Execute, present and critically evaluate final work. While you’re enjoying learning alongside your friends, you’ll gain a qualification in Level 3 Creative Craft (Floral Crafts).
Floristry – Level 2 Creative Craft This Tuesday evening course is for students who have some floristry skills, preferably through completion of Level 1 in Creative Craft (Floral Crafts), upon which they would like to build. The lecturer will take you through three stages: Using resources to develop your techniques, Developing and adapting your own ideas creatively, creating, presenting and reviewing your finished work. This is a chance to build upon your creative skills
and gain a qualification in Level 2 Creative Craft (Floral Crafts), with progression to Level 3 the following year being kept very much to the fore.
Floristry – Level 1 Creative Craft
Recreational Flower Arranging This course on a Thursday evening in Newry Campus is for students of all levels of skill and experience.
Students enrolling onto the floristry programme work towards a level three qualification gained after three years of study. The course is designed to be progressive with the learning that is done each year preparing you for the next year. The Monday evening class is taught with the level one qualification as the target for the first year but with preparation for level two and ultimately level three being paramount.
Recreational Floristry (Advanced) This Thursday evening course has been developed for those experienced students who have completed accredited courses in floristry but would like to maintain or broaden their skill level through attending classes. You will work alongside those who are completing their level three qualifications.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/PT Duration Available
Entry requirements
Contact
Floristry Creative Craft Level 3
CT3CCR
L
PT
3 hours per week for 24 weeks (Thu)
Good experience in floristry with preferably a Level 2 qualification in Floristry successfully completed
Elizabeth Dowey T. 028 3839 7800 E. doweye@src.ac.uk
Floristry – Creative Craft Level 2
AW2CCR
L
PT
2.5 hours per week Some experience in floristry with preferfor 24 weeks (Tue) ably the Level 1 Award in Creative Craft Floristry completed
Elizabeth Dowey T. 028 3839 7800 E. doweye@src.ac.uk
Floristry CT1CCR Creative Craft Level 1
L
PT
2.5 hours per week None for 24 weeks (Mon)
Elizabeth Dowey T. 028 3839 7800 E. doweye@src.ac.uk
Advanced Recreational Floristry – level 3 standard
RCFLAR
L
PT
2 hours per week fo r12 weeks each semester (Thu)
Elizabeth Dowey T. 028 3839 7800 E. doweye@src.ac.uk
Recreational Flower Arranging
RCFLAR
N
PT
2.5 hours per week You should have an interest in this for 12 weeks each subject area. semester (Thu)
For those who have completed accredited courses in floristry but would like to maintain or broaden their skill level through attending classes
Tammy Fullerton T. 028 302 61071 E. fullertont@src.ac.uk Page 59
GCSE
GCSE courses are available on all campuses for both English and Maths. You also have the option to do them online, which can be a bonus for many who have busy lifestyles. Remember it’s never too late to learn! GCSE English Language
GCSE English Language Blended
GCSE Mathematics Blended
This is a one year course covering speaking, listening, reading and writing. There are 3 Controlled Assessments, (Response to the Written Word, Response to the Spoken Word and Personal Writing); 4 Speaking and Listening Assessments (1 of which is Externally Assessed) and 2 External Written Examination Papers. Both Controlled Assignments and External Examinations are held in the SRC Campus where the class is taught. This subject is a requirement for the majority of higher education courses and employment.
GCSE English is now a key requirement for many job roles and with this course you can interact with your tutor both in formal workshops and from your own home via email. This course consists of; 3 Controlled Assignments ( Response to the Written Word, Response to the Spoken Word and Personal Writing); 4 Speaking and Listening Assessments( 1 of which is Externally Assessed)and 2 External Written Examination Papers. Both Controlled Assignments and External Examinations are held in SRC West Campus.
GCSE Mathematics is now a key requirement for many job roles as it demonstrates an understanding of numbers and an ability to work with them. And yet many people find numbers intimidating. With this in mind, this online course has been designed to guide you through the subject in logical, easy-to- follow steps, building on your understanding as your confidence grows. Students will follow the CCEA Higher Tier specification. Topic areas covered include: number and algebra, geometry and measures, statistics and probability. Assessment is by two examinations at the end of the course.
GCSE Mathematics This is a one year modular course covering Number and Algebra, Shape, Space and Measures and Handling Data. There is no coursework. Assessment is by examination only. This subject is a requirement for the majority of higher education courses and for employment.
GCSE Biology Blended
Progression On successful completion you may progress to other further and higher education courses. Most universities and colleges now require GCSEs as part of their entry requirements and GCSE Mathematics and English Language are essential for many jobs applications.
This course provides the basis for studying A level Biology, or a general background for those wanting to specialise in one or more separate sciences. It is a modern online course that will stimulate students’ interest in how science works.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
GCSE English Language
GCENGL
All Campuses
PT
30 weeks
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Pauline O’Reilly E. oreillyp@src.ac.uk
GCSE Mathematics
GCCMTH
All Campuses
PT
30 weeks
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Phil Jefferys E. jefferysph@src.ac.uk
GCSE English Language Blended
GCENGL
N
PT
30 weeks (including online study and 10 workshops)
Students should be fluent speakers of English. Also expected to have a reasonable level of computer skills and be familiar with the Internet and email
Pauline O’Reilly E. oreillyp@src.ac.uk
GCSE Biology
GCCBIO
A, N
PT
30 weeks one evening per week in Newry. Armagh session will be a twilight (4-6pm)
Students should be fluent speakers of English. Also expected to have a reasonable level of computer skills and be familiar with the Internet and email. ICT Essential skills Level 2 or equivalent required
James McConville E. mcconvillej@src.ac.uk
GCSE Biology Blended
GCCBIO
N
PT
30 weeks one evening per week (including online study and 10 workshops)
Students should be fluent speakers of English. Also expected to have a reasonable level of computer skills and be familiar with the Internet and email. ICT Essential skills Level 2 or equivalent required
James McConville E. mcconvillej@src.ac.uk
GCSE Maths Blended
GCCMTH
N
PT
30 weeks one evening per week (including online study and 10 workshops)
Students should be fluent speakers of English. Also expected to have a reasonable level of computer skills and be familiar with the Internet and email/. ICT Essential skills Level 2 or equivalent required
Phil Jeffries E. jeffriesph@src.ac.uk
Page 60
Hairdressing
Our modern hair salons provide excellent facilities and work experience opportunities to put theoretical learning into practice under the guidance of our expert staff. In addition to on-the-job training and serving paying clients, you will have the chance to enter competitions, meet guest speakers, learn specialist techniques and go on a range of visits and trips. Students are required to study Essential Skills which may include ICT, Literacy, Numeracy plus an Employability Skill. Applicants who have achieved GCSE English, Mathematics or IT at grades A-C, will be exempt from the equivalent essential skill.
of the hairdressing and beauty industry.
Please Note: Preference will be given to candidates who provide evidence of previous practical experience at interview. You may be required to purchase a hairdressing kit and uniform
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy The HND is suitable if you want to gain advanced technical or management knowledge and skills relating to hairdressing and beauty. This course is designed to provide you with the skills and in-depth knowledge related to practical and theoretical aspects
Course Content could include: Industrial Experience, Customer Care, Human Resources for Salon Management, Small Business Management, Hair and Body Therapies, Chemistry of Products, Indian Head Massage, Training and Development, Physical Resources for Salons, Health and Safety & Security and Project Research. You will be assessed by a combination of competence based coursework, oral questioning, case studies and examination. Progression On successful completion of this course you may progress to management positions in the hairdressing or beauty industry. To progress to Lecturing/ Assessor positions within the School of Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy you will be required to have an Assessor Award.
NVQ/VRQ Award/ Certificate/Diploma Level 3 Hairdressing These courses are aimed at experienced hairdressers and salon managers who want to build on their professional skills. The following subjects may be covered: Health and Safety, Promotion of Products, Consultation, Combination of Cutting Techniques, Creative Hairdressing Skills, Style and Dress Hair, Style and Dress Long Hair, Advanced Colouring Techniques, Advanced Perming Techniques, Plan and Implement Promotional Activities and Employment Rights and Responsibilities. Assessment will be an on going process. You may be assessed through practical demonstration, oral questioning, assignment/project work or online assessment. You will be required to carry out hairdressing treatments in a realistic working environment. Students will also be required to promote all salon
services and to bring in their own clients for assessment. Clients are charged a nominal amount for salon treatments.
Progression
On successful completion of this course you may progress to a HND in Hairdressing & Beauty Therapy or secure a position as a fully qualified Hairdresser in a salon.
NVQ/VRQ Award/ Certificate/Diploma in Level 2 Hairdressing The following subjects may be covered: Consultation, Shampoo and Condition hair, Blow Dry and Set Hair, Basic Cutting, Perming Techniques, Basic Colouring, Reception Skills, Team work, Health and Safety. Assessment will be an ongoing process. You may be assessed through practical demonstration, oral questioning, assignment/project work or online assessment. As a trainee hairdresser you will be
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/ Available PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Level 5 BTEC HNC leading to a HND Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy
HD5HAB
N
PT
1 day/evening per week over 3 years
NVQ Level 3 in either Liz Quinn Hairdressing or Beauty T. 028 3751 2852 Therapy or 7 years industrial E. quinnel@src.ac.uk experience in either discipline See page 12
NVQ/VRQ Level 3 Diploma in NV3HAI Hairdressing (TfS/Apprenticeship)
A, L, N
PT/ FT
1-2 years depending NVQ Level 2 in Hairdressing or equivalent. on mode of attendance
Rita Mallen T. 028 3751 2852 E. mallenr@src.ac.uk
NVQ/VRQ Level 2 Certificate/ NV2HAI Diploma in Hairdressing (TfS/Apprenticeship)
A, L, N
PT/ FT
1-2 years depending See page 10 on mode of attendance
Julie Ann Moles T. 028 3751 2852 E. molesja@src.ac.uk
VRQ Level 2 Certificate/ Diploma in Barbering
VR2BRB
A
PT/ FT
1 year
You should have an interest in Julie Ann Moles this subject area. T. 028 3751 2852 E. molesja@src.ac.uk
VRQ Level 1 Diploma in an Introduction to the Hair and Beauty Sector
VR1HBS
A, L, N
FT
1 year
See page 10
Level 2 Award in Health & Safety
AW2HHB
A, L, N
PT
1 eve per week over You should have an interest in Julie Ann Moles 3 weeks this subject area. T. 028 3751 2852 E. molesja@src.ac.uk
Level 2 Award in Cutting Men’s Hair
AW2CMH
A, L, N
PT
1 eve per week over Award in Health & Safety 12 weeks
Teresa Crossey T. 028 3751 2852 E. crosseyT@src.ac.uk
Julie Ann Moles T. 028 3751 2852 E. molesja@src.ac.uk Page 61
Hairdressing required to carry out hairdressing treatments in a realistic working environment. Students will also be required to promote all salon services and to bring in their own clients for assessment. Clients are charged a nominal amount for salon treatments. Progression On successful completion of this course you may progress to NVQ Level 3 in Hairdressing.
VRQ Level 2 Certificate in Barbering The following subjects may be covered: Working in the hair industry, Health and Safety Consultation, Shampoo and Condition hair, Cut men’s hair, Cut facial hair, Styling men’s hair, Promoting products and services. Assessment will be an on-going process. You may be assessed through practical demonstration, oral questioning and online assessment. As a trainee Barber you will be required to carry out barbering services in a realistic working environment. Students will also be required to promote all salon services and to bring in their own clients for assessment. Clients are charged a nominal amount for salon treatments. Progression On successful completion of this course you may progress to Level 3 Awards in Barbering.
VRQ Level 1 Diploma in an Introduction to the Hair and Beauty Sector The following subjects may be covered: Introduction to the Hair and Beauty Sector, Presenting a Professional image in a Salon, Hand Care, Nail Art Application, Create an image using colour for the Hair and Beauty Sector, Skin care, Shampoo and Conditioning, Styling Men’s Hair, Styling Women’s Hair, Basic Make-up Application, Themed Face Painting, Hair Plaiting, Plaiting and Twisting Hair, The Art of dressing hair, The Art of Photographic Make-up, Salon Reception Duties, Follow Health and Safety , Working with others in the Hair and Beauty sector, Create a Hair and Beauty Image, Colour Hair using temporary colour, The art of Colouring Hair, Providing basic Pedicure Treatment, Providing basic Manicure Treatment. Progression On successful completion of this course you may progress to NVQ / VRQ Level 2 in Hairdressing.
Level 2/Level 3 Awards as listed in the grid The awards in Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy are for anyone interested in starting or advancing a career in this industry. There are options to suit experienced technicians and people with no previous
experience. It offers the student the opportunity and choice to build a bank of awards that are industry recognised.
Keith McDowell Level 2 and Level 3 Hairdressing Newry Campus Keith started his training at SRC through the Schools Partnership Programme while at Rathfriland High School. Keith always wanted to be a hairdresser from an early age and SRC was always the place that Keith wanted to complete his hairdressing. He enjoyed the flexible learning and encouragement that the lecturers and staff at SRC gave him. Keith was successful in completing his Level 2 Hairdressing course and progressed to the Apprentice in Hairdressing at level 3 after becoming a finalist in the L’Oreal UK student of the Year competition held in London. Keith is currently working full time in the salon were he gained his work experience – Joanne McKelveys in Banbridge. He hopes some day to open his own salon.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/ Available PT
Duration
Level 2 Award in Cutting Women’s Hair
AW2CWH
A,L,N
PT
1 eve per week over Award in Health & Safety 12 weeks
Julie Ann Moles T. 028 3751 2852 E. molesja@src.ac.uk
Level 2 Award in Perming Hair
AW2PRM
A,L,N
PT
1 eve per week over Award in Health & Safety 12 weeks
Julie Ann Moles T. 028 3751 2852 E. molesja@src.ac.uk
Level 2 Award in Colouring and Lightning
AW2CLH
A,L,N
PT
1 eve per week over Award in Health & Safety 15 weeks
Julie Ann Moles T. 028 3751 2852 E. molesja@src.ac.uk
Level 3 Award in Cutting Women’s Hair
AW3CWH
A,L,N
PT
1 eve per week over L2 Hairdressing Qualification 16 weeks or equivalent
Rita Mallen T. 028 3751 2852 E. mallenr@src.ac.uk
Level 3 Award in Colouring
AW2CHR
A,L,N
PT
1 eve per week over L2 Hairdressing Qualification 16 weeks or equivalent
Rita Mallen T. 028 3751 2852 E. mallenr@src.ac.uk
Level 3 Award in provide Shaving Services
AW3PSS
A,L,N
PT
1 eve per week over L2 Hairdressing Qualification 14 weeks or equivalent
Rita Mallen T. 028 3751 2852 E. mallenr@src.ac.uk
Level 3 Award in Bridal Styling
AW3BHD
A, L,N
PT
1 eve per week over Award in Health & Safety 8 weeks
Rita Mallen T. 028 3751 2852 E. mallenr@src.ac.uk
Page 62
Entry requirements
Contact
Health & Safety
All organisations need staff that are trained and competent in meeting health and safety requirements in the work setting. SRC provides a range of courses from Risk Assessment to Manual Handling, Working and Managing Safely, Fire Safety and the more intensive NEBOSH Diploma. In addition we provide Train the Trainer Principles of Manual Handling specifically for the Care Sector. Organisations and small businesses should contact the college if they need bespoke Health and Safety training to meet the demands of their setting.
the NEBOSH National General Certificate in Occupational Safety and Health. The syllabus comprises a preparatory unit (Unit CS: Core skills) and three core units:
NEBOSH Diploma
Unit A: Managing health and safety
The qualification meets the academic requirements to apply for Graduate Membership (Grad IOSH) of Institution of Occupational Safety and Health (IOSH). This is the first step to becoming a Chartered Health and Safety Practitioner as a Chartered Member of IOSH (CMIOSH). It also accepted by the International Institute of Risk and Safety Management (IIRSM) as meeting the academic requirements for full membership (MIIRSM). The diploma assumes prior learning that is equivalent to
Unit B: Hazardous agents in the workplace
Units A, B and C will be offered on Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday mornings respectively. The assessment component comprises workplace-based assignments externally set by NEBOSH and assessed by appropriately qualified tutors at NEBOSH accredited centres, with final external moderation by NEBOSH.
NEBOSH General Certificate
Unit C: Workplace and work equipment Unit D: Workplace Assignment NEBOSH sets a three hour external written examination paper for each of the three core units. Examinations will be held each year in the third week in January and in the second week in July. Papers for
This course is suitable for health and safety officers, personnel staff, safety representatives, middle to senior management with health and safety responsibilities and owners/ managers of SMEs. Successful completion of the certificate will demonstrate that you have gained adequate knowledge and understanding of a broad range of health and safety hazards and
how to manage this as part of an integral management approach rather than as an additional consideration and so minimise injuries to staff or losses to the business. The course covers the following core skills: hazard recognition, risk management, knowledge of applicable national legal requirements, workforce motivation, and recognition of human factors, proactive and reactive monitoring strategies, specific hazard modules and practical skills. This courses requires students to complete a two part written examination and practical safety assessment.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
NEBOSH Diploma
DP6OHS
P
PT
1 day per week over 33 weeks
A Level 3 qualification in health and safety. Students whose qualification is not recent will be required to demonstrate twhat their knowledge has been kept up-to-date, for instance by extensive involvement in, or study of, health and safety.
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
NEBOSH General Certificate
CT3OHS
N, P
PT
1 day per week over 11 weeks
Good standard of English and able to write reports.
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Train the Trainer Principles of Manual Handling
CT1PMH
N
PT
4 days (24 hours)
Management/ Supervisory role in care sector
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Train the Trainer Principles of Manual Handling Update
CT1PMH
N
PT
4 hours
Management/ Supervisory role in care sector
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
IOSH Managing Safely
CT1MNS
All Campuses
PT
4 days (24 hours)
You should have an interest in this subject area.
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
IOSH Working Safely
CT1WSF
All Campuses
PT
1 day
You should have an interest in this subject area.
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Fire Safety Awareness
TBC
All Campuses
PT
3 hours
You should have an interest in this subject area.
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Fire Risk Assessment
TBC
All Campuses
PT
4 hours
You should have an interest in this subject area.
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk Page 63
Health & Safety Train the Trainer Principles of Manual Handling This course equips staff in nursing/supervisory roles with the skills required to deliver in-house training to others in the care sector who have a manual handling element in their job and ensure staff meet the Health and Safety regulations relating to manual handling. Topics covered include: Legal requirements, Hazard Recognition and Risk Management, Specific Hazards, Workplace Ergonomics and Practical Skills. Candidates must demonstrate effective planning and presentation of a training programme and use of equipment in order to successfully achieve the qualification.
Train the Trainer Principles of Manual Handling Update This course updates staff in nursing/supervisory roles that already have a qualification in training others in manual handling. This course is a yearly update for trainers who have successfully completed the full four day course. It ensures that you are kept fully updated in new legislation, skills and practice. You are assessed by tutors throughout the course.
Page 64
IOSH Managing Safely The course is designed for managers and supervisors who have responsibility for health and safety in their work setting. Managing Safely comprises seven core modules requiring a total direct input period of at least 24 hours plus assessment time. The delivery can be spread over a convenient time span. One organisationspecific module may be added if required. Course includes: Safety Management, Reactive Monitoring Risk assessment and Risk Control, Active Monitoring, Review and audit, Health and Safety Legislation, Hazards general and organisation specific option. An IOSH Managing Safely certificate is awarded to all those who attend the course and successfully complete a project and written exam.
IOSH Working Safely IOSH’s Working Safely training course is designed for people at any level in any sector, and meets the government’s guidelines for introductory health and safety training. Following completion of this course, candidates should be able to understand the importance of health and safety and the need to work safely within their organisation. They will develop a basic knowledge of their legal responsibilities and duties and a practical understanding of key areas of concern in the healthcare sector, such as stress, violence and aggression, infection prevention and control, and hazardous substances. Topics covered include: improving safety performance, hazard and risk identification and workplace safety. Students will be assessed through a written exam.
Fire Safety Awareness This short course is designed to provide employees in any organisation with an awareness of fire safety procedures in their work setting. This course will cover legal requirements and practical exercises to deal with fire safety issues.
Fire Risk Assessment This short course is designed for owners and managers of any non-residential setting (restaurants, hotels, shops, offices, care settings) who need to meet statutory fire safety requirements. It provides an understanding of recent changes in legislation and how to assess and reduce risks in a range of settings. You will be provided with information about the law and complete a fire risk assessment for your business environment.
Health & Social Care
A career in health and social care is a rewarding and worthwhile job. You will be working with people who are vulnerable because of age, disability or ill health. Often you will be supporting them to live in their own home or in some other safe environment. Your role will often be about improving the quality of life of people and enabling them to become as independent as possible. Applicants should be aware that the College is required to vet all students commencing a course of study that involves a ‘regulated activity’ in a placement. The details provided in this check may affect your ability to find a suitable work placement, and consequently complete the programme of study.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Health and Social Care (Care Practice) This two year full-time course aims to provide an educational foundation at a higher level for a range of careers in the caring
services. The qualification provides a thorough grounding in the key concepts and practical skills required in the health and social care sector. Subjects covered include: Personal and Professional Development in Health and Social Care, Communicating in Health and Social Care Organisations, Empowering Users of Health and Social Care Services, Safeguarding in Health and Social Care, Principles of Health and Social Care Practice, Psychology for Health and Social Care, Developing Counselling Skills for Health and Social Care.
Assessment will include assignment work, case studies and recorded skills assessment. You also have the opportunity to gain skills through formal work placement. Progression On successful completion of this course this qualification has proven to be an excellent pathway for students working towards professional training and degrees in areas such as Social Work, Nursing, Social Policy, Psychology and Occupational Therapy. Alternative you may progress to a range of social care jobs in the statutory and independent sector.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Health and Social Care (Care Practice) Year 3 Top –up This year is aimed at students who have already achieved the QCF HNC in Health and Social Care (8 modules) who wish to bring their qualification up to HND level. Students will cover 8 modules in the academic year such as Social Policy, Contemporary Issues in Health and Social Care, Research and Public Health, and Understanding Specific Needs in Health and Social Care.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration Entry requirements
Contact
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Health and Social Care (QCF)
HD5HHS
B, N
FT
2 years
See page 12
Fiona McAleenan T. 028 3025 9725 E. mcaleenanf@src.ac.uk Edith Lavelle T. 028 3839 7700 E. lavellee@src.ac.uk
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Health and Social Care (QCF )(Year 3 Top up)
HD5HHS
N
PT
1 year
HNC in Health and Social Care
Grainne Magee T. 028 3025 9725 E. mageeg@src.ac.uk
Level 5 City & Guilds Diploma in DPLHSC Leadership for Health and Social Care Services (Adults’ Management)
B
PT
1 year
See page 12
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Level 4 BTEC Higher National HC4HSC Certificate in Health and Social Care
A,N, B B
PT PT
2 years 1 year
See page 12
Grainne Magee T. 028 3025 9725 E. mageeg@src.ac.uk Stephen Brookes T. 028 3839 7700 E. brookess@src.ac.uk
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Health and Social Care
DP3HSC
A, B, N
FT
2 years
See page 10
Patrice Digby T. 028 3752 2205 E. digbyp@src.ac.uk
City & Guilds (NVQ) Level 3 Diploma DPH3AD in Health and Social Care
A, B, N,
PT
30 weeks
Senior care worker role or equivalent. Good standard of written work to complete assignments
Mairead Ruddle T. 028 3025 9725 E. ruddlem@src.ac.uk
City & Guilds (NVQ) Level 2 Diploma DPH2AD in Health and Social Care Apprenticeship NI and part-time
A, B, N,
PT
30 weeks
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Mairead Mc Garvey T. 028 3025 9725 E. mcgarveym@src.ac.uk
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Health and DP2HSC Social Care
A, B,
FT
1 year
See page 10
Kathleen Casey T. 028 3752 2205 E. caseyk@src.ac.uk
Level 2 Unit Dementia Awareness
B
PT
10 weeks
Apprenticeship NI and part-time
U2DMAW
Anna Shortt T. 028 3839 7700 E. shortta@src.ac.uk Page 65
Health & Social Care Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Health and Social Care Services (Adults’ Management) This part-time course has been specifically designed for managers and senior supervisory staff with managerial responsibilities in Domiciliary, Nursing Care Agencies or Day Care. This qualification will support managers in their role of planning, implementing and monitoring RQIA and National Minimum Care Standards. Candidates will complete the following mandatory units: Use and Develop systems that promote Communication, Champion Equality, Diversity and Inclusion; Manage Health and Social Care to ensure Positive Outcomes for Individuals, Safeguarding and Protection of Vulnerable Adults, Lead Person Centred Practice. This is a part-time course with significant time spent in work-based assessment. Also students will develop an e-portfolio of assignments and evidence of knowledge and skills.
Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Health and Social Care This course provides a specialist work-related programme of study that covers the key knowledge, understanding and practical skills required in the health and social care sector. It is also an excellent qualification for those interested in pursuing higher education professional qualifications such as nursing or social work. Ideally students who enrol should have work experience in the care sector. However students can be provided with relevant work placement to enhance their skills and knowledge. Subjects covered include: Personal and Professional Development in Health and Social Care, Communicating in Health and Social Care Organisations, Empowering Users of Health and Social Care Services, Safeguarding in Health and Social Care, Principles of Health and Social Care Practice, Developing Counselling Skills for Health and Social Care. Assessment will include
Page 66
assignment work, case studies and recorded skills assessment. Progression On successful completion of this course you may proceed to the Level 5 HND Diploma in Health and Social Care or to a relevant University degree course in Nursing, Social Work, Occupational Therapy or other degrees in areas such as Psychology or Sociology. This qualification may also lead to further career advancement in the social care sector.
Level 3 (NVQ) Diploma in Health and Social Care (including Apprenticeship NI Health and Social Care) This part-time course provides a sector wide recognised qualification for those working in the health and social care as senior care workers or other roles with similar responsibilities. It covers the skills and knowledge required to care for others in a wide range of health and social care settings. Units covered include: Personal Development, Safeguarding and Protection in Health and Social Care, Principles of Equality and Inclusion, Person Centred Care, and Communication in Adult Social Care Settings. Apprenticeship NI candidates will also complete qualifications in literacy and numeracy. Progression On successful completion of this course you may progress onto the HNC/HND Health and Social Care or Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Health and Social Care Services. This qualification is well recognised for employment with Health and Social Services Trusts and there are also good employment opportunities within voluntary and private care organisations.
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Health and Social Care This is a two year full-time programme which provides underpinning knowledge of the health and social care sector. It prepares you either for employment or progression to higher education. Units covered include: Developing
Effective Communication in Health and Social Care, Health, Safety and Security, Anatomy and Physiology for Health and Social Care, Psychological Perspectives, Sociological Perspectives, Safeguarding Adults and Promoting Independence. You will be assessed through various projects and assignments that are based on realistic workplace situations, activities and demands. You will also study Essential skills in literacy, numeracy and IT. Progression On successful completion of this course you may enter into professional degree training such as nursing, midwifery, social work and occupational therapy. Alternatively you may progress to the HND Diploma in Health and Social Care or other degrees in related areas such as Sociology or Psychology.
Level 2 (NVQ) Diploma in Health and Social Care (including Apprenticeship NI Health and Social Care) This part-time course is the recognised qualification for those who want to work in the health and social care sector as care workers in nursing homes, residential or domiciliary care settings. You may already be employed in the care sector and need to achieve this qualification. You will complete units in Communication, Health and Safety, Person Centred Care, Safeguarding Adults and Personal Development. Apprenticeship NI candidates will also complete qualifications in literacy and numeracy. Progression On successful completion of this course if you have the relevant experience you can progress to Level 3 (NVQ) Diploma in Health and Social Care. This qualification is well recognised for employment with Health and Social Services Trusts and there are also good employment opportunities within voluntary and private care organisations.
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Health and Social Care This is a one year full-time programme. If you have a keen interest in Health and Social Care and have fewer than four GCSEs, this course is for you. The course consists of four core units plus four optional units. Core units include: Communication in Health and Social Care, Individual Needs in the Health and Social Care, Ensuring Safe Environments in Health and Social Care. You will be assessed through the completion of an assignment for each unit. You will also study Essential skills in literacy, numeracy and IT. Progression On successful completion of this course you can choose to work and train further in the field of Health and Social Care in an environment such as a nursing home. You can also progress to a Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Heath and Social Care or CACHE Level 3 Diploma in Child Care and Education.
Level 2 Unit Dementia Awareness This level 2 module aims to develop learners’ knowledge and awareness of dementia. It will be of interest to staff in the care sector as well as individuals who wish to gain some knowledge about the illness. This unit will cover the signs and symptoms of the main types of dementia, the causes and the impact on the individual and their family, or carers. Learners will complete a workbook of short questions to complete the qualification.
Horticulture
Southern Regional College is an established name in horticulture education and has been providing courses for a number of years at the Horticulture centres located in Portadown and Newry Campuses. You will develop practical, technical and management skills through courses ranging from short non-accredited recreational gardening classes to industry recognised accredited courses at up to level 3.
to June where you develop your knowledge and understanding of amenity horticulture. You must also develop skills in the workplace, gather evidence for assessment of practical skills and complete a portfolio.
Career destinations Horticulture is a large industry and gardening is the UK’s second biggest hobby. It provides fascinating job opportunities in a wide variety of work activities worldwide. Horticulturists play a major role in all areas concerned with managing and maintaining our environment and green spaces and ensuring sports facilities are kept to a high standard. As the designers, developers and managers of urban and rural landscapes, horticulturists can have a significant impact on the world in which we live, work and play.
The course is comprised of 13 units: Establish grass swards, Establish planted areas, Estimate and programme resource requirements for landscaping, Evaluate ground and environmental conditions to establish grassed and planted areas, Improve the customer relationship, Manage information for action, Manage your own resources, Plan and maintain planted areas, Plan and manage the control of pests, diseases and disorders, Plan and renovate planted areas, Prepare sites for soft landscape establishment, Promote, monitor and maintain health, safety and security, Set and mark out landscape sites to establish grassed and planted areas(units subject to change)
*Offered subject to final approval and/or sufficient enrolments being received. Visit www.src. ac.uk for up-to-date information.
Horticulture (NPTC Level 3 Diploma in Workbased Horticulture) This is the main award for people with experience of working within the horticulture sector who have supervisory or middle management responsibilities. This course builds on the basic horticulture skills acquired at level 2 and extends the depth, range and scope of resource management skills to be acquired. You attend college one day per week from September
understanding and competence levels. You must also develop skills in the workplace, gather evidence for assessment of practical skills and complete a portfolio. The course is comprised of 11 units: Clearing horticultural and landscaping sites, Establish and maintain effective working relationships with others, Establishing plants and seeds in soil, Identify and report the presence of pests, diseases and disorders, Identify the health and maintain the condition of general amenity turf, Maintain and develop personal performance, Monitoring and maintaining health and safety, Plant nomenclature, terminology and identification, Preparing ground for seeding and planting, Remove unwanted plant growth to maintain development, Use and maintain non-powered and hand held powered tools and equipment(units subject to change)
Horticulture (NPTC Level 2 Diploma in Workbased Horticulture) or APPRENTICESHIPSNI
Horticulture (NPTC level 1 Diploma in Practical Horticulture Skills) or Skills for Work (52 week or 156 week)
This is the main award for people working in the sports turf, landscaping (Including interior planting), heritage gardening and grounds maintenance sectors. This course builds on the basic skills acquired at level 1 or through previous industry experience. You attend college one day per week from September to June where you develop your knowledge,
This course is practically based and is an ideal entry point if you are new to horticulture. It prepares you to enter employment in the horticultural sector or to progress to further education vocational qualifications. You will develop a knowledge and understanding of opportunities which exist within the horticultural industry
Level 1 Combined Diploma If you wish to gain a Level 1 qualification and have no formal qualifications at GCSE level, then the Combined Diploma may be the course for you. You will gain a qualification in a combination of some of the following subject areas: • • • • • • •
Childcare Craft Hairdressing Hospitality Horticulture Graphics Retail
You will be required to take Essential Skills classes in IT, Numeracy and Literacy. Progression This is a one year course that may prepare you for employment or progression to a Level 2 Diploma.
Recreational Gardening Novices and enthusiastic amateurs are welcome at any of our recreational gardening classes. Course content varies depending on the season. Classes beginning in the Autumn will cover topics such as plant propagation, maintaining plants and lawn care. Classes beginning in Spring will cover topics such as growing your own fruit and vegetable and creating decorative horticultural displays.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Horticulture (NPTC Level 3 Diploma in Work-based Horticulture)
DP3HOR
N
PT
18 months, day release
3 years industry experience or a Level 2 qualification or equivalent
Patrick Mulholland T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 3871 E. mulhollandpa@src.ac.uk
Horticulture (NPTC Level 2 Diploma in Work-based Horticulture)
DP2HOR
N
PT
1 year, day release
Level 1 qualification or industry experience
Patrick Mulholland T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 3871 E. mulhollandpa@src.ac.uk
Horticulture (NPTC level 1 Diploma in Practical Horticulture Skills)
DP1HOR
N
PT
1 year, day release
Basic numeracy and literacy Patrick Mulholland (or no requirements if part of the T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 3871 Skills for Work 156 programme) E. mulhollandpa@src.ac.uk
*Level 1 Combined Diploma
TBC
FT
1 Year
See page 10
Go to www.src.ac.uk
Recreational Gardening
RCGARD
PT
15 weeks
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Patrick Mulholland T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 3871 E. mulhollandpa@src.ac.uk
P/N
Page 67
Hospitality & Tourism
You will have the opportunity to work in the world’s largest buzzing industry and gain a qualification in the only Centre of Excellence for Hospitality and Tourism in Northern Ireland. There are lots of job opportunities from airlines, cruise ships, event management companies, hotels and restaurants and you even have the chance to travel overseas as part of your studies. Foundation Degree in Travel and Tourism Management / Hospitality and Tourism Management These courses aim to provide students with a wide range of management and practical skills including food service for the hospitality and tourism industry. They are offered full-time or parttime validated by the University of Ulster. Details of fees are available from the SRC website. There are a range of mandatory and optional units which include: Contemporary Hospitality & Tourism, Introduction to Finance & Accounts, Principles of Events Planning & Operations, Organisation & People Management, Domestic Tourism Operations, Marketing & Entrepreneurship, Event
Operations, Principles of Events Managements, Culinary Operations, Research Methods, Work Based Learning, Hospitality & Tourism Management Issues, Personal Professional Development, Travel & Tourism Operations and Study Skills. In addition you may also have the opportunity to gain additional relevant industry qualifications. The full Foundation Degree consists of twelve modules (240 CATS points). Full-time students are required to complete a six month industrial placement from June to December. Part-time students are required to be in relevant employment prior to commencement of programme. Progression On successful completion you may progress to a BSc Hons in International Hospitality,
International Travel & Tourism or International Hotel and Tourism Management at University of Ulster or other universities. Or you may progress to a position within key industry sectors such as theme parks, ferry companies, airlines, cruise ships, visitor attractions, conference centres, event management companies and hotels.
You will study a range of practical and management modules including: fish and shellfish, canapés, starters and terrines, diet and nutrition, culinary trends and product development, managing people and organisations, modern and classical desserts, continental and artisan breads and meat, offal and charcuterie.
Foundation Degree in International Culinary Arts (accredited by the University of Ulster)
Progression On successful completion you may progress to a BSc Hons in Culinary Arts Management.
This course is designed to meet the highest craft needs of the industry. It is aimed at the chef with experience – to enhance practical skills and keep pace with the most recent culinary trends and developments in catering technology and supervisory management skills.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Foundation Degree in Travel and Tourism Management
FGTRTM
N
FT
4 days per week for 2 yrs 1 day per week for 2.5 yrs
See page 12
Eithne Kinsella T. 078 4197 0607 E. kinsellae@src.ac.uk
4 days per wk for 2 yrs 1 day per wk for 2.5 yrs
See page 12
Eithne Kinsella T. 078 4197 0607 E. kinsellae@src.ac.uk
PT Foundation Degree in Hospitality and Tourism Management
FGICLA
Foundation Degree in International Culinary Arts
SD3HSP/ ED3HSP
N
PT
1 day per week for 2.5 yrs
NVQ Level 3 Professional Julie-Anne Stevenson Cookery or equivalent, with T. 078 4192 6900 current relevant industrial E. stevensonja@src.ac.uk experience
Level 3 BTEC Subsidiary (Yr 1), Diploma/ Extended Diploma (Yr 2) in Hospitality and Event Management
SD3TSM/ ED3TSM
N
FT
4 days per week for 2 years
See page 10
Anne Murray T. 028 3025 9611 E. murraya@src.ac.uk
Level 3 BTEC Subsidiary (Yr 1), Diploma/ Extended Diploma (Yr 2) in Travel and Tourism
DP2TSM
N
FT
4 days per week for 2 yrs
See page 10
Fiona Bradley T. 075 0149 3440 E. bradleyf@src.ac.uk
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Travel and Tourism
FDTTSM
N
FT
4 days per week for 1 year
See page 10
Caroline McKendry T. 028 3026 9611 E. mckendryc@src.ac.uk
Level 3 NVQ Professional Cookery
ED3PCO
N (FT & PT) FT P (PT) PT
4 days per week 1 day per week
See page 10
Lynette Mc Math T. 028 3025 9611 E. mcmathl@src.ac.uk
Level 2 NVQ Professional Cookery
CD2DPC
N, P
4 days per week (FT) 1 day per week
See page 10
Tracey Power T. 028 3025 9611 E. powert@src.ac.uk
Page 68
N
FT PT
FT PT
Level 3 BTEC Subsidiary Diploma (Yr 1), Diploma/ Extended Diploma (Yr 2) in Hospitality & Event Management This course is designed for students who wish to pursue a career in the Hospitality and Tourism Industry and/or progress to higher education.
There are a range of mandatory and optional units which include: Events Management, Exploring the Hospitality Industry, Accommodation and Front Office, Customer Relations, Human Resources, Marketing, E-Business, Enterprise, Environment and Sustainability, International Cuisine, Food Service and Restaurant
Supervision. Assessment includes: assignments, projects, case studies, practicals and external assessments based on realistic workplace situations, activities and demands.
within the Hospitality & Catering sector e.g. hotels, restaurants, contract catering, accommodation management and licensed trade.
Progression On successful completion, you may progress to a Foundation Degree or move into employment
Samuel Martin Level 3 NVQ Professional Cookery Newry Campus Samuel was working as a waiter but would have made desserts during busy times. The Head Chef asked him to stay on as a chef so he enrolled in the Professional Cookery course. Samuel is in College Monday to Wednesday and the rest of the week he works in The Plough Restaurant, Hillsborough, Co Down as a seafood specialist. Recently Samuel competed at the annual IFEX competition in Belfast where he won a silver medal in the Parades de Chefs competition.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Level 1 Diploma Professional CT1DPC Cookery
N, P
FT
4 days per week for 1 year
See page 10
Nino MacMahon T. 028 3025 9611 E. macmahonn@src.ac.uk
Level 1 Combined Diploma in TBC Hospitality & Retail
A, P, N
FT
4 days per week for 2 years
See page 10
Go to www.src.ac.uk
Level 3 Award/Cert/ Dip in Food & Drink Industry Qualifications ApprenticeshipNI
CT3MPS
P
PT
1 day per week for 1 yr ApprenticeshipsNI
See page 10
Julie-Anne Stevenson T. 078 4192 6900 E. stevensonja@src.ac.uk
Level 2 Award/Cert/ Dip in Food & Drink Industry Qualifications ApprenticeshipNI
CT2MPS
P
PT
1 day/week/1 yr ApprenticeshipsNI
See page 10
Julie-Anne Stevenson T. 078 4192 6900 E. stevensonja@src.ac.uk
ABC Level 2 Certificate in General Patisserie and Confectionery
CT2GPC
N
PT
1 evening per week for 30 wks
See page 10
Brendan McVeigh T. 028 3025 9611 E. mcveighb@src.ac.uk
CIEH Level 3 Award in Supervising Food Safety
AW3SFS
N
PT
8 weeks x 3 hrs
Level 2 or equivalent
Julie-Anne Stevenson T. 078 4192 6900 E. stevensonja@src.ac.uk
CIEH Level 2 Award in Food Safety
AW2FSC
All Campuses or in the workplace
PT
3 weeks x 3.5 hrs or 1 day
See page 10
Julie-Anne Stevenson T. 078 4192 6900 E. stevensonja@src.ac.uk
EDI Level 2 Principles of Customer Service in Hospitality, Leisure, Travel and Tourism
ED2PCS
All Campuses or in the workplace
PT
10 hrs
See page 10
Sinead McKinley T. 0778 4197 0693 E. mckinleys@src.ac.uk
N or in the Workplace
PT
5 weeks x 2 hrs
You should have an interest Caroline Fegan in this subject area T. 028 3025 9611 E. feganc@src.ac.uk
Recreational Wine Tasting
Recreational Cookery (variety of classes including): Indian, Creative Cupcakes, Baking, Posh Nosh, Cooking for all Occasions
RCCOOK
All Campuses
PT
5- 10 weeks x 2 hrs You should have an interest Caroline Fegan depending on course in this subject area T. 028 3025 9611 E. feganc@src.ac.uk
Cake Decorating Beginners/ Intermediate
RCCCKD
N
PT
10 weeks x 2 hrs
You should have an interest Caroline Fegan in this subject area T. 028 3025 9611 E. feganc@src.ac.uk
Level 2 Diploma Professional Cookery
CT2DPC
N, P
FT
4 days per week for
See page 10
Barry Smyth T. smythb@src.ac.uk E. 028 3025 9611 Page 69
Hospitality & Tourism Level 3 BTEC Subsidiary Diploma (Yr 1), Diploma/ Extended Diploma (Yr 2) in Travel and Tourism This course is designed for students who wish to pursue a career in the Travel and Tourism Industry and/or progress to higher education. There are a range of mandatory and optional units which include: Investigating Travel and Tourism, The UK as a Destination and Customer Service in Travel and Tourism, Marketing, The European Travel Market, Retail and Business Travel Operations, Cruise Sector, Long Haul Destinations and Residential Study Visit. Progression On successful completion you may progress to a Foundation Degree or into employment with airlines, travel agencies, tour operators, tourist information centres, hotels or other travel and tourism businesses.
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Travel and Tourism
Level 2 NVQ/Diploma Professional Cookery
If you have a keen interest in Travel and Tourism and have less than four GCSEs this course is for you.
This chef programme is an internationally recognised qualification designed to enable full-time or part-time students to gain professional culinary skills. Students will train in the production and service of food to a high standard in several ultramodern kitchens and restaurant facilities.
There are a range of mandatory and optional units which include: The UK Travel and Tourism Industry, Customer Service, UK Travel and Tourism Destinations, European Holiday Destinations, Marketing, Business Skills, Developing Employability Skills and Planning Visits. Progression On successful completion you can progress to the Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Travel and Tourism or Hospitality & Event Management.
Level 3 NVQ Professional Cookery The Level 3 students operate the Colleges premier restaurants and undertake supervisory roles within all the catering outlets. You will be encouraged to enhance your CV by participating in national and international competitions. There are a range of mandatory and optional units which include: Advanced Craft Skills, Meat, Poultry, Fish, Vegetables, Hot and Cold Sauces, Soups, Pastry, Hot and Cold Desserts, Shellfish and Pasta. Progression On successful completion you may progress to the Foundation Degree in International Culinary Arts or into employment.
There are a range of units which include: Hygienic and Secure Working Environment, Teamwork, Vegetables, Hot Sauces, Food Safety, Soups, Fish, Pastry, Meat, Hot and Cold Desserts, Poultry, Dough, Stocks and Food Service. This course prepares you for a wide range of jobs in hotels, restaurants and contract catering and provides an opportunity to travel world-wide within the catering industry. Progression On successful completion you can progress to Level 3 in Professional Cookery.
Level 1 NVQ Diploma Professional Cookery This introductory programme provides the core skills to commence your career and build your confidence in the catering industry through participating in a range of practical cookery and food service units. This will prepare you for employment or progression to Level 2 Professional Cookery.
Level 1 Combined Programme: Hospitality & Retail This discrete programme is designed specifically for students with learning difficulties and or disabilities who meet the entry requirements for the programme. If you wish to gain a Level 1 qualification and have no formal qualifications at GCSE level, then the Combined programme may be the course for you. This two year programme is especially relevant to those with moderate learning difficulties. You will gain experience and a qualification in both Hospitality and Retail. Most students following this 2 year programme will progress to sheltered or other employment at the end of the course.
Level 3 Award / Certificate / Diploma for Proficiency in Food Industry/Meat and Poultry/Baking/ Food Manufacturing Excellence This course prepares you for gaining employment at supervisory and management levels within various sectors of the food industry (e.g. bakery, meat, primary, secondary and tertiary processing food industry sectors and retail outlets). There are a range of mandatory and optional units which include: Health & Safety within the Workplace, Food Hygiene within the Workplace, Contributing to Monitoring & Controlling the Quantity and Quality of Work in Progress and Teamwork.
Anne Crawley Foundation Degree in Culinary Arts Newry Campus Before enrolling on the part-time Foundation Degree in Culinary Arts at the Newry Campus of Southern Regional College in 2009 Anne had spent her entire adult life working as a chef. She had worked her way through the ranks from Commis Chef to Head Chef as well as running her own restaurant for 5 years and spells working in New York and Australia.
Page 70
After giving up her business Anne wanted to update her skills as a lot of new developments were taking place in the industry.
as long as they can show that they have the necessary relevant knowledge, skills and understanding.
Anne gained entry to the Foundation Degree through a process known as Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL). APEL, which applies to all Foundation degree courses, means that students without the normal entry qualifications, such as Anne, can get onto a Foundation degree course
During the course Anne had the opportunity to gain new and improved skills and knowledge in areas such as the management of food hygiene, the ability to research new ideas and techniques in the catering world, and managing the expenses and promotion associated with running a business.
Following completion of the course in January 2011 Anne took up a part time teaching position at Southern Regional College. Anne comments “I would recommend anyone to do a Foundation Degree. I have made life long friends from doing the course and the change in me as a person in terms of the confidence, knowledge and the updated skills that I have gained will be with me for the rest of my life.�
Progression On successful completion of this course you can enter any food and drink industry sector including retail, supermarket, abattoir, production, export, wholesale or manufacturing.
Who is not eligible? A person who is unemployed, a non EU national, a person undertaking full-time study or a person whose employer is claiming financial support from another public funded budget.
Level 2 Award / Certificate / Diploma for Proficiency in Food Industry/Meat and Poultry/Baking/ Food Manufacturing Excellence
ABC Level 2 Certificate for Pastry Cooks and Patisseriers
This course prepares students for gaining employment within the food industry with specialist knowledge and craft skills in butchery, bakery and food processing. Progression On successful completion you may progress to Award/ Certificate/Diploma Level 3 Food and Drink qualifications or into employment. These courses at Level 2 and 3 have been designed in line with the Apprenticeship Frameworks within the Food and Drink industry. The framework consists of attaining the Certificate/ Diploma in Food and Drink qualifications and Essential Skills Numeracy and Literacy at Level 1.
This course is designed for patissiers, pastry cooks and other people responsible for preparing sweets in catering establishments and small production units. The course includes preparing a range of dishes including Short, Sweet, Puff and Choux Paste, Crepes, Fritters, Trifles, Bavarois, Jellies, Cakes, Scones and Meringues.
Subjects studied include: the importance of food hygiene, associated food hazards, good hygiene practice and controls based upon an awareness of food safety management systems. Groups can be facilitated in the workplace if there are viable numbers.
EDI Level 2 Principles of Customer Service in Hospitality, Leisure, Travel and Tourism This course will provide the opportunity for developing improved communications, presenting a positive professional image, effective verbal and non-verbal communications and techniques in handling customer complaints.
CIEH Level 2 Award in Food Safety
Recreational Wine Tasting
This course covers the basic principles of food hygiene for caterers and other food handlers. It has been designed for personnel undertaking front-line duties in catering, food retailing, food processing and other activities where a sound knowledge of food hygiene, including high risk areas is necessary.
A guided wine tasting, aimed at people who want to gain a knowledge of alcoholic beverages or wine enthusiasts who wish to acquire increased knowledge of wines and spirits.
Recreational Cookery A variety of courses delivered including: Indian, Creative Cupcakes, Baking, Posh Nosh and Cooking for All Occasions. These programmes will provide you will everything you have ever wanted to learn about home cooking and presentation skills. Tell us what you want to learn and we will teach you! e.g. Pizza Perfecto, Fireside Warmers, Be Creative with Meat Cuts, Deli Food to Make at Home, Catch of the Day and Fresh Food Fast.
Cake Decorating – Beginners / Intermediate Various techniques such as royal icing, fondant, piping techniques and sugar craft are included to meet the needs of the students. It is crucial that you have completed the beginners class before you progress to intermediate.
ApprenticeshipsNI: Hospitality and Catering All NVQ qualifications in Hospitality and Catering Level 2 & Level 3 can be gained under the ApprenticeshipsNI scheme. This provides a unique opportunity for employers to up skill their current staff to become more productive, innovative and competitive providing an increased benefit to your business operations. The employer must be prepared to release staff to engage in training for which there is an Employer Incentive. Who is eligible? Anyone aged 16+ who is currently working a minimum of 21 hours per week or about to take up employment, a person who has previously gained Level 2/3 or a degree in an unrelated occupational area but who wants to train in a priority skills area, an apprentice from another European state if eligible.
Jamie Maxwell Foundation Degree Travel and Tourism Management Newry Campus After completing the Foundation Degree in Travel and Tourism Management at Newry Campus, Jamie has gone on to study an Honours Degree in International Travel and Tourism Management at University of Ulster Coleraine and hopes to graduate in summer 2014. During his time at Southern Regional College Jamie had the opportunity to go on work placement with Thomas Cook, working as a holiday representative in Mallorca and since then he has continued his employment within the company. Jamie would strongly recommend any future student to consider going overseas for placement,
it is a great opportunity to learn about the travel industry and make some valuable contacts. Jamie also took part in and won a competition for Northern Ireland Travel Student of The Year 2012. From spending time in the college it helped Jamie to learn what career path he wanted to take, it helped him to build up the courage to go and enjoy the experience of working as a holiday rep which I have always wanted to do. Jamie would recommend SRC for its modern facilities, good support network from teaching staff and strong motivation for success.
Page 71
IT / Computing / Multimedia
If you want to learn the basics for the first time or have IT skills and want to develop them further or learn new skills such as web design or computer maintenance we have a course for you. There are a variety of Extended Diplomas on offer which gives you the opportunity to gain the equivalent of 3 A Levels while studying a specific subject that you enjoy.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Foundation Degree in Computing and Network Systems
FGCOMN
N
FT
2 years fulltime (including placement)
See page 12
Geraldine Doran T. 028 3026 1071 E. dorangm@src.ac.uk
Foundation Degree in Computing
FG5SIC
P
FT/ PT
2 years fulltime (including placement) or 3 years part-time
See page 12
Cormac Magee T. 028 3839 7777 E. mageeco@src.ac.uk
Foundation Degree in Interactive Multimedia
FGIMUL
N
FT
2 years fulltime (including placement
See page 12
Martin McAnallen T. 028 3026 1071 E. mcanallenm@src.ac.uk
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Games Development
CD3MDP
P
FT
2 years
See page 10
Terry Hanna T. 028 3839 7777 E. hannat@src.ac.uk
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Interactive Computing
CD3ICT
A, N
FT
2 years
See page 10
Marie McArdle T. 028 3752 2205 E. mcardlemar@src.ac.uk Jacqueline Toal T. 028 30261071 E. toalj@src.ac.uk
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Computing
CD3ICT
A, N, P
FT
2 years
See page 10
Henry McCloy T. 028 3026 1071 E. mccloyh@src.ac.uk
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Computing
DP2ICT
A, N, P
FT
1 year
See page 10
Mary McCartan T. 028 3839 7782 E. mccartanm@src.ac.uk
CompTIA A+ PC Hardware and Operating Systems
CT2COM
N, P
PT
1 evening per week for 1 year
Candidates should have a minimum of 6 months experience in computer hardware support
Kenneth Milligan T. 028 3839 7777 E. milligank@src.ac.uk
CompTIA Network+ (N+)
CT3NET
P
PT
1 evening per week for 1 year
Recommended that CompTIA Network+ candidates have at least nine months of experience in network support or administration or adequate academic training, along with a CompTIA A+ certification
Kenneth Milligan T. 028 3839 7777 E. milligank@src.ac.uk
CompTIA Security+ (S+)
CT3SEC
P
PT
1 evening per week for 1 semester
Recommended that CompTIA Security+ candidates have at least 2 years on-the-job networking experience, with an emphasis on security. The CompTIA Network+ certification is also recommended
Kenneth Milligan T. 028 3839 7777 E. milligank@src.ac.uk
Cisco Networking Academy Programme – Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA)
DPCISC
N
PT
2 evenings per week for 1 year
Working in a networking environment or be able to demonstrate that you have extensive knowledge of network concepts
Patrick Murray T. 028 3026 1071 E. Murrayp@src.ac.uk
Basic Computing (GET IT)
RCCOMP
All PT Campuses ÂŁ30
1 evening per week for 6 weeks
You should have an interest in this subject area.
Sharon McCone T. 028 3026 1071 E. mccones@src.ac.uk
ICT Essential Skills (LEARN IT)
ESKICT
All PT Campuses
2 .5hours per Basic knowledge of computing week for 16 weeks
Ursula Quinn T. 028 3026 1071 E. quinnu@src.ac.uk
C&G Level 3 Award for IT Users (FURTHER IT)
AW3ITU
All PT Campuses
2 .5 hours per Essential Skills IT level 2 or week for 16 weeks Keyskills IT level 2 qualification
Monica Doran T. 028 3026 1071 E. doranm@src.ac.uk
Page 72
Foundation Degree in Computing and Network Systems This course is offered in conjunction with the University of Ulster and is an innovative programme designed to provide you with the necessary high level skills needed to gain employment in a fast growing sector. It combines academic rigor with hands on skills development in areas of Software Development and Network Management and Administration. Course content includes: Database Management, Computing Mathematics, Introductory Programming (Java), Object Orientated Programming (Java), Visual programming (Java and Visual Basic), Network Design, Installation and Management, Systems Analysis and there will be a period of Placement in a Computing Environment. On line learning will be used for the delivery and assessment of a number of units. Intranet and internet services will enable students to undertake learning and assessment remotely - either at home or in work. Progression On completion you may progress to year two of the Honours Degree in Computing Science, Information and Communication Technologies or B Eng in Software Engineering and will provide exemption from the placement year – Year 3. Students can therefore complete an Honours Degree in the same time period as a student enrolled directly on the degree at the University of Ulster. Students may also transfer to other universities to complete their degrees. You may also be able to acquire professional training leading to: Microsoft Certified Professional, Microsoft Certified Systems Engineer, CISCO Certified Network Associate status.
Foundation Degree in Computing This course is designed to prepare you for a variety of careers across the IT industry through the provision of specialised options. It aims to equip you with practical and professional abilities in specific areas, as well as providing a
broad range of analysis, design and implementation skills. Fulltime students will undertake a supervised work placement of approximately six months. Subjects studied in Year 1 include: Systems Analysis and Design, Programming and Problem Solving, Computer Platforms, Professional Issues, Database Development, Object Oriented Programming, Computing Mathematics and Web Applications Development. Subjects studied in Year 2 include: Visual Programming, Systems Development, Networking and Data Communications, Business Enterprise, Project and Workbased learning. Assessment will be carried out by the use of coursework assignments and end of module examinations throughout the duration of the course. Progression On completion you may have the opportunity to enter employment. Alternatively, you apply to the
Dearbhail Rafferty Foundation Degree in Computing and Network Systems Newry Campus Dearbhail enrolled on the Foundation Degree in Computing and Network Systems at Southern Regional College’s Newry Campus in 2009. The selling point that most attracted her was the work-based learning. Dearbhail explains, “The fact that the Foundation Degree included a substantial four month work placement as part of the course was what convinced me to enrol. I knew that if I could have an extended period working for an employer I would have a chance to work hard, prove my worth and impress them.” This certainly proved to be the case as the subsequent job offer from the Belfast based firm Core Systems where she had completed her work placement demonstrated. Indeed, Dearbhail’s case is not unique, nearly a third of Core Systems current workforce of 25 employees are exFoundation Degree students
University of Ulster to study BSc (Hons) Computer Science as the main course of study or the BSc (Hons) Information and Communications Technology and BEng (Hons) Software Engineering. In all of these cases you will be exempt from the placement year. You can therefore complete an Honours Degree in the same time period as a student enrolled directly on the Degree at the University of Ulster.
Foundation Degree in Interactive Multimedia This course is designed to provide you with the multimedia skills required for employment in the growing multimedia sector. Subjects studied in Year 1 include: Introduction to Multimedia, Internet Technologies, Business Enterprise, Introduction to Graphic Design, Interactive Programming, Multimedia Software, Animation Techniques, and Advanced HTML Concepts.
who completed the workbased learning element of their course with the company and were then subsequently employed following their studies. Dearbhail had previously completed a BA Honours Degree in Accountancy which she had enjoyed but felt was ‘not for her’ in terms of being a long- term career option. She took a year out to travel and then worked part time in retail before she decided to change her career path by reskilling in an entirely new discipline. Despite having no previous computer programming experience Dearbhail had a natural aptitude for programming and a determination to succeed. She graduated from the Foundation Degree with a Distinction in August 2011 and also received one of the College Higher Education Student of the Year Awards.
Subjects studied in Year 2 include: Web Server Setup, Creative Design Techniques, Audio Visual Techniques, Website Programming, Workbased learning. Assessment will be carried out by the use of coursework assignments and end of module examinations. Progression You may want to progress to an Honours Degree in Interactive Multimedia Design at the University of Ulster. Students completing the course will be competent in influencing the quality of future design directions via the production and innovation of Multimedia, Programming and Web design. Multimedia professionals are expected to be found not only developing multimedia computer applications but also providing, managing and maintaining the multimedia computing infrastructure and providing internet user support.
qualification which particularly appealed to Dearbhail. “The fact that I could study the course close to home was particularly appealing as were the low course fees which, at around £1300 per year, were significantly cheaper than the fees for an Honours Degree.” Dearbhail also found the Foundation Degree to be more ‘hands on’ with more one to one contact with the tutor and smaller class sizes than had been the case during her Honours Degree.
Aside from the work-based learning element of the Foundation Degree, there was a number of other of aspects of the Foundation Degree
Page 73
IT / Computing / Multimedia Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Games Development This practical course will develop your skills and understanding of gaming; one of the fastest growing media industries. You will have the opportunity to acquire skills in Games Platforms and Technologies, 3D Animation, Digital Graphics and Video Production. The course consists of 18 units selected from: Research Techniques for the Media Industries, Pre-Production Techniques for the Media Industries, Production Management Project, Working to a Brief in the Media Industries, Critical Approaches to Media Products, Understanding the Computer Games Industry, Computer Game Platforms and Technologies, Digital Graphics for Interactive Media, Stop Motion Animation Production, 2D Animation Production, Video Production for Interactive Media, Web Animation for Interactive Media, 3D Modelling, 3D Animation, Computer Game Engines, Object-Oriented Design for Computer Games, Computer Game Design, Sound for Computer Games, Computer Game Story Development and Human-Computer Interfaces. Progression On successful completion of this course you can enter straight into employment in Games Design, Games Development, Animation or 3D Design or progress to higher education in a number of Universities offering related courses.
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Interactive Computing This course is designed to provide an insight into the media industry, through hands on experience and case studies providing students with opportunities to develop skills within this industry. There are 18 units that include the following: Website design, Client Side and Customisation of web pages, Interactive Media Authoring, Video Production for Interactive media, Motion Graphics, Web Animation, Digital Graphics, 3D Modelling, Computer Animation, Computer Game design and 2D animation.
Page 74
Progression This course will allow you to progress into a range of ICT courses in higher education and will also equip you to work in the ICT/Multimedia sector in areas such as Interactive Multimedia, Graphics, Visual Communication, Animation, Web design, Games Technology and Software.
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in IT This course will give you access to a wide range of career and higher education opportunities. The qualification is highly valued by employers, universities and higher education colleges. You study 18 units selected from: Communication and Employability Skills for IT, Computer Systems, Information Systems, Systems Analysis and Design, Software Design and Development, Event Driven Programming, , Client Side web pages, Digital Graphics, Database Design, Spreadsheet Modelling, Mathematics for IT Practitioners, Website Production, Installing and Upgrading Software, Computer Networks, Communication Technologies, IT Technical Support and HCI and Multimedia. Progression On successful completion of the course you may go straight into employment and work in business system management, e-commerce, management information systems, database management or website development and management or you may progress to a degree or a BTEC Higher National Diploma in subjects such as Computing, E-Commerce, IT Practitioners or Multimedia.
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Computing This course consists of six units selected from: Using ICT to Present Information, Introduction to Computer Systems, Website Development, Spreadsheet Software, ICT Graphics, Database Software and Customising Applications Software. Progression On successful completion of this course you can move onto various BTEC Extended Diploma programmes or consider a wide range of employment areas
such as web design, e-media administration and general ICT.
CompTIA A+ PC Hardware and Operating Systems The CompTIA A+ certification is the industry standard for validating skills expected of an entry level computer technician and includes six months of on-the-job experience. Those gaining A+ certification will have a broad base of knowledge and competency in core hardware and operating system technologies including installation, configuration, diagnosing, preventive maintenance and basic networking. The A+ course covers the following areas: Installation, configuring and upgrading, diagnosis and troubleshooting, preventive maintenance, motherboard, processors and memory, printers, basic networking, OS fundamentals and networks. The college is a test centre for CompTIA and candidates can sit exams within SRC. Progression A+ opens the door to an exciting career in computer technology. A+ certification is the perfect launch pad into other more challenging careers in information technology.
CompTIA Network+ (N+) CompTIA Network+ validates the knowledge and skills of networking professionals. It is an international, vendor-neutral certification that recognises a technician’s ability to describe the features and functions of networking components and to install, configure and troubleshoot basic networking hardware, protocols and services. The demand for skilled network support professionals continues to grow, and CompTIA Network+ is a valuable credential to help start or enhance a networking career. The college is a test centre for CompTIA and candidates can sit exams within SRC. Progression On completion of Network+ students often progress to Security+.
CompTIA Security+ (S+) CompTIA Security+ validates knowledge of communication security, infrastructure security, cryptography, operational security, and general security concepts. It is an international, vendor-neutral certification that is taught at colleges, universities and commercial training organisations around the world. Because human error is the number one cause for a network security breach, CompTIA Security+ is recognised by the technology community as a valuable credential that proves competency with information security. The college is a test centre for CompTIA and candidates can sit exams within SRC.
CompTIA Server+ CompTIA Server+ certification validates knowledge of server issues and technology, including disaster recovery. It is a vendor neutral certification that proves knowledge of server hardware and software. The exam covers system hardware, software, storage, IT environment, disaster recovery and troubleshooting. CompTIA Server+ is an international, vendor-neutral certification for technical support professionals with 18 to 24 months of IT experience. Although not a prerequisite, it is recommended that you have 18 to 24 months experience in server technology along with a CompTIA A+ certification. Candidate job roles include network administrator, network engineer, systems engineer, security analyst, web site administrator. Companies such as Dell, HP, IBM, Intel, Lenovo and Xerox recommend or require CompTIA Server+ for their server technicians.
Cisco Networking Academy Programme – Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) This comprehensive programme provides you with the Internet Technology skills for designing, building and maintaining networks essential in a global economy. The networking Academy Programme delivers web based content, on line
assessment, hands on practical lab training and preparation for the CCNA industry standard certification. The CCNA programme consists of four semesters/modules: Networking Basic Competencies, Routers and Routing Basics, Switching Basics and Intermediate Routing and WAN Technologies.
FURTHER IT - City and Guilds Level 3 Award for IT Users The course requires a prerequisite of Essential Skills IT level 2 or Keyskills IT Level 2 qualification. Units covered are website software and email. Web will involve designing, building and editing a website. Email will entail sending emails and attachments and using automated software tools.
LEARN IT - ICT Essential Skills
GET IT Basic Computing
The ICT Essential Skills qualification is fast becoming the most recognised and complete ICT qualification for anyone seeking basic and intermediate skills in computing. The qualification is available at a number of levels ensuring that you receive the most appropriate training to your needs. The course focuses on the practical skills of using computers and the internet ensuring that you get the most out of technology, improving your productivity at work and being more computer literate at home. Essential Skills classes are taught by experienced and friendly tutors and the class numbers are small to give you the individual attention you require. Classes are usually 2.5 hours per week for 16 weeks.
This course is designed for people new to information technology. The course will be tailored to suit your needs and is an enjoyable way to become competent and confident in use of computers. It consists of topics such as: word, internet, email, social networking and camera use.
Page 75
Languages
The Diploma in the Irish Language is a two year course in which you can achieve a high level of competence in spoken and written Irish. Learn French, Spanish or Italian before you go on your holidays. It can be such a bonus, even to have some knowledge of the local language. You can go through different levels and improve on your knowledge. Diploma in the Irish Language
Recreational Languages – A Taste of French, Spanish or Italian
This part-time higher education course represents an exciting opportunity for a wide range of people to study the Irish language from a totally fresh beginning. The aim of the course is to bring students to a high level of competence in spoken and written Irish by the end of the two-year course. Adult returners are particularly welcome. This is a University of Ulster accredited programme worth 120 CAT points.
An enjoyable short course which introduces these modern European Languages and cultures for conversational purposes and will hopefully help you on your holidays.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Diploma in the Irish Language
DP4IRI
N
PT
2 evenings per week for 2 years
A pass at GCE A level and five GCSE passes at grade C or above or equivalent. Also evidence of competence in written and spoken English (GCSE grade C or equivalent. Applicants who do not meet these requirements may be considered on their individual merit and are encouraged to apply. Evidence of their ability to undertake the programme through the accreditation of prior experiential learning will also be considered
John McCaul T. mccaulj@src.ac.uk E. 028 3026 1071
Recreational Languages – A Taste of French, Italian or Spanish
RCLANG
French – PT B, N Spanish – L, N Italian - N
Page 76
1 evening You should have an interest in the subject area per week for 5 weeks
Italian & Spanish: Margaret Campbell E. campbellmt@src.ac.uk French: Deirdre McGuigan E. mcguigand@src.ac.uk
Leisure & Recreational
These courses are for those who want to improve their health and fitness through recreational exercise. Expert tutors will take you through the programme at an appropriate pace to your needs. Courses are all suitable for beginners and intermediates.
Level 2 FAQ Award in Basic Activity First Aid A First Aid Qualification is a requirement for Youth Leaders, Coaches, Outdoor Instructors and many others who oversee Activities with others. This is a highly practical course providing Emergency First Aid training specifically for those involved in a sport and activity environment.
Yoga for Beginners These programs are designed to promote health and well-being through physical movement. You will be introduced to basic yoga exercises, which help to improve muscle tone, flexibility and co-ordination. You will also learn relaxation and breathing techniques, which help calm
the mind and body as well as bringing about a sense of inner peace. Many common ailments can be improved with regular practice of Yoga. Yoga is suitable for all ages and you will be encouraged to develop through practice at home. Students should bring a mat or thick towel to use for the floorwork part of the class.
Yoga for Intermediates To enrol on this course you must have completed the 10 week beginners class or have previous yoga experience. This course will introduce you to a wider range of yoga practices which can be done at any time during the day; at your desk, in the office or anywhere else when you start to feel stressed. The focus will be on simple relaxation, breathing
and positive visualisation techniques and exercises aimed at relieving tension and strain and improving posture, concentration and flexibility.
Men’s Keep Fit Men – want to get fit in a friendly and comfortable environment? For all men aged 16+, involving a range of upper and lower body exercises to tone and shape all of the body. Useful for losing weight, building stamina and muscle endurance as well as sports performance, this class is suitable to men with all levels of fitness.
golf classes held at Silverwood Golf and Ski Centre, Craigavon. All classes cater for the absolute novice right through to those who know the basics but are looking to shave shots off their scores. The only equipment you require is a golf club, although you can bring more if you want to!
Golf – Beginners / Improvers Want to keep active and have fun at the same time? Join our
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/PT Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Level 2 FAQ FA2AFA Award in Basic Activity First Aid
A, B, L, N
PT
1 evening per week for 7 weeks
There are no formal requirements, but you should have an interest in the subject area.
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
Yoga for Beginners
RCYOGA
All Campuses PT
1 evening per week for 1015 weeks
There are no formal requirements, but you should have an interest in the subject area.
Roisin McCorry T. 028 3026 1071 E. mccorryr@src.ac.uk
Yoga for Intermediates
RCYOGA
A, B, L, N, P
PT
1 evening per week for 10 weeks
There are no formal requirements, but you should have an interest in the subject area.
Roisin McCorry T. 028 3026 1071 E. mccorryr@src.ac.uk
Men’s Keep Fit RCKPFT
B
PT
12 weeks
There are no formal requirements, but you should have an interest in the subject area.
Michael McDonald T. 028 3751 2810 E. mcdonaldm@src.ac.uk
Golf – Beginners / Improvers
L, N
PT
10 weeks
There are no formal requirements, but you should have an interest in the subject area.
Chris Evans T. 028 3839 7800 E. evansc@src.ac.uk
RCGOLF
Page 77
Lifeskills
These courses are designed for people with learning difficulties/disabilities to encourage the development of personal and independence skills. There are full-time, part-time and summer courses on offer. OCR Life and Living Skills (Entry Levels 1, 2 and 3) is an accredited course for students with learning difficulties/ disabilities This qualification is designed to enable young people and adults to become confident individuals who are physically, socially and emotionally healthy. It encourages the student to become a responsible citizen and make a positive contribution to society. Units which may be covered include: Increasing Community Involvement, Community Action, Food Hygiene and Safety, Healthy Living, Emotional Wellbeing and Managing Social Relationships.
Link Club (For Students with Learning Difficulties) This course provides stimulation, physical activities and outings for students with learning difficulties and/or physical disabilities. Students can enrol each term for a new course.
In the 3rd year of the full time course the student will study an Entry Level 3 qualification which will focus on readiness and engagement in the world of work. Full-time students will also have the opportunity to complete Functional /Essential skills in Literacy, Numeracy and ICT.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/PT Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
OCR Life and Living Skills OCCLLS (Entry Levels – 1, 2 and 3) -accredited course for students with learning difficulties/ disabilities
A, B
FT
See page 10
A, B, L, N, P
PT
Up to 3 years (FT- Armagh and Banbridge) or 32 weeks PT
Gemma Daly T. 028 3752 2205 Ext 2855 E. dalyg@src.ac.uk
Link Club (For Students With Learning Difficulties)
A,B, L, P
PT
13 weeks
See page 10
Jean McGuigan T. 028 3839 7700 E. mcguiganj@src.ac.uk
SNPROG
Louise Mulholland T. 028 3752 2205 E. mulhollandl@src.ac.uk Page 78
Management & Professional Development
These qualifications should enable candidates to progress into a range of management positions in the workplace and provide continuous professional development recognition. The range of programmes allows for progression in management opportunities. Level 7 BTEC Extended Diploma in Strategic Management & Leadership This course is suitable if you are a senior manager or wish to move into a senior management position. It develops the practical aspects of your management development, encouraging critical, clear and innovative thinking about ‘good’ and ‘best’ practice. The teaching styles and assessment methods require you to engage as an active participant in improving and developing your distinctive management skills, knowledge and behaviour. Course content includes: Professional Development for Strategic Managers, Strategic Change Management, Research Methods for Strategic Managers, Managing Financial Principles
& Techniques, Strategic Human Resources Management, Developing Strategic Management and Leadership Skills, Project Development and Implementation for Strategic Managers, Strategic Marketing Management Creative and Innovative Management and Strategic Planning. A variety of methods are used, including assignments and a final project based in your own organisation. Additionally there will be presentations, examinations, reflective reports, and simulations. Progression The Extended Diploma in Strategic Management & Leadership is a recognised qualification in its own right. You can also gain studying membership of the Institute of Leadership and Management. DMS holders may be eligible for entrance into MBA programmes.
Level 5 BTEC Diploma in Management and Leadership This course is designed to provide a professional qualification for practising managers who need wider managerial understanding or new managers who wish to develop a career in management. It provides a broad-based, practical introduction to the key ideas, techniques and overall competencies you need in order to manage effectively and productively in modern organisations. The programme is designed to be flexible to meet your needs and give you access to up-to-date management theory and practices.
Decision Making, Recruitment and Selection & Managing Projects. Assessment is by class tests, presentations and assignments. The emphasis is on your own professional development. Everything you study is related to the management roles and responsibilities you exercise, and the elements of the programme. You will be able to apply newly learned skills, knowledge and techniques in very practical ways. Progression The Professional Certificate is a recognised qualification in its own right, and is also a route into our Level 7 Extended Diploma in Strategic Management & Leadership.
Units include: Personal Development, Principles of Management & Leadership, Management
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ Duration PT
Entry requirements
Contact
Level 7 BTEC DP7MAS Extended Diploma in Strategic Management & Leadership
N
PT
1 evening per week plus 1 workshop per month for 1 year supported with online chat every week
An HND/C or Level 5 Diploma in Management and Leadership and be employed in a managerial role
Joanne McEvoy T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2646 E. mcevoyjv@src.ac.uk
Level 5 BTEC Diploma CT5MST in Management and Leadership
N
PT
1 evening per week for 1 year
Applicants should have A level standard and be employed
Joanne McEvoy T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2646 E. mcevoyjv@src.ac.uk
Level 5 CIPD Human Resource Management
DP5HRM
P
PT
1 afternoon and evening (2pm 9.15pm) per week for 1 year
Relevant experience in a personnel environment.
Elizabeth Smith T. 028 3839 7777 E. smithe@src.ac.uk
CIPD Certificate in Human Resource Practice
CT3HRP
P
PT
1 evening per week for 1 year
Relevant experience in a personnel environment or aspiring to a career in personnel may also be considered.
Elizabeth Smith T. 028 3839 7777 E. smithe@src.ac.uk
PT
1 day per week for 8 weeks spread over 1 semester or 1 evening per week 6-9pm for 14 weeks
Practising managers who Elizabeth Smith have completed a Level 3 T. 028 3839 7777 Management programme E. smithe@src.ac.uk or equivalent. Exceptional candidates with no formal qualification in management, but who have experience and formal training, may apply. A short interview is required before being accepted. Good communication skills are essential
Level 5 ILM Certificate CT5CMM L, or in in, Coaching and house by Mentoring in arrangement Management
Page 79
Management & Professional Development Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development Qualifications (CIPD)
Level 3 Foundation CIPD: Certificate in Human Resource Practice
The Institute of Personnel Development is now the world’s largest professional Institute for the management and development of people with over 75,000 members across the UK and Ireland. Their programmes of learning and competence accreditation are the most respected in the world and lead to highly valued professional qualifications.
This course highlights the importance of understanding the business and international context within which HR operates, and the role of HR in driving sustained organisational performance.
CIPD Human Resource Management at Level 5 This is a Level 5 qualification offered by CIPD and bridges the gap between the Level 3 programmes and the post graduate Level 7 programme. The course runs over one year and is assessed by written and practical assignments. Successful candidates can progress to CIPD and other Level 7 programmes.
The course is designed to introduce you to a wide range of practical skills required by today’s HR officers, secretarial/ personnel assistants, line managers /trainers and clerical staff. It runs over one year and includes written and practical based assignments. You will be assessed throughout the programme by written and practical assignments, projects, case studies and presentations. Progression Successful students may progress to a CIPD or other Level 5 courses or gain employment in Human Resources.
Level 5 ILM Certificate in Management, Coaching and Mentoring
Level 3 ILM Certificate in Leadership and Management
The Certificate in Coaching and Mentoring is an ideal qualification for managers with a significant responsibility for coaching and mentoring as part of their role. It will enable them to develop their understanding of the role and responsibilities of the workplace coach and mentor, assess their own skills in coaching and mentoring and review these practices in their organisations.
This new course is suitable for practicing and potential managers and aims assist participants gain and practice a range of key management skills and build leadership capabilities enabling them to motivate and engage teams and manage relationships confidently.
Modules covered will include: Understanding the Skills, Principles and Practice of Effective Management Coaching and Mentoring, Undertaking Management Coaching or Mentoring in the Workplace and Reviewing Own Ability as a Management Coach or Mentor and it is assessed by course work and coaching and mentoring practice.
The modules totalling 13 credits may include: Motivation, Managing change, Customer service, Delegation, Training and coaching, Developing yourself and others, Managing stress, Giving briefings and presentations and Managing conflict and is assessed by course work. Progression Successful students may progress to the Level 4 or Level 5 in Management.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Level 3 ILM Award in Coaching for Team Leaders and First Line Managers
FT/ Duration PT
Entry requirements
AW3WKC L, in house by arrangement
PT
1 evening per week for 10 weeks 6-8.30pm
Good standard of literacy Elizabeth Greer preferably at Level 2 and have T. 028 3839 7788 completed a Level 3 supervisory/ E. greere@src.ac.uk management qualification
Level 3 ILM Award in Leadership and Management
AW3LMG
A, L, N
PT
1 evening per week for 5 weeks 6-9pm
Reasonable literacy skills. They may be a First Line Manager, or are aspiring to be a First Line Manager
Elizabeth Greer T. 028 3839 7788 E. greere@src.ac.uk
Level 2 ILM Award in Leadership and Team skills
AW2LTS
L, N, and In-house
PT
1 evening per week for 7 weeks 6-9pm
Reasonable literacy skills
Elizabeth Greer T. 028 3839 7788 E. greere@src.ac.uk
Train the Trainer ILM Endorsed Award
CT3TTE
P, and In-house
PT
18 hours. Either 1 Good standard of literacy evening per week for preferably at Level 2 6 weeks or 3 full days
Elizabeth Greer T. 028 3839 7788 E. greere@src.ac.uk or i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
ILM Endorsed Project Management
U3PJMN
P and in house
PT
18 hours Good standard of literacy Either 1 evening per preferably at Level 2 week for 6 weeks or 3 full days
Elizabeth Greer T. 028 3839 7788 E. greere@src.ac.uk
Page 80
Campus Available
Contact
Level 3 ILM Award in Leadership and Management This new course is suitable for practicing and potential managers and aims assist participants gain and practice a range of key management skills and build leadership capabilities enabling them to motivate and engage teams and manage relationships confidently. The modules totalling a minimum of 4 credits may include some of the following: Motivation, Managing change, Customer service, Delegation, Training and coaching, Developing yourself and others, Managing stress, Giving briefings and presentations and Managing conflict and is assessed by course work. Progression Successful students may progress to the Level 4 or Level 5 in Management.
Level 3 ILM Award in Coaching This qualification is designed for people in their first management roles – including team leaders and first-line managers. Candidates gain the skills and confidence to coach people as part of their normal working role. The subjects studied include: Understanding good practice in workplace coaching, Reflecting on workplace coaching skills learners and Undertaking coaching in the workplace. Assessment is by course work and coaching practice. Progression Successful students may progress to the ILM Level 5 Certificate in Management Coaching and Monitoring if they have appropriate experience and qualifications.
Level 2 ILM Award in Leadership and Team skills This new qualification is designed to improve the learner’s performance as a team member and help them make the transition from working in a team to leading a team. It will also assist practising team leaders be more effective and confident in their role.
The subjects studied to a minimum of 3 credits may include: Developing yourself as a team leader, Motivating, Briefing the team, Fulfilling customer requirements, Providing quality to customers and Leading the team. Assessment is by assignment or short answer questions. Progression Successful candidates can progress to ILM Award or Certificate in Leadership and Management at Level 3.
ILM Endorsed Award -Train the Trainer This course is suitable for anyone with a training role in an organisation or hoping to move into this area. Candidates will have an interest in developing competence in the field of training.
Assessment is the production of a sample work based project plan.
ILM Level 3 Units in Leadership and Management A range of units from the Level 3 Leadership and Management suite of qualifications are available. These are on offer in short course provision - grouped together in two’s or three’s over a short period of time. When the 2 or 3 units in a short course are completed the candidate may pay the registration fee of £25 per unit and claim the units or they can pay a top up fee and claim an ILM Level 3 Award in Leadership and Management in order to gain an actual qualification.
However, where units only are claimed, once a candidate has attended a few short courses and gained 13 credits, if a top up fee is then paid, the candidate may claim a Level 3 Certificate in Leadership and Management. The benefits of this approach are that the candidate can more flexibly achieve an Award, Certificate or even Diploma at Level 3 in Leadership and Management building up their credit in stages according to their availability.
Content includes: Training and its benefits, Barriers to training, Training cycle, Methods of training good practice – participative methodology, Identifying training needs, Learning styles, Planning training, Using audio visual aids, Managing a group, Questioning techniques, Interpersonal skills, Evaluation of training, Making improvements, Preparing and delivering a training session. Assessment is an assignment involving planning, delivering and evaluating a short training session.
ILM Endorsed Award – Project Management This course is suitable for anyone wishing to gain information on the area of project management. Candidates will have an interest in developing project management skills and competence. Content will include: What is a project and project management, Roles, Planning the project, Success criteria and key performance indicators, Stakeholder Management Developing a Project Management Plan, Risk and quality management, Executing the Project, Scope and responsibility, Gantt charts, Information , reporting and estimating.
Page 81
Media
Media is one of the biggest employers in the UK covering a wide range of disciplines from print to web design, broadcasting, and film and television production. As well as vocational skills for the job you will learn many transferrable skills such as self confidence, presentation skills and research techniques which will prepare you for university study and the world of work. BA (Hons) Creative Imaging - validated by Liverpool John Moores University See page 26 for details
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Interactive Media (Pathway for progression to BA (Hons) in Creative Imaging) This course has been developed to meet the needs of those wishing to study media, including journalism. During the course you will use high end camcorders, audio recorders and a range of production and post-production hardware and software to produce creative
results. An important feature of the course is the work that you will produce for commercial and voluntary sector clients, which gives you real world experience. Modules taken may include: Contextual Studies, Project Design, Lens-based Recording, Sound Production, Video, Marketing, Animation, 3D Computer Modelling and Animation, and Post Production and Editing. You will be assessed on a regular basis throughout the programme using a range of appropriate assessment methods such as written and practical assignments, projects, case studies, presentations and live briefs. We also offer a three year blended learning part-time
course. This involves four hours of taught classes one evening per week in college, with another evening of studio facilitation and online learning, for which access to a computer is necessary. This part-time course should only be taken by those who are very self motivated and committed to their studies as it is an even more demanding route than the traditional college based full-time course. There is no part-time day provision in HND Creative Media Production. Progression working in the following areas: Advertising, Audio Visual Media, Electronic Media including Graphic Design, Marketing, Public Relations, Video and Sound Editing. You will be eligible to apply for the BA (Hons) Degree in Creative
Imaging, which runs on Lurgan Campus on one day per week or two evenings per week for two years.
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Moving Image, Graphics and Web Design This course is a progression from GCSEs or from Level 2 in Creative Media Production. Units may include: Research Techniques for the Media Industries, PreProduction Techniques for the Media Industries, Production Management Project, Working to a Brief in the Media Industries, Critical Approaches to Media Products, Understanding the Creative Media Sector, Film and Video Editing Techniques,
*Offered subject to final approval and/or sufficient enrolments being received. Visit www.src.ac.uk for up-to-date information. COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Campus FT/PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
BA (Hons) DG6CIM Creative Imaging
L
PT
2 years, 1 day per week (Monday)
Merit in HND Photography, Graphic Design or Media, outstanding portfolio of work, interview and successful completion of preparatory studies.
Paul Hamilton T. 028 3839 7815 E. hamiltonp@src.ac.uk
BA (Hons) DG6CIM Creative Imaging
L
PT blended learning
2 years, 2 1 evening of taught classes per week plus one evening of studio facilitation/online learning
Merit in HND Photography, Graphic Design or Media, outstanding portfolio of work, interview and successful completion of preparatory studies.
Paul Hamilton T. 028 3839 7815 E. hamiltonp@src.ac.uk
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Interactive Media
HD5IMD
B
FT
2 years
See page 12 for full details. Interview George Kingsnorth and portfolio of work required. T. 028 3839 7700 E. kingsnorthg@src.ac.uk
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Interactive Media
HD5IMD
B
PT blended learning
3 years, 1 evening of See page 12 for full details. Interview George Kingsnorth taught classes per week and portfolio of work required. T. 028 3839 7700 plus one evening of E. kingsnorthg@src.ac.uk studio facilitation/online learning
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Moving Image, Graphics and Web Design
ED3MED A, B, N
FT
2 years
Page 82
Course Code
See page 10 Interview and portfolio of work required.
Karen McClean T. 028 3026 1071 E. mccleank@src.ac.uk Chris Hobson T. 028 3839 7700 E. hobsonc@src.ac.uk Adrian McAlister T. 028 37522205 E. mcalistera@src.ac.uk
Music Video, Working to a Brief in the Media Industries, Web Authoring, Page Layout and Design, Digital Graphics for Print, Digital Communication and Photography. Progression You can use this qualification to progress to the HND in Creative Media Production, HND in Photography or HND in Graphic Design within the college, or to degree programmes in media or design related studies in other institutions.
Get More Out of Your Camcorder A short 4 week programme designed to get you started in capturing well shot moving image footage. You will learn how to use your camcorder properly and get the basics of composition and lighting and tips on what to do and what not to do! Improve your family videos!
Editing Video Footage A short 4 week programme designed to teach you how to transfer the footage you have captured on your camcorder on to the PC and edit it using Adobe Premiere. You will also learn about some special effects and how to export your finished film as a .mov file to be watched on PC or uploaded to YouTube.
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Creative Media Production If you have a keen interest in media and have less than four GCSEs this course is for you. It is also a progression route from Level 1 Diplomas which include Graphic Design. This course consists of eight units which may include Research, Communication for the Media Industry, The Creative Media Sector, Media Audiences and Products, Digital Graphics and Web Authoring.
DVD Authoring
Flash for Beginners
A short 4 week programme designed to teach you how to create a DVD menu and how to prepare your video footage for watching on DVD.
A short 8 week programme designed to teach you the basic properties of this industry standard software (CS 5.5). This program is an animation package which will enable you to create short animations or web oriented movie clips. You need to have some basic computer skills to benefit from this course.
After Effects for Beginners A 12 week programme designed to teach you the basics of this sophisticated, industry standard software which is designed to create visual effects in a 2D and 3D environment. You would need to have intermediate computer skills to benefit from this course, which will go through a range of tutorials to teach the various properties and effects of this package.
Richard Ellison HND Creative Media Production Banbridge Campus
Progression You can progress directly to employment or alternatively to a Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Creative Media Production, which is equivalent to three A Levels.
Richard chose to study the HND Creative Media Production at Banbridge Campus after having taken part in the School Partnership Programme and studying the Extended Diploma in Creative Media Production at Newry Campus. He has always had a passion for this subject, always having a camera in his hand even from an early age and wanted to develop his passion further. Now in the second year of his course, Richard has
had the opportunity to take part in two work placements: one with Cullion Media Ltd learning about video production and the other with IÚR-fm, Newry City & District’s community radio station. The hands on experience gained by going on work placement is invaluable to Richard. Richard is really enjoying his course which is very hands on which is what you need in this type of industry. The
types of areas covered in the HND include: journalism, photography, directing, editing, photo journalism, marketing and distribution. The staff teaching on the course are all very helpful and all have experience in the media production industry. In the future, Richard would like to get into producing and directing or may progress on to second year of Media Production degree at university.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Creative Media Production
DP2MED B, N
FT
1 year
Fewer than 4 GCSEs.
Marianne McGee T. 028 3026 1071 E. mcgeem@src.ac.uk Alan Cunningham T. 028 3839 7700 E. cunninghamar@src.ac.uk
Get More Out of Your Camcorder
B, N
PT
4 weeks, 2.5 hours one evening per week
None, but you will need a camcorder Ian Kennedy to bring with you to class T. 079 1204 6206 E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
Editing Video Footage
B, N
PT
4 weeks, 2.5 hours one evening per week
None, but you will need film footage to edit
DVD Authoring
B, N
PT
4 weeks, 2.5 hours one evening per week
None, but you will need edited video Ian Kennedy footage to put onto DVD T. 079 1204 6206 E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
After Effects for Beginners
B, N
PT
12 weeks, 2.5 hours one Intermediate computer skills but no Ian Kennedy evening per week knowledge of After Effects is needed T. 079 1204 6206 E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
Flash for Beginners
B, N
PT
4 weeks, 2.5 hours one evening per week
Basic computer skills
Ian Kennedy T. 079 1204 6206 E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
Ian Kennedy T. 079 1204 6206 E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk Page 83
motor vehicle
If you want to learn basic vehicle maintenance skills, car body welding or painting and refinishing skills we have the course for you. We also have a range of NVQ qualifications which will give you the skills and knowledge required to do light/heavy/body/ agriculture and plant repair. Career destinations: An NVQ will enable you to become qualified in vehicle maintenance and repair. Some may chose the Land based engineering or construction plant maintenance courses which can lead to a successful career. You can gain employment with large organisations or you may choose to become self-employed and set up your own business.
NVQs are unit based, which involves in college theory assessments and at work practical assessments and evidence production. You MUST be vocationally employed and a portfolio of the specified evidence must also be completed. If necessary you will be required to attend lessons in college to acquire the knowledge and skills specified, You MUST achieve
the relevant Technical Certificate before competence and NVQ certificates can be awarded. You need to be physically fit, (if required pass a lung capacity test for refinishing), and capable of operating machines, reading drawings and information, using ICT data bases, fault code readers and working within a team. You will be using hand tools and specialist equipment
which require specialist operating knowledge. You MUST comply with all related Health and safety policies and procedures and accept responsibility for your own actions.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/ Available PT
Duration
Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics Level 4
CT4ADT
P
PT
1 evening per 30 weeks for Depends on entry level and Jim Hilland 2 years experience, the tutor will T. 028 3839 7779 advise you after consultation. E. hillandj@src.ac.uk
Level 3 Motor Vehicle - Mature experienced Students (Fast Track)
DPLVM3
N
PT / 1 year FT
Depends on entry level and Thomas McGuinness experience, the tutor will T. 028 3026 1071 advise you after consultation. E. mcguinnesst@src.ac.uk
Light Vehicle Repair Technical Certificate and/or NVQ Level 2 & Level 3
DPLVM2 DPLVM3
A, N, P
PT / 1 to 2 days per week FT at college within the academic year and the full certificate may take more than one year to achieve.
Depends on entry level and Jim Hilland T. 028 3839 7779 experience, the tutor will advise you after consultation. E. hillandj@src.ac.uk
Heavy Vehicle Repair - Technical Certificate and/or NVQ Level 2 & Level 3
DPHVM2 DPHVM3
A, N
William Nesbitt PT / 1 to 2 days/week at college Depends on entry level and experience, the tutor will T. 028 3752 2205 FT within the academic year and the full certificates may advise you after consultation. E. nesbittw@src.ac.uk take more than one year to achieve.
Light Vehicle Body Repair and Refinishing – Technical Certificate and/or NVQ Level 2 & Level 3
DPARB2 DPARB3
P
PT / 1 to 2 days/week at college Depends on entry level and Gerard Close FT within the academic year experience, the tutor will T. 028 3839 7777 and the full certificates may advise you after consultation. E. closeg@src.ac.uk take more than one year to achieve.
Land Based Service Engineering Technical Certificate and NVQ Level 2 & Level 3
DPWBE2 DPWBE3
P
PT / 1 to 2 days/week at college Depends on entry level and John Lavery FT within the academic year experience, the tutor will T. 028 3839 7777 and the full certificates may advise you after consultation. E. laveryja@src.ac.uk take more than one year to achieve.
Construction Plant Maintenance – Technical Certificate and/or NVQ Level 1, Level 2 & Level 3
CT1PLM/ N DPPLM2/ DPPLM3
PT / 1 to 2 days/week at college Depends on entry level and Martin Loye FT within the academic year experience, the tutor will T. 028 3026 1071 and the full certificates may advise you after consultation. E. loyem@src.ac.uk take more than one year to achieve.
Level 1 Vehicle Fitting
DPTFC1
A, N, P
FT
1 year
For those who desire a career Billy Barkley in the motor industry and T. 028 3026 1071 have not yet achieved a L1 E. barkleyb@src.ac.uk qualification or equivalent GCSE results.
Painting & Refinishing (Upskilling)
RCHTEN
P
PT
1 evening per week for 12 weeks
You should have an interest in Gerard Close this subject area. T. 028 3839 7777 E. closeg@src.ac.uk
Car Body Welding
RCHTEN
P
PT
1 evening per week for 12 weeks
You should have an interest in Eddie Colhoun this subject area. T. 028 3752 2205 E. colhoune@src.ac.uk
Owner/Driver Car Maintenance
RCHTEN
A, N, P
PT
1 evening per week for 12 weeks
You should have an interest in Jim Hilland this subject area. T. 028 3839 7779 E. hillandj@src.ac.uk
Page 84
Entry requirements
Contact
Level 4 Advanced Automotive Diagnostics This technical certificate course is for those who have achieved a Level 3 NVQ in Motor Vehicle studies or have evidence of substantial vehicle knowledge and experience, including fault finding. The course has three units Advanced Diagnostic Techniques, Communicate and liaise effectively and Provide technical support and supervision. The qualification is assignment based over two years with attendance at the college one evening per week. Progression – on completion you may progress to study a degree in automotive engineering or alternatively progress to a range of higher education and professional body awards.
Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma in Vehicle Technology (Motor Sport) (pending approval) This course includes six modules over two years, three to be completed in each year with the successful completion leading to a Level 3 QCF qualification, equivalent to one GCE A Level. Entry requirements to this course will be a Level 2 engineering or vehicle qualification, suitable for those people working in the industry or motor sport enthusiasts.
Light Vehicle Repair Technical Certificate and/or NVQ The course provides vocationally related knowledge and skills which will improve employability within these vocations. Successful completion of units or the full award can contribute to the achievement of an NVQ when vocationally employed.
Heavy Vehicle Repair - Technical Certificate and/or NVQ The course provides vocationally related knowledge and skills which will improve employability within these vocations. Successful completion of units or the full award can contribute to the achievement of an NVQ when vocationally employed.
Light Vehicle Body Repair and Refinishing – Technical Certificate and/or NVQ The course provides vocationally related knowledge and skills which will improve employability within these vocations. Successful completion of units or the full award can contribute to the achievement of an NVQ when vocationally employed.
Land Based Service Engineering Technical Certificate and NVQ The course provides vocationally related knowledge and skills which can improve employability within these vocations. Successful completion of units or the full award can contribute to the achievement of an NVQ when vocationally employed.
Car Body Welding This course shows you the basics of welding modern steel on car vehicle bodies using Boron and high strength steels with New Inverter welders.
Owner/Driver Car Maintenance This course is designed to introduce you to the basic principles of how a car works and enable you to do some routine maintenance and safety checks. The course will include changing a wheel, completing some routine service tasks and gaining an understanding of MOT requirements.
Alan Todd Level 4 Advanced Motor Vehicle Diagnostic Course Portadown Campus
Construction Plant Maintenance – Technical Certificate and/or NVQ
Having studied both Level 2 and 3 Motor Vehicle qualifications at SRC, Alan has returned to gain further knowledge and skills from the Level 4 Advanced Motor Vehicle Diagnostics course to benefit his job as a vehicle technician
The course provides vocationally related knowledge and skills which can improve employability within these vocations. Successful completion of units or the full award can contribute to the achievement of an NVQ when vocationally employed.
In an ever changing industry, vehicles constantly increase in complexity and Alan feels this course keeps him at the same pace as technology through both practical and theory teaching. As well as this, input from other students is great as it allows understanding of real life experiences they have been faced with including problem solving, all of which helps greatly in day to day work. The equipment and vehicles available at SRC meet the requirements of modern advanced vehicle diagnostics.
Level 1 Vehicle Fitting Technical Certificate
Alan plans to put his qualification to the test and hopes that it will help him reach new opportunities within the motor vehicle industry.
The course provides vocationally related training in vehicle fitting covering areas light, heavy, body repair and agriculture which also includes, employability, personal and social development and Essential Skills programmes. The successful completion of this programme allows for progression on to a level 2 vehicle and engineering programmes.
Painting & Refinishing (Upskilling) This course shows you the basics of spray painting and preparing vehicle panels to accept primer and top coat.
Page 85
Music
Whether you are a performer or prefer the technical side, our courses will meet your needs. The new music suite on the Armagh campus includes a professional standard studio and performance and rehearsal spaces. Students also put on live concerts in outside venues throughout the year and we now have a partnership with the Market Place Theatre, which enables students to work and perform in a professional setting. SRC will give you a head start in an industry looking for creative and technical talent! Career destinations: professional musician, live or recording sound engineer, concert promoter, music producer, composer, music publisher.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Music This course focuses on the growing demand for music-based professionals and develops relevant skills and expertise to industry level. Highly practical in nature, this course has a strong emphasis on current music and studio production, integrating technology and creativity with entrepreneurship skills. The course will be offered in the new Music Suite and Studio Complex on the Armagh Campus.
This course is made up of 16 units drawn from: Music Production Analysis, Audio Post Production, Music in Context, Critical Music Listening, The Music Business in the 21st Century, Principles of Musical Sound, Personal and Professional Development, Sound Creation & Manipulation, Music Studio Production, Live Sound for Small Venues, Creative Arts Research Skills, Computer Music Composition & Production, Composing for Film and TV, Music Performance Skills and Preparation, Process & Production in the Creative Arts. You will be assessed practically through the demonstration of creative use of technology, music creation and studio based activities and in written form, through reports, analytical essays, presentations and seminars. In a partnership with The Market Place Theatre you will benefit from performance and production work in one of Ireland’s leading venues. Students will work alongside a team of highly skilled technicians and performers to develop real life projects that will both inspire and challenge.
Page 86
Progression On successful completion you may progress to the second year of a relevant music degree (there is an agreement for articulation from the course to year two of Music Technology Degree at QUB, provided you reach the necessary standards required). Alternatively you could gain employment in the music performance industry, music production, the arts and the entertainment industry. Graduates possessing a Level 5 BTEC HND in Music will hold a qualification recognised by: Association of Professional Recording Services (APRS), Music Producers’ Guild, UK Screen Association.
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Music This course consists of 17 units studied over 2 years, including Aural Perception Skills, Music and Society, The Sound and Music Industry, Listening Skills, Major Music Project, Planning a Music Project, Composing Music, Improvising Music, Music Theory and Harmony, Pop Music in Practice, The Functional Music Keyboard, Working and Developing as a Musical Ensemble and Working with Music Notation Software Packages.
You will be internally assessed on each unit through various assignments, which include practical projects and performances. There will be at least two concerts during each of the two years of the course. Through our partnership with The Market Place Theatre, you will benefit from regularly performing in one of Ireland’s leading venues. You need to be able to understand and apply music theory to your work and to be successful you must show commitment to the course through full attendance. You will perform Music throughout this course but you must also recognise the academic side to the work, where you have to research and prepare written assignments and submit these to a specified time schedule. Progression On successful completion of this course your career opportunities in the music industry are wide and varied. Careers in the sector range from singing with a band to music publishing, with many different options in between. You can progress to the HND in Music on Armagh Campus of the college or to other HND and degree courses in music and music technology.
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Music Technology This course consists of 17 units studied over 2 years, which may include Acoustics for Musicians, Composing Music, Music and Sound for Moving Image, Listening Skills for Music Technologists, Music Production Techniques, Live Sound Techniques, Music Theory and Harmony, Sequencing Systems and Technique, The Sound and Music Industry, Audio Engineering Principles, Marketing and Promotion in the Music Industry, Music Freelance World, Music Technology in Performance, Planning and Delivering a Music Product, Sound Creation and Manipulation, Special Subject Investigation and Working With Music Notation Packages You will be taken through the whole process of creating, performing and recording music from setting up microphones and recording equipment to producing and editing the final product. You will be assessed through completing assignment work in each of the units, which will involve practical projects.
Students will work alongside a team of highly skilled technicians and performers to develop real life projects that will both inspire and challenge. To be successful on this course you must show commitment to the course through full attendance. You will have opportunities to perform Music throughout this course and to carry out the practical aspects of Music Technology, but you must also recognise the academic side to the work, where you have to research and prepare written assignments and submit these to a specified time schedule. Progression On successful completion of this course your career opportunities in the music industry are wide and varied, from singing with a band to music publishing. You can gain employment in music performance or music production or progress to the HND in Music in the college or to a higher education course in music, popular music, music technology or music management in another institution.
Through our partnership with The Market Place Theatre you will benefit from performance and production work in one of Ireland’s leading venues.
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Performing Arts The Level 2 Diploma in Performing Arts consists of seven units: Working in the Performing Arts Industry, Professional Development in the Performing Arts Industry, The Performing Arts Production Process, The Development of Drama, Devising Plays, Sound Operations for Stage and Producing a Musical Recording. You will be assessed through completing assignment work in each of the units, which will involve practical projects. There are no written examinations. Progression On completion of this course you will have the equivalent of four GCSEs at Grade C or above. You can progress directly to employment or, via successful audition and test, to the Level 3 Diploma in Performing Arts, Level 3 Diploma in Music or Level 3 Diploma in Music Technology, which are each equivalent to three A levels. Following your Level 3 Diploma, you will have the opportunity to progress to a Higher National Diploma in the college and or a relevant course at university.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration Entry requirements
Contact
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Music
HD5MUP
A
FT
2 years, 3 days per week
See page 12 You will be required to bring a portfolio of work to interview.
Paddy Craig T. 028 3839 7800 E. craigp@src.ac.uk
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Music
ED3MUS
A
FT
2 years
See page 10 There will be an audition and music theory test at interview. Ideally students will have grade C or above in GCSE Music and Grade 5 theory. Applicants must also be of at least Grade 5 performance standard in their chosen instrument(s) or voice. Students will be expected to provide their own instrument unless it is piano, keyboards or drums, which are available for use in the college.
Edith Elliott T. 028 3752 2205 E. elliotte@src.ac.uk
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Music Technology
ED3MUT
A
FT
2 years
See page 10 There will be a listening test at interview.
Brian Greene T. 028 3752 2205 E. greeneb@src.ac.uk
Level 2 BTEC Diploma DP2PAR in Performing Arts (Drama and Music)
A
FT
1 year
See page 10 Fewer than 4 GCSEs.
Violet Bell T. 028 3026 1071 E. bellv@src.ac.uk
Page 87
performing arts
Northern Ireland is well known for excellence in the performing arts. This is especially true of the area which the college serves. Our courses in performing arts cover drama, music and movement skills and equip the budding performer with all the necessary skills to have a successful career in this demanding area of work. Career destinations: Career destinations: There are many and varied careers in the performing arts for which these courses will equip a student, such as actor, producer, director, teacher of performing arts, drama therapist, dancer, musician, arts administrator.
Although the course specialises in acting, there are opportunities for you to explore other aspects through a wide variety of performance and production roles. You may also have the opportunity to get involved with in-house productions as well as public projects.
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Performing Arts
Progression You can progress directly to employment as actors, singers and dancers or as technical support or arts administrators. This course is a recognised qualification for progression to degree courses in Drama and Theatre, Performing Arts, Communications, Humanities.
The course is designed to provide you with a wide range of theatre skills such as acting, voice, directing, production skills and knowledge about the performing arts business. The Level 3 Diploma in Performing Arts includes the following units: Performance Workshop, Performing Arts Business, The Historical Context of Performance, Rehearsing for Performance, Performing to an Audience, Theatre for Children, Variety Performance, Acting Auditions, Drama Improvisation, Theatre in Education, Developing Movement Skills, Classical Theatre Performance, Principles of Acting, Musical Theatre Performance, Developing Voice for the Actor and The Practice of Directing Theatre. You will be assessed through completing assignment work in each of the units, which will involve practical projects. There are no written examinations.
Progression On completion you will have the equivalent of four GCSEs at Grade C or above. You can then progress directly to employment or via successful audition to the Level 3 Diploma in Performing Arts, Level 3 Diploma in Music or Level 3 Diploma in Music Technology, which are each equivalent to three A levels. Following your Level 3 Diploma, you will have the opportunity to progress to a Higher National Diploma in the college and a relevant course at university.
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Performing Arts (Drama and Music) This course consists of seven units: Working in the Performing Arts Industry, Professional Development in the Performing Arts Industry, The Performing Arts Production Process, The Development of Drama, Devising Plays, Sound Operations for Stage and Producing a Musical Recording. You will be assessed through completing assignment work in each of the units, which will involve practical projects. There are no written examinations.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/ Duration Entry requirements Available PT
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Performing Arts
ED3PART A, N
FT
2 years
14 points, consisting of at least 4 GCSEs at Grade C or Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Performing Arts, or equivalent. An audition will be required at interview.
Contact Peter Ballance T. 028 3026 1071 E. ballancep@src.ac.uk Teresa McBride T. 028 3752 2205 E. mcbridet@src.ac.uk
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Performing Arts (Drama and Music) Page 88
DP2PART A
FT
1 year
See page 10 Fewer than 4 GCSEs.
Violet Bell T. 028 3752 2205 E. bellv@src.ac.uk
Photography & Photoshop
With the advent of digital cameras, photography has increased dramatically in popularity. Our courses range from introductory short courses in using digital cameras and Photoshop, to Degree level programmes. COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/PT
Duration
Entry requirements
BA (Hons) Creative DG6CIM Imaging
L
PT
2 years, 1 day per week (Monday)
Merit in HND Photography, Graphic Paul Hamilton Design or Media, outstanding T. 028 3839 7815 portfolio of work, interview E. hamiltonp@src.ac.uk and successful completion of preparatory studies.
BA (Hons) Creative DG6CIM Imaging
L
PT blended learning
2 years, 2 1 evening of taught classes per week plus one evening of studio facilitation/online learning
Merit in HND Photography, Graphic Paul Hamilton Design or Media, outstanding T. 028 3839 7815 portfolio of work, interview E. hamiltonp@src.ac.uk and successful completion of preparatory studies.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Photography
HD5PHO
L
FT
2 years, 3 days per week A minimum of 120 UCAS points gained through an Extended Diploma in Art & Design or Media, A Levels or equivalent, plus GCSE English and Maths or equivalent. See page 12 for full details. Interview and portfolio of work required.
Sybil Moses T. 028 3839 7811 E. mosess@src.ac.uk
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Photography
HD5PHO
L
PT
3 years, 1 day per week (Tuesday)
As above but adult returners and those working in the industry may not require these qualifications. Interview and portfolio of work required.
Ian Bowles T. 028 3839 7811 E. bowlesi@src.ac.uk
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Photography
HD5PHO
L
PT blended learning
3 years, 1 evening of taught classes per week plus one evening of studio facilitation/online learning
As above but adult returners and those working in the industry may not require these qualifications. Interview and portfolio of work required.
Ian Bowles T. 028 3839 7811 E. bowlesi@src.ac.uk
Digital Photography Creative Craft Level 3
CT3CCR
A, B, L, N* PT blended learning
1 year, 6 monthly tutorials
CCEA Level 2 Creative Craft (Digital Ian Kennedy Photography). You will need to T. 079 1204 6206 bring with you a digital camera E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk of any type and a ‘pen’ drive or portable hard drive large enough to hold your digital images.
Digital Photography Creative Craft Level 2
AW2CCR A, B, L, N* PT
24 weeks, 2.5 hours per week
You should have an interest in this Ian Kennedy subject area. You will need to bring T. 079 1204 6206 with you a digital camera of any E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk type and a ‘pen’ drive or portable hard drive large enough to hold your digital images.
Recreational Digital Photography – Level 2 standard
RCPHOT
A, B, L, N* PT
12 weeks each semester, 2.5 hours per week
You should have an interest in this Ian Kennedy subject area. You will need to bring T. 079 1204 6206 with you a digital camera of any E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk type and a ‘pen’ drive or portable hard drive large enough to hold your digital images.
Get more out of your Digital Camera
RCPHOT
A, B, L, N* PT
4 weeks, 2.5 hours one evening per week
You should have an interest in this Ian Kennedy subject area. You will need to bring T. 079 1204 6206 with you a digital camera of any E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk type and a ‘pen’ drive or portable hard drive large enough to hold your digital images.
Photoshop for Photographers – Creative Craft Level 2 Unit 1
AW2CCR L, N*
8 weeks, 2.5 hours per week
None but you will need to bring with you a ‘pen’ drive or portable hard drive large enough to hold your digital images. You would also benefit from access to Photoshop Elements or Photoshop outside of class.
PT
Contact
Ian Kennedy T. 079 1204 6206 E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
Page 89
Photography & Photoshop *Please note that in the event of a class not attracting enough students to run, then that class will be amalgamated with a similar class on another campus
We have both recreational and accredited programmes and there is still very much a place for traditional film photography. For programmes at Level 3 and below, photography students must have access to a digital camera. For higher education courses, a digital SLR and access to a film camera will be required.
BA (Hons) Creative Imaging - validated by Liverpool John Moores University See page 26 for details
Career destinations: Photographer.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Photography (FT and PT day courses)
Please note: All students will have the option of exhibiting their work in the SRC end of year shows.
(Pathway for Progression to BA (Hons) in Creative Imaging) This qualification is designed to
equip you with the knowledge, understanding and skills required for success in current or future employment in photography. The course also provides a pathway for further study at degree level at the college. Units include: Professional Practice in Art and Design, Photographic Techniques, Visual Language in Photography, Critical Study in Art and Design, Studio Practice, Darkroom Practice, Advertising Photography, Digital Image Creation and Development, Location Photography, Press Photography and Photo Journalism, Management of Exhibitions and Specialist Practice in Photography.
You will be assessed on a regular basis throughout the programme using a range of appropriate assessment methods such as written and practical assignments, projects, case studies, presentations and live briefs. In addition to the full-time course we offer a part-time course one day per week for three years, which provides a very cost effective way to progress in your studies without getting into the heavy debt that can be associated with a full-time higher education programme at university.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
Compact Camera Club - Snap Your Holiday
RCPHOT
Compact Camera Club - Snap Your Kids
FT/PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
A, B, L, N* PT
4 weeks, 2.5 hours one evening per week
None, but you will need a digital camera and an interest in this subject area.
Ian Kennedy T. 079 1204 6206 E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
RCPHOT
A, B, L, N* PT
4 weeks, 2.5 hours one evening per week
None, but you will need a digital camera and an interest in this subject area.
Ian Kennedy T. 079 1204 6206 E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
Compact Camera Club - Snap Your Pets
RCPHOT
A, B, L, N* PT
4 weeks, 2.5 hours one evening per week
None, but you will need a digital camera and an interest in this subject area.
Ian Kennedy T. 079 1204 6206 E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
Dark Room Techniques for Beginners
RCPHOT
L
PT
2 Saturdays10-4
None, but you will need an exposed Ian Kennedy black and white film to learn how to T. 079 1204 6206 process E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
Night Photography RCPHOT
L, N*
PT
4 weeks, 2.5 hours one evening per week
None, but you will need an SLR camera (digital or film) and tripod and an interest in this subject area.
Photographing Waterfalls and Streams
RCPHOT
L, N*
PT
2 Saturdays10-4
None, but you will need a camera Ian Kennedy (digital or film) and an interest in this T. 079 1204 6206 subject area. E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
Photographic Portraiture
RCPHOT
L, N*
PT
4 weeks, 2.5 hours one evening per week
None, but you will need a camera Ian Kennedy (digital or film) and an interest in this T. 079 1204 6206 subject area. E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
Scapes Photography
RCPHOT
L, N*
PT
2 Saturdays10-4
None, but you will need a camera Ian Kennedy (digital or film) and an interest in this T. 079 1204 6206 subject area. E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
Ian Kennedy T. 079 1204 6206 E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
iPhoneography – RCPHOT image making with your iPhone
A, B, L, N* PT
4 weeks, 2.5 hours one evening per week
None, but you will need an iPhone and you will also need to have downloaded a set list of apps prior to the course.
Ian Kennedy T. 079 1204 6206 E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
Flickr for Photographers
RCPHOT
B, L, N*
PT
4 weeks, 2.5 hours one evening per week
None, but you will need to have taken some digital photographs and bring them with you on a pen drive or portable hard drive.
Ian Kennedy T. 079 1204 6206 E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
Documentary Photography – Creating a Photobook
RCPHOT
B, L, N*
PT
6 weeks, 2.5 hours one evening per week
None, but you will need to have taken some digital photographs and bring them with you on a pen drive or portable hard drive.
Ian Kennedy T. 079 1204 6206 E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
Accessories for your SLR camera
RCPHOT
B, L, N*
PT
4 weeks, 2.5 hours one evening per week
You will need to have an SLR camera and have some knowledge of photography.
Ian Kennedy T. 079 1204 6206 E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
Using Social Media to Showcase your Images
RCPHOT
B, L, N*
PT
4 weeks, 2.5 hours one evening per week
None, but you will need to have taken some digital photographs and bring them with you on a pen drive or portable hard drive.
Ian Kennedy T. 079 1204 6206 E. kennedyi@src.ac.uk
Page 90
Progression This course leads to employment opportunities in both the photographic and design industries as well as progression to the BA (Hons) in Creative Imaging at Lurgan Campus. Alternatively, students may progress to courses at other higher education institutions.
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Photography (PT Blended Learning Evening course) (Pathway for Progression to BA (Hons) in Creative Imaging) We also offer a three year blended learning course in HND Photography for those who just can’t attend during the day. The course involves four hours of taught classes one evening per week in college, with another evening of studio facilitation and online learning, for which access to a computer is necessary. This version of the part-time course should only be taken by those who are very self motivated and committed to their studies as it is an even more demanding route than the traditional college based parttime course. Progression This course leads to employment opportunities in both the photographic and design industries as well as progression to the BA (Hons) in Creative Imaging at Lurgan Campus. Alternatively, you may progress to courses at other higher education institutions.
Digital Photography – Creative Craft Level 3 VOC This course is for those who have completed CCEA Level 2 Creative Craft (Digital Photography) and want to learn how to respond to a brief from a client. The lecturer will take you through three stages: Responding to the requirements of a commercial brief (real or imagined), Analysing, investigating and experimenting with ideas, Executing, presenting and critically evaluating final image(s). The class will be run in a blended learning way, where you come in to a tutorial approximately once per month and the work you have done
is reviewed and your work for the next moth is issued. In the weeks where there is no tutorial, you will have online and telephone support.
Digital Photography – Creative Craft Level 2 This course is for those who have a little bit of experience in taking photographs and would like to further improve their skills. The lecturer will take you through three stages: Using resources to further develop your techniques, Developing and adapting your own ideas creatively, using more aspects of Adobe Photoshop, Creating, presenting and reviewing your finished images. While you’re having fun learning, you’ll be able to gain a qualification in Level 2 Creative Craft (Digital Photography). On completion you can progress to the Creative Craft Level 3 course.
Photoshop for Photographers Creative Craft Level 2 Unit 1 This 8 week course will cover the basics of enhancing and manipulating your own images, using the Adobe Photoshop package. You will cover a range of topics including cropping, brightness and contrast, converting to black and white, use of the cloning tool, creativity. You will gain Unit 1 of Creative Craft Level 2 in Digital Imaging. You will find it useful to be able to use the Adobe Photoshop Elements at home, to practice your skills.
Recreational Digital Photography – Level 2 standard This course will run alongside the Digital Photography Level 2 Creative Craft course (see above) and is to facilitate those who may have already completed the qualification but would like to continue in the class, or for those who prefer not to do the qualification.
Get More Out of Your Digital Camera A short programme designed to get you started in digital photography. You will learn how to use your camera properly and get the basics of composition and use of daylight and flash.
This basics course will enable you to move on to the Creative Craft Level 2 programme with more confidence.
Compact Camera Club Snap Your Holiday, Pets or Kids These short 4 week courses are designed for those with a compact digital camera (but will also suit those with SLRs) and who simply want tips and techniques to take better images. Composition will be covered along with specific tips in photographing your holiday, or your pet or your kids.
Darkroom Techniques for Beginners This short course, held over 2 Saturdays, will show you the basics of dark room techniques to develop and print your own black and white images. You will need to bring with you a black and white 24 exposure film which you have already shot and are ready to learn how to develop.
Night Photography This short 4 week course will teach you the basics of night photography, involving the use of long exposures. You will need to have an SLR camera (film or digital) and tripod. You will also need transport for field trips.
Photographing Waterfalls and Streams This short course, held over two Saturdays, will teach you how to capture stunning waterfall and moving water images. The basics of composition and camera settings will be covered in the mornings in a classroom setting, followed by a field trip in the afternoons. You must have your own camera (preferably digital SLR) and transport for field trips in the afternoons.
Scapes Photography This short course, held over two Saturdays, will teach you how to capture stunning Landscape and Seascape Photographs using your digital camera. You will have classroom sessions in the mornings and there will be field trips (weather permitting!) in the afternoons to put theory into practice. You must have your own camera (preferably digital), an interest in this area and transport for field trips in the afternoons. This course will cover some or all of composition, light, cameras settings, viewpoint and using natural patterns.
iPhoneography – image making with your iPhone (and iPad!) This short course will teach you how to make the most of the great built in camera that you have in your iPhone or your iPad and how to use the available apps to enhance them. You will be given a list of around 5 apps to download to your phone prior to the course (some free and a couple which are low cost) and you will be shown how to best use your camera and these apps to create great images.
Flickr for Photographers This short 6 week course will explain to you how Flickr, a photo management and sharing application, works. You’ll learn how to upload your images and keep them organised in sets, how to tag them and comment on them, find out about favourites, how to join and set up photographic groups on Flickr, get inspiration and how to enter Flickr competitions and how to post your Flickr images to your facebook page. All adds to the fun for an amateur photographer and helps you keep your images organised.
Photographic Portraiture
Documentary Photography – Create a Photobook
This short 4 week course will teach you the basics of photographic portraiture. You will be taught how to use the studio, with backdrop and studio lighting and to consider composition and style. You will need a camera, which may be digital or film, compact or SLR.
This short course will explain to you how to create a photo book to document any event you wish, such as a holiday or a family gathering. The same skills can be used to create any sort of photo book in which you may be interested and we will examine the various options on the
Page 91
Photography & Photoshop market for creating and printing your book or creating it in digital format for reading on an ipad, for example.
Accessories for your SLR camera This short course is for those who have some photographic knowledge and who wish to know more about the various accessories for their SLR camera, such as filters, remote shutter releases, tripods and monopods, flashguns and diffusers, hot shoe spirit levels, lens bumpers, reversing rings and stepping rings. The use of each will be explained, with potential costs and benefits discussed. Check them out before you invest!
Page 92
Using Social Media to Showcase your Images This short course is to teach you the basics of how to showcase your own photography through the use of social media, such as Facebook or the use of a blog. Many people shy away from Facebook due to its (at times) bad press, but it can be an excellent and useful tool for sharing your images with friends and family or for promoting yourself as a photographer. Learn about privacy settings, what to do and what not to do, and how to set up a blog to showcase your photography talents and interests.
Public Services
These are courses for anyone who wishes to work any of the uniformed services, including the Fire and Rescue Service, as a Paramedic in the Ambulance Service, Police Service , Armed Forces, Prison Service and Revenue & Customs (North or South). All students will have the opportunity to undertake a First Aid Qualification and experience a variety of outdoor pursuit and other activities. Applicants should be aware that although the college is not required to vet students commencing this course of study, for some of the Public Services may be a requirement for entry. The details provided in this check may affect your ability to find a suitable work within this area of Industry.
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Public Services This two year course will give you the equivalent of three A Levels. Core units include: Leadership, Teamwork, Citizenship, Diversity as well as Career Planning for the Uniformed Public Services. Other units covered may include: Physical Preparation, Health & Lifestyle for the Public Services, Outdoor and Adventurous Expeditions, Command and Control in the Uniformed Public Services, Skills for Land/Water based Outdoor Adventurous Activities and Planning and Management of Major Incidents.
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Public Services This one year course has three core units: Public Services Skills, Career Planning for the Public Services and Improving Health and Fitness for Entry into the Uniformed Public Services. Other units covered may include: Employment in the Uniformed Public Services, Adventurous Activities and Teamwork for the Public Services, Driving and its Relationship to the Public Services and Attending Emergency Incidents in Public Services.
Dean Gray Level 3 Extended Diploma in Public Services Banbridge Campus Dean, who is currently in the second year of his course, was recommended the course by a friend. This is the only college in the local area offering the Public Services course and as Dean would like to become a paramedic in the future he feels this will be a stepping stone towards that. He likes the fact that all the tutors have previous knowledge of the aspect of the course they are teaching and can relate directly to the course. One of his tutors is an ex police officer, one works for mountain rescue and another is a past student.
Throughout the course there are various guest speakers brought in to talk to class. Examples are one from Superintendent in Police and another from the Fire Service talking about major incidents and how to deal with them. Dean’s advice for anyone applying to this course is to know exactly what you want to do at the end of it. Even though there are a lot of activities such as climbing wall, kayaking and overnight expedition you still have to work hard to complete assignments and projects. Dean hopes to go on to do a degree in Paramedic Sciences and become a Paramedic.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus Available
FT/ PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Public Services
CD3PBS
B
FT
2 years
See page 10
Liz Hudson T. 028 3839 7700 E. hudsone@src.ac.uk
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Public Services
DP2PBS
B
FT
1 Year
See page 10
Liz Hudson T. 028 3839 7700 E. hudsone@src.ac.uk Page 93
Retail in the workplace the skills and knowledge required in the retail industry.
Foundation Degree in Retail This two year part-time qualification is suitable if you are employed in retail. It is offered on a blended learning basis with master classes, tutorial support and on line study. This course offers 12 modules, which you take over three semesters in each of the two academic years. The work-based learning project is ongoing throughout the programme. The modules studied may include: Personal and Professional Development, Retail Environment, Managing Information, Retail Operations, Consumer Behaviour, In-Store Customer Marketing, Manage and Develop People in Retail, Work-based Learning, Retail Law, Manage Retail Customer Service, Supply Chain Management, Leadership in Retail. Progression You may progress to a successful career in the retail industry. The qualification provides a total of 240 CATS Points and a pathway of progression to degree level.
ABC Level 3 Certificate in Retail Knowledge This course has been designed for department, section and team leaders, specialist sales advisors, owners/managers who would like to take a specialist pathway in management. It is based on the National Occupational Standards for Retail. It is a job ready qualification which requires learners to demonstrate
Course content includes: Working Effectively in Your Retail Organisation, Stock and Security, Customer Service and Management. Assessment is through a portfolio of evidence.
ABC Level 2 Diploma in Retail Fashion This qualification has been developed in association with ABC and the Fashion Retail Academy London. It is designed as a bridging qualification for those learners leaving school and making the transition into a full-time further education and who wish to develop underpinning knowledge and skills for a career in fashion retail.
Level 1 BTEC Combined Diploma in Crafts, Hospitality and Retail If you wish to gain an awareness of the Craft, Hospitality and Retail Industries but have no formal qualifications at GCSE level, then this is the course for you! The Level 1BTEC Combined Diploma in Crafts, Hospitality and Retail encompasses the following discrete qualifications: • ABC Level 1 Certificate in Introduction to the Hospitality Industry • ABC Level 1 Certificate in Retail Knowledge • EDEXCEL Level 1 Certificate in 3D Design Crafts • EDEXCEL Level 1 Award in Photography • EDEXCEL Level 1 Award in Customer Service
Course content includes: Customer Service, Business of Fashion Retail, Technology for Fashion Retail, Visual Merchandising, Store Environment, Marketing and PR, Personal Shopping, Fashion History and Fashion Trends. Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology. Applicants who have achieved GCSE English, Mathematics or IT at grades A-C, will be exempt from essential skills subjects.
You will be required to take Essential Skills classes in IT, Numeracy and Literacy if you do not have a GCSE Grade C or above in these areas.
Assessment is through practical demonstration, assignment/ project work and evaluating various fashion retail stores through on-site visits. Further opportunities may include visits to, involvement in and organising of fashion shows.
The retail sector plays a crucial role in the economy, covering market stalls, independent shops, national chains and large superstores and this course provides a qualification for people who work there.
Course content includes: Customer Service, Merchandising, EPOS operations, Stock Control, Health and Safety, Working with others, Essential Skills in Communication, Application of Number and Information Technology. Applicants who have achieved GCSE English, Mathematics or IT at grades A-C, will be exempt from the equivalent essential skill. Assessment will be an on going process. You may be assessed through practical demonstration, oral questioning, assignment/ project work, written tests and simulation.
Progression This is a one year course that may prepare you for employment or progression to a BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Art & Design, Media, Business or Professional Cookery.
Apprenticeship Retail
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/ Available PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Foundation Degree in Retail
TBC
TBC
PT
2 years
See page 12
Elizabeth Greer T. 028 3839 7788 E. greere@src.ac.uk
ABC Level 3 Certificate in Retail Knowledge
CT3RTM
Newry
PT
1 evening per week for 32 weeks
Working in retail and have level 2 qualification, and/ or want to accredit your skills and knowledge
i3 Centre T. 028 3025 9664 E. i3@src.ac.uk
ABC Level 2 Diploma in Retail Fashion
DP2FRT
N
FT/ PT
1 Year
See page 10
Colette McAteer T. 028 3026 1071 E. mcateerc@src.ac.uk
Level 1 BTEC Combined Diploma
TBC
L,N
FT
1 year
See page 10
Go to www.src.ac.uk
Apprenticeship – Retail NVQ Level 2
CT2RTK
N
1-4 years depending on how many levels you want to progress through
See page 16
Emma Boyle T. 028 3026 1071 E. BoyleE@src.ac.uk
Page 94
Science
Studying science will broaden your understanding of the world around you, may allow you to influence and develop accepted scientific knowledge, and will give you the skills needed to approach most matters in a reasoned and analytical manner. Science is in huge demand in the modern employment market, so If you’re keen to use your passion for science to develop the world around you for the 21st century, this is the career path for you. Career destinations: Successful completion of these courses can lead to employment opportunities across the scientific spectrum as well as possible progression to other further and higher education courses; including Food Science/Technology, Radiography, Marine Biology, Zoology, Environmental Biology, Applied Biology, Biomedical and Biochemical, Sports Science, Nursing, Podiatry, Radiography, Physiotherapy and Forensic Science laboratories. Students may also gain employment as a technician in a laboratory, hospital or within the chemical industry.
Foundation Degree in Applied and Medical Science This course is aimed at those wishing to follow a career in applied and medical sciences. The course will include lectures, tutorials, seminars and presentations, practical sessions (involving independent and team work), work-based learning and case studies and will be assessed by written examinations, class tests and coursework. This course, offered in conjunction with the University of Ulster, is designed to give you the skills needed to gain employment in this fast growing sector or to progress onto higher education courses in the areas of biology, biomedical sciences or health sciences.
BTEC Level 4 Higher National Certificate / Level 5 Higher National Diploma in Applied Biology Designed to be a 2 year course depending on the individual and successful completion of units Higher National Certificate Student’s complete 8 units part time over 1 year (2 days per week) to achieve this qualification. These are; Cell Biology, Biochemistry of Macromolecules & Metabolic Pathways, Physiology of Cellular Systems in Animals, Laboratory Techniques for Applied Biology, Analysis of Scientific Information & data, Molecular Biology & Genetics, Project for Applied Science & Human Health & Nutrition
Higher National Diploma (Students can progress to this course upon successful completion of the HNC) An additional 8 units are studied part time over 1 year (2 days per week). These are; The Immune Response System, Employability Skills, Neurophysiology & Homeostatic Control, Chemistry for Applied Biologists, Medical Microbiology, Infectious Diseases, Statistics for Experimental Design & Applied Genetics of Industry, Agriculture & Medicine. Students can progress to a wide range of University courses including; Nursing, Teaching, Microbiology, Biochemistry, Biomedical Sciences etc or gain employment in the Science Industry. A key progression path for the Higher National Diploma learners is to the second year of a degree programme, depending on the match of the BTEC Higher National units to the degree programme in question.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/ Available PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Foundation Degree in Applied and Medical Science
FG5AMS
N
FT/ PT
1.5 Years (including placement) See Page 12 2.5 years (including placement)
Marie Hollywood hollywoodm@src.ac.uk
BTEC Level 4 Higher National Certificate / Level 5 Higher National Diploma Applied Biology
HC4BIO / HD5BIO
P
PT
1 year PT to achieve HNC (2 days per week)
See Page 12
Asha Jamil jamila@src.ac.uk
See page 10
A / P Sinead Bantleman bantlemans@src.ac.uk
Additional 1 year part time to achieve HND (2 days per week)
BTEC Level 3 Extended ED3ASC Diploma in Applied Science*
A, N, P
FT
2 years FT
* Please note GCSE Double Award Science is preferable
N: Carmel Peers peersc@src.ac.uk
BTEC Level 3 Combined Subsidiary Diplomas in Applied Biology & Applied Chemistry
SD3ASB SD3ASC
N
FT
1 Year FT
See page 10
N: Sinead Bantleman bantlemans@src.ac.uk
BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Applied Science
CT2ASC
P
FT
1 year FT
See Page 10
P: Mark Kennedy kennedymk@src.ac.uk
Page 95
Science BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Applied Science This is a full-time, two year course, which upon completion is equivalent to three A Levels. Students will study 18 units over two years and assessments will occur throughout and will consist of; essays, group work, small research projects, practical investigations & presentations. Students will gain a high level of practical competency across the majority of the units and this will prepare them for the world of work or a Higher Education course. This course consists of six core units and a range of specialist units. Core Units: Fundamentals of Science, Working in the Science Industry, Scientific Investigation, Scientific Practical Techniques, Perceptions of Science and Using Mathematical Tools in Science. Specialist units may include: Physiology of Human Body Systems, Physiology of Human Regulation & Reproduction, Microbiology, Genetics and Genetic Engineering, Biomedical Science Techniques, Biochemistry, Industrial Applications of Organic Chemistry, Practical Chemical Analysis, Energy Changes & Chemical Laboratory Techniques. Students will also undertake a Level 2 Qualification in Health & Safety to assist with their entry into Employment or University. As well as gaining a recognised qualification in Science students gain an insight into employment within the scientific sector via industry visits and talks.
BTEC Level 2 Extended Diploma in Applied Science This course is designed for students who wish to study science at level 3 but have not met the entry requirements. It is also designed for those students who wish to change their direction of study. Assessment is continuous throughout the course with a combination of assignments and practical tasks.
Page 96
This course is a full time, one year course, which upon completion is the equivalent of 4 GCSEs. The course consists of 3 core units and 7 specialist Units. Core Units: Chemistry & Our Earth, Energy & Our Universe, Biology & Our Environment. Specialist units may include: Application of Chemical Substances, Applications of Physical Science, Health Applications of Life Science, the Living Body, Using Mathematical Tools in Science, Biotechnological Procedures & Applications & Science in the World. Students will also undertake a Level 2 Qualification in Health & Safety to assist with their entry into Employment or University.
BTEC Level 3 Combined Subsidiary Diplomas in Applied Biology & Applied Chemistry (1 year Intensive) This course is for students who have completed AS Biology, AS Chemistry or both and don’t wish to continue to study these at A2. At the end of the year students will have gained the equivalent of 2 A Levels in Biology & Chemistry. Assessment is continuous throughout the course with a combination of assignments and assessed practical tasks (NO Exams). Each Subsidiary Diploma consists of Core Units and 4 Specialist units;
Core Units: Fundamentals of Science & Scientific Practical Techniques. Applied Biology Specialist Units: Physiology of Human Body Systems, Biochemistry & Biochemical Techniques, Microbiology & Genetics & Genetic Engineering. Applied Chemistry Specialist Units: Using Mathematical Tools in Science, Practical Chemical Analysis, Chemical Periodicity & its Applications & Industrial Applications of Organic Chemistry. Students will also undertake a Level 2 Qualification in Health & Safety or Science Leadership Skills to assist with their progression into Employment or University.
This course is an ideal starting point for studying Applied Science, with the next step being the Extended Diploma in Applied Science. Achievement at a higher level of study can lead to a wide range of science related Higher Education courses or employment in the Science Industry.
James Niblock Level 3 Extended Diploma in Applied Science Armagh Campus James Niblock, a past Southern Regional College student from Mayobridge, was recognised for outstanding achievement at the VQ awards ceremony held in Parliament Buildings, Stormont. He was short listed for VQ learner of the year last year. James has changed direction in his education, moving to a Level 3 Extended Diploma in Applied Science at SRC’s Armagh Campus, having previously studied an Apprenticeship in Installing and Commissioning Electrotechnical Systems. He achieved 18 out of 18 distinctions and is now studying Biological Sciences at Queens University Belfast.
Sports studies
If you love sport, you no longer have to confine it to a hobby; with the right training, the career prospects are excellent. Our sport courses cover all aspects of sports science, fitness, coaching, teaching as well as industry specific qualifications. Students will be expected to participate in an inclusive range of sports, both in the college and at other sports venues. All full-time students will also need to purchase the compulsory college sports wear for their participation in practical activities on the curriculum and Active IQ manuals for their Employability Skills. Career destinations: These courses can lead to further study or career opportunities in areas such as: PE Teaching, Fitness Instructor, Sports Coach, Sports Development, Physiotherapy, Sports Nutrition, Sports Massage and Leisure Management.
Foundation Degree in Sport, Exercise and Fitness This course is suitable if you wish to progress to HE programmes, Individuals/Professionals and Local/Regional Employers within the Sports Industry. The Foundation Degree in Sport, Exercise and Fitness aims to: Improve the quality and range of training and qualifications, improve recruitment, retention and progression opportunities, professionalise and up-skill the existing workforce, match training supply to employer demand and reduce barriers to accessing training.
Level 4 Course Content includes: Study, Research, Statistics & IT, Training & Fitness, Science of Movement, Social & Psychological Aspects of Sport, Policy & Planning for Sport & Leisure and Practical Sports Coaching. Level 5 Course Content includes: Work Based Learning & Entrepreneurship, Principles of Coaching, Teaching & Instructing, Coaching Science, Sports Management, Sports Massage, Sports Injuries, Advanced Training & Fitness and Exercise Referral for Specific Populations.
with opportunities to gain industry qualifications and coaching awards. Progression On completion you may apply for advanced entry to the BSc (Hons) Sport & Exercise Science and/or BSc (Hons.) Sports Studies at the University of Ulster providing preset standards have been reached. You may also progress within the Sport, Exercise and Fitness Industry and/or to a relevant Honours Degree programmes in the UK (including Top-Degrees) or Ireland.
You will be assessed by a combination of methods; including written examinations, class tests, coursework and laboratory reports, portfolios, practical’s and presentations. Students will also be provided COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/ Available PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Foundation Degree in Sport, Exercise and Fitness
FGSPEX
N
FT/ PT
2 years fullSee page 12 time or 3 years part-time
Lee Rooney T. 028 3026 1071 Ext: 2632/2751 E. rooneyla@src.ac.uk
EDEXCEL Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport
CD3SPO
A, L,N
FT
2 years
See page 10
Jerome Donnelly T. 028 38397800 E. donnellyj@src.ac.uk
EDEXCEL Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport with GAA Performance Academy
CD3SPO
A,N
FT
2 years
See page 10 Mark Copeland Have participated in GAA sports at a T. 028 3026 1071 high level, e.g., Development Squads, E. copelandm@src.ac.uk County Minors, U21, school and club teams.
EDEXCEL Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport and Exercise Sciences
CDESPE
A, N
FT
2 years
See page 10
Richard Gough T. 028 30261071 Ext 2632 E. goughr@src.ac.uk
EDEXCEL Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma in Sport and Exercise Sciences
SD3SPE
A
FT
5 hours per week for 2 years
See page 10
Darragh Peden T. 028 3752 2205 E. pedend@src.ac.uk
EDEXCEL Level 2 Diploma in Sport
DP2SPO
A, L, N
FT
1 year
See page 10
Laura Morgan T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2751 E. morganl@src.ac.uk
Skills For Your Life
DP1SFL
P, N
FT
1 YEAR
See page 16
Michael Mc Donald T. 028 37512810 E. mcdonaldm@src.ac.uk
Active IQ Level 2 Certificate in Gym Instructing
CT2GYI
A, L, N
PT
1 evening per week for 1 year
The course requires physical exertion and individual participation, therefore a degree of physical fitness is necessary
Bill Finnegan T. 028 3026 1071 Ext2632 E. finneganb@src.ac.uk Page 97
Sports studies paths include PE Teaching, Fitness Instructor, Sports Coach, Sports Development Officer or Leisure Management.
EDEXCEL Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport This pathway is aimed at students who wish to study a more generalised sports course and would like to pursue further study or career opportunities in PE teaching, Sports Development, Health & Fitness or other employment within the Sport and Leisure Industry. The Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport consists of eight core units plus 11 specialist units. Areas of Study may include: Sports Injuries, Sports Coaching, Nutrition, Fitness Testing and Training, Exercise, Health and Lifestyle, Organising Sports Events, Sports Development and Sports Massage. You will be assessed on an ongoing basis through assignments/projects and practical observations. Progression On successful completion of the Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma course you can progress to HND/Cs, Foundation Degrees or Honours Degrees. Typical career
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Sport with GAA Performance Academy This pathway is aimed at students who wish to study a specific sports course. The Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Sport with GAA Performance Academy consists of eight core units plus 11 specialist units. Areas of Study May Include: Sports Injuries, Sports Coaching, Nutrition, Fitness Testing and Training, Exercise, Health and Lifestyle, Organising Sports Events, Sports Development and Sports Massage. You will be assessed on an ongoing basis through assignments/projects and practical observations. This academy course allows learners not only the opportunity to gain a recognised qualification equivalent to 3 A-Levels but to also participate in and develop their coaching and playing
skills within their chosen sports. The academy is aimed at elite performers in Gaelic/ Hurling/Camogie who have been involved with underage development squads or who are now playing with inter-county minor, u21 and senior teams. We aim to keep developing skills and also physiological and psychological attributes of students so that when they are given the opportunity to represent their county at a high level, they should be able to adapt well. The academy is supported by the Down and Armagh County Boards, and allows for us to utilise their experienced coaching staff to help deliver key aspects of the games to all our students and is offered on both our Armagh and Newry campuses. Progression On successful completion of the Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma course you can progress to HND/Cs, Foundation Degrees or Honours Degrees. Typical career paths include PE Teaching, Fitness Instructor, Sports Coaching, Sports Development Officer or Leisure Management.
EDEXCEL Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport and Exercise Sciences This pathway is aimed at students who have a keen interest in Science and who actively wish to go on to Higher Education to study Sport and Exercise Sciences, Nursing, Physiotherapy, Nutrition, Biomechanics or Sports Psychology. The Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport and Exercise Sciences consists of six core units plus twelve specialist units. Areas of Study Include: Anatomy, Biomechanics, Physiology, Psychology, Research Methods and Project, Sports Massage, Analysis of Sports Performance, Sports Nutrition, Fitness Testing. You will be assessed on an ongoing basis through assignments/projects and practical observations. Progression On successful completion you can progress to HND/Cs, Foundation Degrees or Honours Degrees. Typical career paths
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/ Available PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
Active IQ Level 3 Certificate in Exercise Referral
CT3EXR
N, L
PT
30 weeks
A Level 3 Certificate in Advanced Fitness Instructing Gym or Level 3 Certificate in Personal Training or equivalent
Lynne Ervine 028 3752 5831 ervinel@src.ac.uk
Active IQ Level 3 Certificate in Personal Training
CT3PTR
A, N, L
PT
2 evenings per week for 1 year
A level 2 qualification in Gym Instructing is required
Lynne Ervine 028 3752 5831 ervinel@src.ac.uk
Active IQ Level 3 Certificate in Sports Massage Therapy
CT3SPM
A, N, L
PT
2 evenings per week for 1 year
None required
Jerome Donnelly 028 38397800 donnellyj@src.ac.uk
Active IQ Level 4 Certificate in Exercise for the Management of Low Back Pain
CT4MBP
N, L
PT
2 evenings per A level 3 qualification in Exercise week for referral is required 12 weeks
Simon Patton 028 38397800 pattons@src.ac.uk
Active IQ Level 2 Award in AW2KTB Instructing Kettle Bells
N, L
PT
2 days
A level 2 qualification in Gym Instructing or equivalent is required
Simon Patton 028 38397800 pattons@src.ac.uk
Level 2 Award in AW2ISC Instructing Studio Cycling
N, L
PT
3 days
A level 2 qualification in Gym Instructing or equivalent is required
Simon Patton 028 38397800 pattons@src.ac.uk
Level 2 Award in Instructing Circuits Sessions
CT2ICS
N, L
PT
3 days
A level 2 qualification in Gym Instructing or equivalent is required
Simon Patton 028 38397800 pattons@src.ac.uk
Level 3 Diploma in Performance Coaching in Gaelic Games
DPCGS3
A, L, N
PT
20 hours in classroom, 180 distance learning
GAA Foundation Award and involvement in coaching a Gaelic team
Mark Copeland 028 30261071 Ext 2632 copelandm@src.ac.uk
Page 98
include PE Teaching, Fitness Instructor, Sports Coach, Sports Development, Physiotherapy, Sports Nutrition or Nursing.
EDEXCEL Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma in Sport and Exercise Sciences (Formerly National Award) This course is designed to give students an opportunity to develop knowledge and understanding of Sports Science. It is beneficial for those who have an interest in sport and is normally taken alongside two other A Levels. The course consists of six units: Anatomy for Sport and Exercise, Sport and Exercise Psychology, Research Methods for Sport and Exercise, Sport and Exercise Physiology, Research Project in Sport and Exercise Sciences and Sports Biomechanics in Action. Progression On completion you may go on to a career in the sports industry in fields such as Sports Science, Teaching or Physiotherapy.
EDEXCEL Level 2 Diploma in Sport If you have a keen interest in Sport and already have between two and four GCSEs, this course is for you. The course consists of two core units, plus up to five specialist units including Fitness Testing, Practical Sport, Anatomy and Physiology, Planning and Leading Sports Activities, Injury in Sport and Exercise and Fitness Instruction. Students are given the opportunity to visit a variety of leisure facilities and participate in recognised coaching courses in an inclusive range of sports, both in the college and at other sports venues. You will be assessed on an ongoing basis through assignments/projects and practical observations. Progression On successful completion of this course you can progress to the Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Sport and Exercise Science, Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport, or any other advanced level study. You may also go into employment in the sports industry.
Active IQ Level 2 Certificate in Fitness Instruction (Gym) This course will train you to a professionally competent level, enabling you to prescribe, plan and deliver safe and effective exercise programmes within a gym or health club environment. It gives you access onto the Register of Exercise Professionals (REPs) at level 2. Units undertaken include two theory based exam units: Anatomy and physiology for exercise & Principles of exercise, fitness and health; along with worksheets: Know how to support clients who take part in exercise and physical activity & Health, safety and welfare in a fitness environment and practical assessments: Preparing for gymbased exercise and Instructing gym-based exercise. The course requires physical exertion and individual participation is essential; therefore, a degree of physical fitness is necessary. Assessment requires the completion of a portfolio which includes worksheets, multiple choice theory papers, session planning, delivery and evaluation.
Active IQ Level 3 Certificate in Exercise Referral The need for Exercise Referral Consultants is on the increase with councils seeking to employ suitably qualified individuals in these roles. This course is for fitness instructors who wish to specialise in designing and implementing programmes of exercise for referred clients. It comprises of five mandatory units: Principles of Physical Activity and Exercise Referral, Effective Exercise Programming for Clients with Medical Conditions, Instructing Exercise with Referred Clients, Professional Practice in Exercise Referral and Anatomy and Physiology for Exercise and Health. It is designed to provide you with the knowledge to ensure safe and effective exercise programming for clients with medical conditions and common reasons for referral onto a
community-based exercise referral scheme.
employed or in a gym-based environment.
You must hold a Level 2 Certificate in Fitness Instructing or a Level 3 Certificate in Personal Training or equivalent. Assessment is through completion of a portfolio of evidence which includes worksheets, case study, session planning and delivery for a referred client and multiple choice theory papers.
The course requires physical exertion and individual participation is essential; therefore, a degree of physical fitness is necessary.
This qualification is nationally recognised and allows you to register with REPs at level 3.
Active IQ Level 3 Certificate in Personal Training With sedentary lifestyles on the increase there is a greater demand for individuals who can deliver specialized exercise sessions on a one to one basis and for small groups This qualification is designed to provide you with the knowledge and skills to work with individual clients and groups in a personal training setting. It aims to develop your existing knowledge and skills in gym instruction to pursue a career in personal training.
Active IQ Level 3 Certificate in Sports Massage Therapy This qualification will give you the knowledge, integrity, competency and proficiency to perform sports massage on a range of clients who have no underlying pathological conditions. Units undertaken include Anatomy and physiology for Sports Massage, Applying sports massage techniques, Assessing clients and treatment planning , Assisting soft tissue repair, Professional practice in sports massage, Providing post-treatment care, Anatomy and physiology for exercise, and Principles of exercise, fitness and health . Progression Successful achievement of the qualification will allow you to work as a Sports Massage Therapist on a self employed basis or in an organisation in either the public or private sector.
Study includes: Two theory exam based units: Anatomy and Physiology for exercise and health & Applying the principles of nutrition to a physical activity programme along with practical units: Programming personal training with clients and Delivering personal training sessions. Assessment is through completion of a portfolio of evidence which includes worksheets, session planning, delivery and evaluation for a selected client and multiple choice theory papers. The course requires you to have a suitable Level 2 qualification in Gym Instructing and requires exertion, individual participation and a degree of physical fitness. Progression The qualification is nationally recognised and allows access to the Register of Exercise Professionals (REPs) at Level 3. On successful completion you may pursue a career as a personal trainer either as self-
Page 99
Sports studies Active IQ Level 4 Certificate in Exercise for the Management of Low Back Pain This qualification is aimed at level 3 qualified fitness instructors, personal trainers and exercise referral instructors and is intended to train learners to a professionally competent level, enabling them to prescribe, plan, conduct and review programmes to address the needs of patients/ clients with low back pain. Level 3 qualified fitness instructors, personal trainers and exercise referral (please note from instructors will need to hold a certificate in exercise referral). Assessment involves completing worksheets and case study plus practical demonstration of relevant exercises.
Active IQ Level 2 Award in Instructing Kettle Bells This qualification is aimed at all level 2/3 qualified instructors and trainers and has been developed to train learners, who already have knowledge and skills in fitness instruction, to a professionally competent level to plan and deliver safe and effective kettle bell exercises and training sessions. A range of core exercises are taught and assessment is via worksheets and a practical demonstration. This qualification is designed to broaden the skills of fitness instructors to include instructing kettle bell sessions in specific classes and as part of gym based/personal training programmes. The award is recognised by The Register of Exercise Professionals (REPs) at level 2, but does not provide access onto the Register. The course requires physical exertion and individual participation is essential; therefore, a degree of physical fitness is necessary.
Page 100
Active IQ Level 2 Award in Instructing Studio Cycling VOC This popular qualification provides learners with the knowledge to plan and deliver studio cycling classes. Learners are taught how to work with music and how to integrate various types of music into a class format. The award is recognised by The Register of Exercise Professionals (REPs) at level 2, but does not provide access onto the Register. Assessment is via worksheets, drawing up plan of delivery and a practical demonstration. The course requires physical exertion and individual participation is essential; therefore, a degree of physical fitness is necessary.
Active IQ Level 2 Award in Instructing Circuits Sessions This qualification allows learners who already have knowledge and skills in gym or exercise to music instruction, to a professionally competent level, to plan and deliver safe and effective circuit training sessions. The course covers the history of circuits and provides learners with examples of how circuits can be integrated into a stand alone class or as part of a gym based programme. Learners are shown how various types of equipment including kettle bells and free weights can be used to develop a class. Assessment is via worksheets, drawing up plan of delivery and a practical demonstration. The award is recognised by The Register of Exercise Professionals (REPs) at level 2, but does not provide access onto the Register. The course requires physical exertion and individual participation is essential; therefore, a degree of physical fitness is necessary
referral route then have the option of completing Level 4 Certificate in Exercise for the Management of Low Back Pain. This qualification will allow you to gain access onto REPs at Level 4 which is currently the highest level that fitness professionals can achieve. The course also includes short workshops which will aid your continued professional development - kettle bells, circuits and studio cycling. Students already holding any of the current qualifications can join the course in order to complete those courses and workshops that will allow them to improve their industry prospects. Level 3 Diploma in Performance Coaching in Gaelic Games VOC SRC in partnership with the Ulster Council is offering this nationally recognized qualification which is accredited through the Open College Network Northern Ireland (OCNNI). This exciting initiative has been designed in times of economic hardship and unemployment, the aim being to provide GAA volunteers with the opportunity to develop new skills and competencies that will be of benefit when seeking employment.
Jenna Wright BTEC National Diploma in Sport and Exercise Science and Foundation Degree in Sport and Exercise Science Newry Campus After completing the BTEC National Diploma in Sport and Exercise Science and Foundation Degree in Sport and Exercise Science at Newry Campus, Jenna is now working at The Columbia Gym, Banbridge. She teaches a number of different group fitness classes, but also works on a one to one basis with members through personal training and programme design. She loves what she does and finds it very rewarding. Throughout her course, Jenna has the opportunity to gain extra qualifications, such as gym instructing, personal training and various coaching badges. She feels her time at SRC and gaining her qualifications has most definitely helped her to gain employment.
The course is aimed at Gaelic coaches who have already completed their GAA Foundation Award and is involved in coaching at a high level. Units include: - Coaching Strategies for Improving Performance in Gaelic Sports; Using Technology and Physical Preparation in Gaelic Sports; The use of Planning and Periodisation in Gaelic Sports; Building Team Success in Gaelic Sports.
Future Courses. Active IQ Career Development FE (September – May) Level 2 Certificate in Fitness Instruction (Gym) This unique course allows those Option 1 Option 2 who wish to get established in Level 3 Certificate in Level 3 Certificate in Level 3 Certificate in the fitness industry to complete Personal Training Exercise Referral Sports MassageTherapy recognised Active IQ Level 2, Level 3 and Level 4 courses. Level 4 Certificate in Exercise Initial focus is on completion for the Management of Low Back Pain (optional) of Level 2 Gym Instructing withLevel progression onto Level 3 2 Award in Personal Training. Students Instructing Kettle bells then have the option of following 2 Award the Level path of exercise referral in Instructing Cycling or completing theStudio certificate in Level 2 Awardtherapy. in sports massage Those Instructing Sessions students takingCircuits the exercise
Teacher Training
The courses in this section may be of interest to you if you would like to teach part-time in an FE college or training organisation; if you are involved in training as part of your job and want to increase your confidence and skills; or if you are a teacher and want to develop your ICT skills. EDI Level 4 Certificate in Teaching ICT Skills This qualification addresses the current and future skills needs of ICT teachers. You will gain an understanding of the learning environment, prepare a range of resources for teaching ICT, develop a scheme of work for an ICT programme and deliver learning sessions in ICT.
EDI Level 4 Certificate in Principles of Teaching and Learning This qualification is suitable for those who intend to teach, train or instruct others and who want to gain prior knowledge and understanding of educational principles. It is also applicable to those who are in a role as a teacher, trainer, instructor or facilitator within an educational or commercial environment and want to achieve a qualification which confirms your understanding of teaching and learning principles and practice. You are required to complete 3 hours of teaching practice. Progression: On completion you may progress to part-time teaching in further education or training organisations.
COURSES AT A GLANCE Course
Course Code
Campus FT/ Available PT
Duration
Entry requirements
Contact
EDI Level 4 Certificate in Teaching ICT Skills
ED4TIS
N
PT
1 evening per week for 30 weeks
5 GCSEs, grade C or equivalent and must be at least 20 years of age at registration. Competent in using ICT at Level 3 or have equivalent experience.
Ciara Graham T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2646 E. grahamc@src.ac.uk
EDI Level 4 Certificate in Principles of Teaching and Learning
ED4PTL N
PT
1 evening per week for 30 weeks
Previous learning requirements – candidates Ciara Graham T. 028 3026 1071 Ext 2646 are normally expected to be 19 years of age or more at registration and at least 20 years of E. grahamc@src.ac.uk age at the final assessment date. All entrants need to be able to read effectively and communicate clearly and accurately, in order to meet the requirements for this certificate. Entrants should normally hold relevant vocational and/or academic qualifications at least one level above those of the learners. Interview/information required prior to enrolment Page 101
finance MONEY MATTERS Don’t let money stop you! It can be a daunting prospect entering education. Our Campus Services team can provide you with advice and assistance if you are facing difficulties with costs related to your study. Financial advice is not straightforward and depends largely on your age and the type of study which you will undertake. If you wish to talk over your financial situation or need advice on what you are eligible to apply for, please make an appointment with one of our Campus Services Coordinators or Student Finance Officer. FURTHER EDUCATION: FULL-TIME *Where reference is made to Home Students this means a student resident in the UK for three or more years. Fee There are NO fees for students studying full-time further education courses. However there may be equipment costs required by the profession or trade area. Free School Meals Student aged 18 and under on 31st July 2013 whose parents are in receipt of certain benefits may be entitled to free school meals. Transport Transport assistance will be provided to home students* if their home is more than three miles from the College. Students must be under 19 years of age on 1st July 2013. EMA - Educational Maintenance Allowance Students aged 16-19 may be entitled to EMA. See www.emani. gov.uk or phone 0845 601 7646 for guidance on this. Further Education Awards Home students* over 19 on 1st July 2013 can apply for a Bursary Allowance. This is a new means tested allowance which is aimed at low income families to help with living costs. Bursaries of up to £2,092 p.a. living away from home, £1,674 p.a. living at home, will be available for home students depending on family income.
Page 102
Students with dependants may be entitled to a childcare allowance if the child is being looked after by a registered child minder. Students with disabilities who are eligible for a Further Education Award may be entitled to a non means-tested Disabled Students Allowances (DSAs). Grants are available to help pay for equipment and non-medical helpers. Students diagnosed as dyslexic are included in this category. Hardship Fund All students over 18 on 1st July 2013 or turning 18 in the academic year who are in financial hardship may apply to the Hardship Fund for financial assistance. Care to Learn Childcare support is available for 16-19 year old parents who are undertaking a full-time or parttime course in further education, including vocational courses, NVQ courses etc. Assistance with childcare costs up to a maximum of £160 per week, plus travel expenses to and from the carer’s premises may be paid. Other Sources of Support • • • • • •
Army Bursary Educational Trusts Prince’s Trust Horizons Education Fund GAA Bursary Scheme Thomas Devlin Fund – Performing Arts Bursaries • EGSA
Millennium Scholars Trust • Back to Education Allowance • Partnership Grants
FURTHER EDUCATION PART-TIME You may be entitled to a reduction in fees if you are in receipt of any of the following: • Guaranteed Pension Credit • Housing Benefit (Rates Rebate) and Rate Relief • Income Based Jobseekers Allowance • Income Support Allowance • Income Related Employment and Support allowance • Working Tax Credit and Child Tax Credit (threshold £16,040) • Holders of SRC Loyalty Card Discount Further Education Award If you have reached the age of 19 on 1st July 2013 and are studying a part-time FE course of more than 8 hours you may be entitled to an FE Award. This award helps pay tuition fees up to £456 and a £265 allowance towards books, travel expenses and other course costs. This allowance is means tested. You can apply by contacting Student Finance NI in Omagh. Closing date is 30th September 2013. EU students may get a fees allowance.
Finance: Students from ROI
Hardship Fund All students over 18 on 1st July 2013 or turning 18 in the academic year who are in financial hardship may apply to the Hardship Fund for financial assistance.
• VEC http://www.ivea.ie/ • St Vincent de Paul • The Bank of Ireland
Care to Learn Childcare support is available for 16-19 year old parents who are
campus services team
Armagh Campus Emma Kavanagh Campus Services Co-ordinator T. 028 3752 2205
Banbridge Campus & Lurgan Campus Cate Toman Campus Services Co-ordinator T. 028 3839 7700 (B) T. 028 3839 7800 (L)
Newry Campus Jason Moles Campus Services Co-ordinator T. 028 3026 1071
undertaking a full-time or parttime course in further education, including vocational courses, NVQ courses etc. Assistance with childcare costs up to a maximum of £160 per week, plus travel expenses to and from the carer’s premises may be paid.
Maintenance Grants This is a means tested nonrepayable allowance. The amount payable will vary depending on the level of household income. Students with household incomes of £19,203 or less (including single, independent students) will receive the full £3,475 Maintenance Grant. If the household income is between £19,203 and £41,065 partial grant is paid
HIGHER EDUCATION PART-TIME
See the College Newspaper for full course listing of fees.
HIGHER EDUCATION FULL-TIME Fees Higher Education fees for 2013/14 are £1380. All students applying for or in higher education should fill in a PN1 form to determine the level of maintenance grant, maintenance loan and tuition fee loan available to them. All HE full-time students must apply through their local Education and Library Board (ELB). Students from the Republic of Ireland can also apply to the SELB for a Tuition Fee Loan and to their local VEC for a maintenance allowance. Tuition Fee Loan The tuition fee loan is available to Home and EU students and is not means tested. This is paid directly to the college by the Student Loan Company.
Maintenance Loans The Student Loan is to help with your living costs. The amount of loan varies, however you can receive up to £4,840 per annum, living away from home and £3,750 per annum living at home. NOTE: If you are entitled to a Maintenance grant, you can also receive a Maintenance Loan but the maximum amount of loan you can receive will be reduced. Hardship Fund All students over 18 on 1st July 2013 or turning 18 in the academic year who are in financial hardship may apply to the Hardship Fund for financial assistance. Higher Education students may apply to the College’s Hardship Fund for a ‘temporary loan’ until they receive their core loan from the Student Loans Company.
Portadown Campus Colette Haughey Campus Services Co-ordinator T. 028 3839 7777
Students may receive a statutory means tested grant of up to £265 for travel, books and course expenditure.
For more information contact Ann Cunningham Student Finance Officer T. 028 3025 9784 E. cunninghamam@src.ac.uk For further information on all Student Finance issues go to
www.src.ac.uk
NB Figures are correct at the time of print; these may vary for 2013/2014.
Students with Dependants Home students may be entitled to a childcare allowance if the child is being looked after by a registered child minder.
Page 103
Learning Support We are an equal opportunities college and welcome applications from students with learning difficulties and/or disabilities and aim to provide a safe, supportive and friendly learning environment. We will make every effort to meet individual needs through support from teaching and student support staff and provide you with the facilities and extra support you may need to be successful on the course you have chosen to study. What is Learning Support?
Frequently Asked Questions
What support will I receive on my course?
Learning Support is additional support to assist students who might otherwise be unable to access a programme of study or who, by reason of their learning difficulty or disability, may require specialist support beyond that normally provided by the college. This support will assist students to realise their full academic and personal potential. If you have a disability, sensory impairment, emotional or learning difficulty, Learning Support Services can help you.
What advice can I get at the application stage?
The level of support that you receive will depend on your particular learning needs. Every student is treated on an individual basis.
The type of support available may include: • • • • • • • • • • •
a classroom assistant a note taker one-to-one mentoring modified learning materials referral for specialist assessment and support sign language interpreter access arrangements in examinations specialist I.T. software and equipment primary movement additional tuition with a subject specialist access to information and advice
Students with additional learning support requirements will be interviewed and assessed in relation to their needs and an individual Action Plan drawn up and agreed with them. This may be a very important stepping stone for many students as they access Further or Higher Education.
Before you begin, you may have worries about access and the level of support available. Concerns may include issues relating to transport to and from the College or access within the College buildings. Whether it is accommodation problems, or academic issues, the Learning Support Coordinator will try to provide you with answers to such questions. But if you need more specialist advice, they will put you in contact with the appropriate persons or organisation. Should I disclose my disability? There is no obligation to disclose learning difficulties or a disability, either when applying to the College or throughout time spent studying at the College. However, we would strongly advise you to inform us as it is virtually impossible to plan in advance if we are not advised of the support that you may require. All information will be treated in a sensitive and confidential manner. How will the College know my needs? Following your application to the College, you will be assigned a guidance tutor who will try to determine the level of support you may require while studying at the College. This can be followed up by an interview with the Learning Support Coordinator to discuss your particular needs. Once you enrol as a student of the College, you are strongly advised to contact the Learning Support Coordinator and your Head of School to discuss any additional support that you may require. The College applies SENDO and other requirements through the services it offers.
Page 104
What support will I receive at exam time? Special examination and other assessment arrangements may be made for students with learning impairments. Students who have specific needs with regard to examinations are advised to discuss these needs with their Personal Tutor and contact the Learning Support Coordinator as soon as they start. The range of special assessments and examination arrangements include extra time, the use of a scribe or reader and the use of special equipment. The Learning Support Coordinator will advise on any needs assessments which may be required (e.g. medical and psychological evidence) and will liaise with the Head of School and the Examination Officer regarding appropriate examination arrangements. How do I make an appointment with the Learning Support Coordinator? There are Learning Support Co-ordinators available for each campus. Please contact the Coordinator at the Campus on which your course is offered.
If you cannot access a phone, your Personal Tutor will arrange the appointment for you. We are working with external partners to ensure that the transition process from school to college is supported in the best way possible. We can also signpost you to support from external stakeholders and advise you on equality, inclusion and diversity understandings.
Learning Support team
Learning Support Manager Gail Hanna T. 028 4176 2582 M. 077 2520 1531 E: hannag@src.ac.uk
Newry & Kilkeel Campus Siobhan Blaney T. 028 3025 9612 M. 077 3391 2871 E. blaneys@src.ac.uk
Working on your future Careers advice, information and guidance are an essential part of your learning programme. They enable you to make decisions about your learning, training and work opportunities. Our Careers Service team is available to assist you in making informed career choices and encourage you to make contact with them before and during your time at the College.
Armagh Campus Jacqueline Simms T. 028 3752 2205 M. 077 3391 2872 E. simmsj@src.ac.uk
Banbridge Campus Donna Hughes T. 028 3839 7712 E. hughesdo@src.ac.uk
Newry & Kilkeel Campus Sandra Murphy T. 028 3025 9612 E. murphysh@src.ac.uk
Portadown & Lurgan Campuses Catherine Daly T. 028 3839 7745 M. 077 1198 1715 E. dalyc@src.ac.uk
Careers team
Armagh Campus Frank McCourt T. 028 3752 2205 ext 2842 E. mccourtf@src.ac.uk
Banbridge, Lurgan & Portadown Campuses Mabel Doole T. 028 3839 7800 E. doolem@src.ac.uk
Our services offered include: • up-to-date careers information in a variety of formats • opportunity boards with details of job opportunities • careers education to help you find out about your options • educational visits to industry, higher education establishments and careers conventions
• preparation for interviews and transition to higher education, employment and further training For further information please contact one of our qualified Careers Officers detailed right:
Banbridge, Lurgan & Portadown Campuses Claire Ussher T. 028 3839 7800 E. ussherc@src.ac.uk on leave until September 2013
Newry & Kilkeel Campuses Claire Toner T. 028 3025 9697 E. tonercl@src.ac.uk
Page 105
Learning Resource Centre Learning resources include nearly 40,000 books and over 100 journals and a wide range of electronic multimedia materials to assist with your studies. There is network access to more than a dozen online databases which can be accessed remotely. The Learning Resource Centre’s offer printing and copying facilities. New developments include: • access to Moodle – your virtual learning environment • students have a SRC email account • new SRC Facebook page • Wi-fi in LRCs or common rooms • laptops and computers available • more blended learning courses which combine online learning with tutorial support • access to PC and Applemac formats in LRCs • learning support resources are available for students with a learning disability or difficulty • more e-books to help your research • new library resource management system to help you order the resources you need • new LRC Student Card system to help with access and security
Learning resource team
Armagh Campus Teresa Hughes T. 028 3751 2815
Banbridge Campus Yvonne Lilly T. 028 3839 7711
Newry Campus Liam O’Hare T. 028 3025 9638
Portadown Campus Janice Scott T. 028 3839 7773
Please refer to our website www.src.ac.uk for the most up-to-date information on opening times.
Page 106
Lurgan Campus Valerie Leeper T. 028 3839 7800
Facilities for Students Hairdressing and Beauty Salons
Newry T 028 3026 1071, Ext 2737
Our salons are open to both students and the public offering a full range of up-to-date hair, beauty and complementary therapy treatments at competitive prices. Our pricelist is available at www.src.ac.uk. To make an appointment please call one of the numbers below.
Armagh T 028 3752 2205
Armagh Campus Hair T 028 3752 2205, Ext 2886 Beauty T 028 3751 2816 Lurgan Campus Hair T 028 3839 7810 Beauty T 028 3839 7827 Newry Campus Hair T 028 3025 9608 Beauty T 028 3025 9629
Restaurants Restaurants and snack bars on each campus provide students with a range of hot meals and snacks at reasonable prices in a relaxed atmosphere. The Refectory, ground floor, East Campus, Newry and Oracle Bistro, Kitchen Block, Portadown are open Monday to Friday for lunch for students and staff. Open to the public The Graduate Restaurant Newry - 028 3025 9713 Oracle Restaurant Portadown - 028 3839 7881
Lurgan T 028 3839 7800
Faith Services Faith Services are under development as part of our Cultural Diversity and Equality Programme to offer spiritual support to students at the College. This service will represent a range of faiths. Please check the SRC website for further details.
Accommodation Students planning to stay near to the College campus to study can obtain a contact list for accommodation providers in the local area. The College is unable to provide a vetting system so students should visit properties they are considering renting to ensure that they are suitable for their needs.
Student ID Cards You will be issued with a free student ID card which confirms your current status as a student of the College and will allow you to make use of the Learning Resource Centre and other facilities, irrespective of where you are based. You MUST have a Student ID Card in order to sit examinations or vote in the Student Union elections.
Vending facilities are available at most campuses.
If you lose your card a replacement can be obtained from your LRC and there will be a charge for replacing the card.
For more information log on to www.src.ac.uk.
Attendance Policy
Fitness Suite and Fitness Testing Laboratory We have fully equipped fitness suites at a number of our campuses. These include a variety of cardiovascular and resistance machines and have proven to be a tremendous asset to both sports students and staff alike. For further information contact the Fitness Suite:
The College has an Attendance Policy to which students are expected to adhere. A copy of this policy can be found in the student handbook which is given to students at the start of term. It is also available on the website www.src.ac.uk. It is essential that all students have a good attendance rate (80% min) to secure success and to meet some funding criteria.
We care at SRC If you are experiencing any difficulties or have concerns we offer a Counselling Service which is independent, confidential and available 24 hours, 365 days a year. You will receive support from qualified counsellors who work within strict professional guidelines and can help with whatever difficulty you are facing. See leaflets in the Student Services Centre for more information.
Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Policy If you have any concerns about issues relating to the protection of children and vulnerable adults at the College, please contact • Student Safeguarding Officer on your campus • Campus Services/TFS/Learning Support on your campus Full contact details are available at each reception area and on the college website.
Equality and Diversity The College aims to provide a safe and supportive environment in which everyone is able to study and work to the best of their abilities. We encourage you to work within the College’s atmosphere of mutual respect. If you feel that they have been treated unfavourably, discriminated against or suffered harassment you should raise the matter with your lecturer, personal tutor or the Head of School. The matter will be referred to College Management who will respond promptly and compassionately.
Looked after children and care leavers
require more information please contact Raymond Mallon on 028 3025 9677 or email mallonr@ src.ac.uk
DisabledGo DisabledGo is the UK’s leading provider of disabled access information and is committed to breaking down the barriers disabled people face when accessing education, local services and employment. Founded in 2000 by Dr. Gregory Burke, who is himself a wheelchair user, DisabledGo was established in response to feedback from disabled people. To date the organisation has worked with over 250 partners to provide online access guides, predominantly colleges, universities and local authorities. Colleges Northern Ireland has commissioned DisabledGo to produce detailed access guides to the estate of each college in Northern Ireland included that of Southern Regional College. The guide will include detailed information such as, whether there is car park, what the surface is like, details of each entrance, including whether doors are automatic and if there are any ramps or step. Equally, the information includes the availability of hearing systems, lighting levels and signage. Perhaps the most comprehensive section is that on toilets, where dimensions, fixtures, lighting and colour contrast are all covered in detail. This information is all available to the public at www.disabledgo. com. There is no charge for the service and no need to disclose personal details. DisabledGo will be maintaining the information for the next 4 years to ensure it is fit for purpose.
Southern Regional College offer looked after children and care leavers the opportunity to visit at pre-entry events and provide financial advice and information on student services during the course. The College is currently working towards achieving the Buttle UK Quality Mark for the 2013/2014 academic year. Buttle UK is awarded to institutions that can demonstrate that they have a robust strategy in place to support students from a care background. If you are from a care background and Page 107
Student Activities Participating in student activities within the College is a fantastic way to mix with other students, gives you confidence, improves your employability skills and is fun at the same time. You will discover many social, cultural and sporting activities to integrate with your academic studies. Freshers Fayre
The annual Freshers Fayre is all about having fun and meeting your tutors and fellow students. At Freshers Fayre you will find out about the calendar of student events, college teams, meet local business and engage with Student Activities staff.
Student Council and class representatives
The Student Council meet twice per year on campus to give students a voice and to help inform policies and procedures.
Student Union
The Student Union exists to further your interests and facilitate the representation of your views. Southern Regional College is governed by a Board of Governors and the Student Union of the College may elect one Governor to the Governing Body. The Student Union can help your class representatives raise issues through the Student Council.
Page 108
Health Promoting College
Health promotion aims to promote healthy living by providing you with health education information and health promotion activities such as: access to fitness suites, physical activity days, counselling service, the Health Clinic, and Life Skills/ Resilience Workshops in your class. For further information, check out the Health Promoting College section on the College website www.src.ac.uk
Student Formal
This annual event is organised by the Student Union and supported by college staff and is a great way for students to come together and a chance to dress up and have a really special night.
Visits
Throughout the year a number of visits are planned for our students, ranging from college exchange visits and educational day trips to fun days.
Fundraising
Students at the college are very passionate about fundraising and have gone to great lengths to raise money for worthwhile causes. Each year the students support a range of nominated charities.
Exhibitions and Shows A series of creative shows and exhibitions take place on all campuses to celebrate the success and achievements of our students as they showcase their work from a range of disciplines including Art and Design, Catering, Hairdressing, Media, Music, Skills, Trades and Visual Arts.
For further information on Student Activities please contact the Student Activities Co-ordinator Catherine Shipman T. 028 3752 2205 M. 077 6075 0692 E: shipmanc@src.ac.uk
SRC Sports Teams and Academies SRC encourages you to enjoy a healthy active lifestyle and there is no better way than getting involved in one of the College’s sports teams: • • • • • • • •
Athletics/Cross Country Camogie Football Gaelic Football Golf Hockey Rugby Volleyball
These teams are open to all fulltime students on any campus. Training and matches take place on the Armagh, Lurgan and Newry Campuses and the teams compete on an inter-campus, regional and national level. The college also has two sports academies which aim to develop and enhance opportunities for potential elite performers in Gaelic games and Volleyball.
Gaelic Academy
Volleyball Academy
The Gaelic Academy in conjunction with Ulster Council, Armagh and Down County Boards was established to develop and enhance opportunities for potential elite performers in all Gaelic games. Students have the opportunity to play regular fixtures in the NI leagues, to practice coaching in the community as well as gaining recognised coaching and refereeing awards.This academy course allows learners not only the opportunity to gain a recognised qualification equivalent to 3 A-Levels but to also participate in and develop their coaching and playing skills within their chosen sports. The academy is aimed at elite performers in Gaelic/ Hurling/Camogie who have been involved with underage development squads or who are now playing with inter-county minor, u21 and senior teams. We aim to keep developing skills and also physiological and psychological attributes of students so that when they are given the opportunity to represent their county at a high level, they should be able to adapt well.
The Volleyball Academy was established in collaboration with Northern Ireland Volleyball and Craigavon Aztecs Volleyball to develop the skills and abilities of young performers and make them into elite athletes. We also aim to develop and enhance opportunities for potential elite performers both regionally and nationally. As part of the Volleyball Academy, as well as being taught the game to a good standard, students can gain a number of qualifications including, NI Volleyball Coaching Levels 1 and 2 and NIVA Volleyball Referee Level 1. SRC teams from Lurgan and Armagh Campuses compete in the NI Schools U-18 league, the NI Schools Cup and the NI Schools Beach Volleyball Championships. To date SRC Volleyball teams have won 32 trophies, including All-Ireland championships, in the past 11 seasons with 24 students going on to represent Northern Ireland at senior international level.
The academy is supported by the Down and Armagh County Boards, and allows for us to utilise their experienced coaching staff to help deliver key aspects of the games to all our students and is offered on both our Armagh and Newry campuses.
Page 109
Prince’s Trust Team Programme The Prince’s Trust Personal Development Programme is aimed at young people aged between 16 - 25, helping to increase transferable skills including; communication, working with others, problem solving, teamwork, tolerance and leadership as well as many other skills that will make you a good candidate for potential employers. • Existing benefits not affected, if eligible EMA can be claimed, bus fares and childcare expenses reimbursed. • 16/17 year olds can claim up to £30 weekly for attendance. The Team programmes commence in January, May and September each year. For further information contact the Prince’s Trust Team Leader in your area. Armagh Frances Murphy T. 078 0975 6569 E. murphyfm@src.ac.uk Craigavon Tony Conway T. 078 9459 4777 E. conwayt@src.ac.uk Newry Stephen Ferris T. 078 4146 8934 E. ferriss@src.ac.uk This project is part financed by the European Social Fund and the Department for Employment and Learning
Page 110
Jack Bibb Prince’s Trust Team Programme, Armagh Campus Jack faced family breakdown when he was four-years-old. By the time he was at school he was misusing alcohol, having lost his direction in life. He dropped out of his A Levels and spent his days watching television and sleeping. The 18-year-old from Lurgan was lacking in confidence and had difficulty communicating with strangers. With little thought for the future, every day was the same for Jack. He heard about The Prince’s Trust Team programme from others who had completed the course. The scheme’s aim is to help young people gain key
workplace skills and experience, and Jack signed up under his own initiative. After a hesitant start, his confidence began to improve as he participated in group activities. He became more outspoken and really started to shine, particularly during the community project, creating a community vegetable garden, where he felt he was giving something back. As the course progressed, Jack developed teamwork and communication skills. He was an excellent listener to those facing their own personal struggles as well as a problem solver able
to lead negotiations. As part of the course, he completed a work experience placement at a local youth club. Jack finally found a direction in life by deciding to pursue a career working with young people. Since completing the course, he is following his aspirations by studying health and social care at college. He is presently holding down two part time jobs while also volunteering as a youth leader. “For me, life is about learning from experiences and helping others in a positive way. Now I intend to help young people the way The Prince’s Trust helped me.” said Jack. Jack won the Prince’s Trust Northern Ireland Celebrate Success 2012 Young Achiever of the Year Award. His team also won the Community Impact Award 2012. X Factor finalists Charlie and Sim from MK1 celebrate with Jack Bibb, 18 from Lurgan as he picks up his Samsung Young Achiever Award at The Prince’s Trust & Samsung Celebrate Success Awards.
Campus Location Belfast
Dublin Lurgan Portadown Armagh
Banbridge
Newry
Guide for International Students
Kilkeel
Southern Regional College is committed to providing the best possible opportunities for students coming to Northern Ireland for the first time. We appreciate the contribution that individuals from other nations and cultures make to college life. Our Campus Services team can offer advice on issues such as eligibility to study, application, finance and how to improve you English. Fees Full-time Courses
Tuition fees cover the cost of your study and include charges for registration, tuition, and supervision. Payment of fees will also entitle you to membership of our library.
Visa and Immigration
If you are from the European Economic Area/Switzerland (EEA), then you do not need visa. If you are not from the European Economic Area/ Switzerland (EEA), you must not seek entry as a visitor if you intend to study. As a visa national, you cannot switch from visitor to student status once you are in the UK. To comply fully with UK Immigrations we recommend that you adhere to the following: • Ensure that you have a valid passport. • Obtain entry clearance before you travel. If you are from European Economic Area/ Switzerland (EEA), you do not require a visa but may require entry clearance. If your course is longer than six months you must obtain entry clearance before you travel to the UK. If your course is less than six
months, you can gain entry clearance at your point of entry to the UK. • If you require a visa to come to the Northern Ireland, you are granted it on condition that you can pay your tuition fees and living expenses (for you and your family) without having to depend on finding work in the Northern Ireland. All costs, documents and forms are available from your British Embassy, High Commission or visit www.ukvisas.gov.uk for current costs, online applications or to download forms. For further information on immigration and how to apply for entry clearance/ visa, please read the UKCOSA guidance notes.
Accommodation
When you have been accepted for your visa we can provide you with a list of local Estate Agent to help you find accommodation.
Term Dates • 2nd September 2013 to 20th December 2013
• 6th January 2014 •
Mid Term • 28th October 2013 to 1st November 2013
• 17th February 2014 to 21st February 2014
How to Apply 1. Application Once we have received your application to study one of our full-time courses, it will be passed to the appropriate course tutor for consideration. You must send the following translated into English, with your application form: • Photocopy of your passport • Photocopy of certificate of any qualifications you have and their English translation and notarisation of documents. • Original academic record; if you are still studying, ask your school for a letter letting us know when you finish. • Two recent passport-sized photographs. • Recommendation letters from two referees who know you well. 2. The Offer A telephone interview can be arranged. When our tutors have decided on a course that is suitable for you, we will send you
to 11th April 2014 28th April 2014 to 6th June 2014
Students from European Economic Area Switzerland (EEA),
an Offer Letter and a request that you send us the deposit in Pounds Sterling. The offer letter will not help you obtain a UK visa. An offer is made on the understanding that you have sufficient funds to pay for your tuition fees and your living expenses for the entire duration of your period of study. 3. Your Deposit When we receive your deposit we will reserve your place. Deposit is one third of fees due. This deposit will ONLY be refunded if evidence of a visa refusal is submitted to the College. We will then send you a Visa Letter which you use to apply for your student visa. 4. Payment in Full Remainder of the tuition fees must be paid at your enrolment on or before your first day at college. 5. Cancellations If you are unable to attend the course, you must inform us before the course starts. We will retain £100 for administration costs.
Students from NON European Economic Area / Switzerland (EEA)
Further Education Courses
£0
Further Education Courses
£4,120
BTEC Diplomas, NVQ Level 2 & 3
£0
BTEC Diplomas, NVQ Level 2 & 3
£4,120
Foundation Diploma Art, Private Secretarial
£0
Advanced Further Education
£4,630
Higher Education Courses
£1,380
Higher Education Courses
£6,200 Page 111
Practical Support for your Business through R&D Projects, Industry Mentoring, Specialist Knowledge Transfer & Training Services
Areas of Specialism Advanced Engineering / Manufacturing Creative & Digital Media Food Technology Life & Chemical Science Mobile Computing and ICT Systems Tourism Retail Business Development Renewable Energies Sustainable Build Technologies
Our Experts are here to help you do Better Business Newry. 028 3025 9664 Portadown. 028 3839 7778 Page 112
facebook.com/i3src twitter.com/i3src
i3@src.ac.uk
At i3 we are dedicated to meeting the needs of local business and industry clients. We offer practical support to start up and existing businesses via research & development projects, one to one mentoring, knowledge transfer and specialist training services. Our team of experts can help you to solve real business problems, address challenges and capitalise on growth opportunities within your business. 15 Research & Development Lecturers with industry experience and an extensive knowledge bank, work with business clients on a daily basis providing knowledge transfer and specialist support.
By tapping into the expertise available at SRC you can foster innovation and growth in your organisation. We offer specialism in a range of industry sectors enabling you to access valuable know how and support to grow your business.
We are always delighted to welcome new and existing business clients to SRC so please do not hesitate to call the i3 team today for further info.
Much of the support that we offer is either wholly or part funded through programmes from the Department for Employment & Learning (DEL) as well as other funding initiatives including Invest NI’s Innovation Voucher Scheme. Other programmes include FUSION & KTP programmes.
www.src.ac.uk Page 113
Community Learning We are pleased to introduce you to SRC’s programme of recreational, vocational and applied courses for community based learners. Everyone needs to improve their skills throughout life so that they can obtain work, earn more, change jobs, or achieve promotion. Many people missed out at school, but can improve their prospects by gaining new skills now. At a time of change and uncertainty, it’s never been more important to make the most of our time. Whether you want to develop a hobby to enhance your quality of life, or gain important qualifications and skills to improve your career prospects, we have a course for you and with over 100 outcentres in a location that suits you! Qualifications are more vital than ever. Our wide range of accredited courses provide an opportunity for you to study at a class near your home or work. Very often this can be done in an informal environment close to home. Classes take place in relaxed and informal surroundings and are made up of adults of all ages. You will find that tutors are friendly and helpful giving you individual attention. Courses are set up in response to requests from community groups and can be facilitated at any time of the year Our Community Development Officers, tutors and career officers are friendly and supportive - they will welcome and encourage you to take that first step. We will talk about where you are now and offer guidance on courses that could help you get that job, enjoy your leisure time or continue with lifelong learning. We will help you choose the best course for you.
Community Learning has three main themes: 1. Adult Learning Adult Learning takes place in a community and seeks to widen participation allowing individuals or groups in communities, who would not normally attend college based education. 2. Community Education Community Education is about identifying and meeting your learning needs and providing educational support for community development.
Page 114
3. Community Development
Employ Me
The key purpose of community development is to bring about social change and justice by working with communities to identify their needs and provide opportunities and action which tackle oppression and inequality.
Following the success of the 2011/2012 Employ Me programme, SRC had 81 students achieving accredited vocational qualifications and work placements. This resulted in 15 people gaining full/part time employment. SRC are again offering this training opportunity to the unemployed. Participants train at their local college and achieve a recognised qualification that will help prepare them for employment. The Employ Me programme is a funded programme allowing participants to study without affecting benefits and offers a contribution towards childcare and travel expenses while attending class.
Our dedicated Community Learning Team ensures that adults have access to learning and training to improve their knowledge, skills and qualifications. Our Community Development Officers work with employers and community stakeholders to enable individuals, groups and communities to participate in learning, at a time and place which is accessible for everyone.
Neighbourhood Renewal Work Under the Department for Social Development’s Neighbourhood Renewal Strategy, Southern Regional College has carried out four research studies with the aim of exploring the learning needs and barriers to participation in learning among the residents in Neighbourhood Renewal areas. As a result of the research, Southern Regional College is running a number of programmes and initiatives to help combat the problems identified in the areas across the Southern Region.
Transforming Learning Communities Southern Regional College have a five year programme, funded by the Big Lottery which is dedicated to meeting the training and education needs of Migrant Workers and Travellers across the Southern region. We can provide tailored programmes that work to increase participation, confidence and capacity within the target communities whilst addressing the prejudice and disadvantages they face.
The aim of the ‘Employ Me’ programme is to provide a pathway into work by offering employability and vocational skills to the unemployed and economically inactive people of all ages. It provides participants with a number of valuable, workoriented qualifications across six industry sectors including Finance, IT, Retail, Hospitality, Construction and Engineering. Participants attend on a parttime basis over a 25 week period. Training is also provided in Essential Skills (Literacy and Numeracy), OCR ITQ computers, Careers Information and Guidance and Personal Development. SRC works with over 125 Community and Voluntary Groups in the southern region advising on courses available for adults within their community so if you or someone you know would like more information on Lifelong Learning and how it might help your community access learning and training please contact the Community Officers at your local SRC campus or visit our website
www.src.ac.uk.
Caroline Coleman Big Lottery Project Officer Transforming Learning Communities T. 028 3839 7824 E. colemanc@src.ac.uk Jim Cunningham Craigavon Community Development Officer T. 028 3839 7777 M. 077 1198 1732 E. cunninghamj@src.ac.uk Patsy Doyle South Armagh Area Community Development Officer T. 028 3025 9712 M. 075 5337 0661 E. doylep@src.ac.uk Lesley Hamilton Newry and South Down Community Development Officer T. 028 3025 9717 M. 078 4110 2846 E. hamiltonl@src.ac.uk Doreen Lappin / Kellie Griffen Armagh and Rural Community Development Officer T. 028 3751 2833 M. 077 3633 6152 E. lappind@src.ac.uk Jim Cunningham Banbridge and Dromore Community Development Officer T. 028 3839 7777 M. 077 1198 1732 E. cunninghamj@src.ac.uk Dara O’Hagan Employ Me Programme Coordinator T. 028 3751 2822 Ext: 2822 OR 2523 M. 078 4110 2848 E. ohagand@src.ac.uk
Community Learning Outcentres ARMAGH AREA
SRC Community Development Officer. Doreen Lappin T. 028 3751 2833 M. 077 3633 6152 Benburb Association Charlie Pogue T. 078 0322 9344 The Association was formed in 2003 to improve the lives of local people from all sections of the community. Their main aim is to enhance areas of education, infrastructure and to boost the quality of community gatherings. Some courses undertaken so far include First Aid and ICT. Callanbridge Community Association Callanbridge have offered courses through the Neighbourhood Renewal Education Programme. They have participated in First Aid courses. Callan Street Community Association Sean McGerrigan T. 028 3751 8338 Callan Street in conjunction with St Malachy’s Primary School offer courses through the Neighbourhood Renewal Education Programme. They have participated in ICT training, First Aid and Autistic Spectrum Disorder. Collegeland & Charlemont Community Development Association Brendan McGeary T. 077 4009 9852 The Association aim to improve the social, economic, educational and recreational facilities for the community. Courses already delivered are Computer training and Keep Fit. Derryhirk Rural Development Lyn McCrea T. 077 1526 7348 The group aim to promote the benefit of the inhabitants of the local area and its vicinity and improve the conditions of life for the local inhabitants. They offer Essential Skills, ICT, Food Safety Award and First Aid. Drumarg Community Association Stephen Mc Cleary T. 028 3752 6436 Drumarg has recently benefited from a multi-million pound regeneration programme which included a new multifunctional community house and all weather sports pitch. They have participated in ICT training. Drumbreda Community Association Deridri Connelly T. 028 3751 0673 Drumbreda in conjunction with St Patrick’s Primary School have provided a range of programmes through the Neighbourhood Renewal Education Programme,
including ICT training, First Aid, Autistic Spectrum Disorder and Beauty courses. Enagh Rural Development Group Willie Bradshaw T. 078 0315 7396 The group aim to promoting community activity and meet educational training needs. Previous classes have included Computers for Beginners and Digital Camera for Beginners. Hartford Community Development and Cultural Association Jim Crozier T. 028 3752 3794 The Association includes members of the community from Kildarten, Killycopple, Kileen, Milford, Aghavilly and Allistragh - irrespective of gender or age. The aim of the association is to bring together the members of the communities for a common purpose. Previous classes have included Computers for Beginners and First Aid. Keady and District Community Initiatives Helen McClean T. 028 3753 9928 The aim of this organisation is to improve the social, economic, educational and recreational facilities for the community. Classes include ESOL, ICT, Child Care and First Aid. Killylea and District Development Committee Charles Neville T. 028 3751 0584 The committee promotes social, economic and environmental regeneration. Courses have included Computers for Beginners and Essential Skills. Madden Community Development Association The group promotes social, environmental and economic improvements for the benefit of its community. They have previously run ICT courses. Markethill District Enterprises Limited Audrey Kerr T. 028 3755 2553 A Cross Community Development Organisation which provides courses in IT for the Terrified, Intermediate IT, CLAIT, and EGSA (Adult Learners). Milford Community Development Association Kevin Powell T. 028 3752 6692 The group promotes social, environmental and economic improvements for the benefit of its community. They have previously run ICT courses. Mullaghbrack Community Association Glenda Hutcheson T. 028 3887 0976 Mullabrack Community
Association was formed to utilise Mullabrack Hall and bring local people back into the community. Courses offered include. Computers for Beginners, CLAIT, Calligraphy, Beauty and Digital Photography. Mullacreevie Community Association Caroline Roleston T. 028 3752 6925 Mullacreevie have offered courses through the Neighbourhood Renewal Education Programme. They have participated in ICT training, First Aid, and Autistic Spectrum Disorder. Poyntzpass Community Regeneration Company Ltd Maureen McVeigh T. 028 3831 8549 Poyntzpass Community Regeneration Company Limited is a cross community group which aims to stimulate physical, economic, social and community regeneration in Poyntzpass. Saint Vincent de Paul Kathy Donnelly T. 028 3751 8191 The Society of St Vincent de Paul (SVP) is a worldwide Christian charitable lifestyle. SVP in Armagh provide a range of courses including Computers for Beginners. SPRING Kate Martin T. 028 2751 1611 SPRING is a voluntary organisation and is based in Mullacreevie Estate carrying out work which has lasting benefits for the people within the District. Courses include, ICT, ESOL, Good Relations, Personal Development and Essential Skills. They also operate courses through the Neighbourhood Renewal Education Programme. The Mall Presbyterian Church Fiona Berry T. 028 3752 4428 The Mall Presbyterian Church offers ESOL to the migrant community in a warm welcoming environment. West Armagh Consortium Stephen Fields T. 028 37522759 West Armagh Consortium is a voluntary amalgamation of local community groups from Armagh city west. Members agreed that the new grouping should be politically unaffiliated, non sectarian and open to all new and existing community, voluntary, sporting and cultural organisations that shared a desire to work for the social, economic and environmental betterment of the west Armagh community. The group has offered courses such as Computers for Beginners and First Aid.
SOUTH ARMAGH SRC Community Development Officer. Patsy Doyle T. 028 3025 9712 M. 075 5337 0661 Cladymore Joan Lennon T. 028 3750 7386 The College has provided several very successful courses from the Community Centre in Cladymore such as CLAIT, Arts and Crafts and Computers for Beginners. Crossmaglen T. 028 30861949 The Community Centre in the Square Crossmaglen has run a number of courses for years including Painting, Conversational Irish and First Aid. Cullyhanna Patsy Doyle T. 028 3086 1567 The WALD Centre in Cullyhanna is a hive of activity with Computers for Beginners, Internet and E-Mail. The WALD runs Internet Classes for Parents, Web Page Design, French, Healthy Cooking and of course the FREE Maths and English Essential Skills classes. Dorsey Dettie Mackin T. 028 3087 8833 Dorsey boasts a very active Community Centre running a variety of successful courses such as First Aid and Taster Courses including Complementary Therapies. The College works alongside the Dorsey Women Together Group who are based at Dorsey Community Centre Forkhill Marie Grant T. 028 3088 8224 Currently the College delivers courses from three venues in the Forkhill area. We are delighted to have a very positive and effective working relationship with the local Primary School to deliver computer courses. The College also works from Forkhill Community Centre providing computer courses such as the European Computer Driving Licence on laptops. Other courses include Time Out/Personal Development courses. In addition, the Forkhill Enterprise Centre is the venue for Art and Essential Skills courses. Mountnorris Angela Canning T. 028 3750 7325 The Glenanne, Loughgilly and Mountnorris (GLM) Millennium Hall has been busy in recent years with courses provided by the College including Beginners Computers, Word Processing, Page 115
Community Learning Outcentres CLAIT, Recreational Art, Flower Arranging and Essential Skills. Mullaghbawn Una Walsh T. 028 3088 8815 The College enjoys a long standing relationship with Mullaghbawn Community Centre. There is a range of courses available including Aromatherapy and Psychology. Future plans include Essential Skills. Newtownhamilton Community Centre T. 028 3087 8570 There have been a number of IT courses delivered in NCC plus programmes in Alternative Therapies, FREE Maths and English. Silverbridge Community Centre Eamonn McCann T. 028 3086 0089 Silverbridge Community Centre is the venue for very successful and enjoyable Taster Courses in Complementary Therapies, Calligraphy and Wine Tasting. The College looks forward to many more successful courses in a new collaboration with the Silverbridge Community. Whitecross Community Hall T. 028 3025 9712 A thriving relationship between the Whitecross community and the College exists with courses in Word Processing, CLAIT and Computers for Beginners. Operating from the Whitecross GAA Community Hall, the College looks forward to delivering a diverse and extensive range of courses in the future.
NEWRY & SOUTH DOWN
SRC Community Development Officer. Lesley Hamilton T. 028 3025 9717 M. 078 4110 2846 Altnaveigh House Richard Forsythe T. 028 3026 5151 Courses run in Altnaveigh House have included Diploma in Foundation Studies, OCR Computers for Beginners Certificate, Flower Arranging and Yoga. Burren Christina Wilson T. 028 4177 3378 Burren Community Forum is the venue for a wide range of courses including First Aid and ICT. Their recently updated computer suite with broadband internet connection has increased the demand for Computer classes from beginners to Level 2 as well as Internet and E-mail classes.
Page 116
Cabra Community Hall The new church hall in Cabra has proved a popular venue for Yoga and Dressmaking classes. Carnagat Community Association Valerie Rooney Carnagat Area Community House is a vibrant and busy centre where the College has run very successful Literacy and Numeracy classes. Gateway Club Newry The Gateway Club in Newry provides a homely atmosphere for an ever popular Patchwork Quilting classes. Greater Linenhall Area Community Association Oliver Casey T. 028 3026 8138 The Greater Linenhall Area Community House hosts a range of activities for the local community. Southern Regional College has run successful Essential Skills classes as well as Digital Graphics, arts and crafts and drama classes. Meadow/Armagh Road Community Association Niall Quinn T. 028 3025 1058 or Brendan Cranney T. 028 3026 8924 or Bernie Irvine T. 028 3083 2992 The office of the Meadow/ Armagh Road Community Association has run successful classes in Childcare, Drama, Digital Graphics and Art as well as Essential Skills Maths with plans for further courses in response to demand. Parochial Hall, Warrenpoint This lovely new hall close to the sea front in Warrenpoint runs recreational art courses. St Malachy’s Nursery, Newry Lesley Hamilton T. 028 3025 9717 With funding from the extended Schools Fund, St Malachy’s Nursery offers a wide range of funded courses for the parents of children in the school and local community. Cookery demonstrations, Yoga, Creative Craft, Horticulture and Beauty courses have all been popular choices for parents. Threeways Community Association Patricia O’Gorman/Cathy Keenan T. 028 3026 9697 Threeways Community centre is a vibrant and busy centre where the College has run very successful classes.
BROWNLOW AREA SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham T. 028 3839 7777 M. 077 1198 1732
Brownlow Community Hub Donna McConville T. 028 3831 3630 A new state of the art centre, Brownlow Community Hub, opened in September 2011. The college plans to provide qualified tutors provide accredited and non-accredited learning programmes. Activities vary in line with demand, but typically include Cookery, Computers, Yoga and Keep Fit. Brownlow Library Anne Brown T. 028 3834 1946 Brownlow Library benefited greatly from the introduction of broadband in 2002 and now has a regular pattern of users accessing the facilities. A varied education programme is offered through the library each year which is mainly hosted in partnership with local learning providers. Information on forthcoming events is published in the library or local community groups. Chrysalis Women’s Centre Community Development Officer Theresa Watson T. 028 3834 1846 The centre is open to women and children each weekday, Monday - Friday (9.30am - 5 pm). It provides education and training for adults and has two well equipped computer suites which provide free access to the internet. A number of qualified tutors offer ICT training each morning from 10am1pm. Other courses on offer include. Cookery, Crafts, Health Education and Assertiveness Training. A funded Essential Skills programme is available. Free childcare support is available for students. Current classes. CLAIT, CLAIT PLUS, OCR Stage 2 and 3 Word Processing/Text Processing Drumellan Family Learning Complex Community Development Officer Bernie Burns T. 028 3832 1415 The centre is open Monday - Thursday (9.30am - 9pm) and Friday (9.30am - 4pm). It provides access to both vocational and non-vocational education and training for adults. It has a newly equipped computer suite and a comfortable training room capable of seating groups of 30. Qualified tutors provide accredited and nonaccredited in ICT training. A programme of activities is published each term. Activities vary in line with demand, but typically include Sage Accounts, Cookery, Crafts and Keep Fit and CLAIT.
PORTADOWN AREA SRC Community Development Officer – Craigavon. Jim Cunningham T. 028 3839 7777 M. 077 1198 1732 Ashgrove Community Centre SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham T. 028 3833 1650 The centre is ideally situated on the front of Garvaghy Road with amble parking space. The centre works with the College offering classes to the general public. Bannside Development Centre, Portadown SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Anne Creaney / Carol Litter T. 028 3833 9916 The centre is just off the Obin Road with amble parking space. A large percent of the centre’s resources and facilities go toward providing for the Portuguese residents of the area. Bocombra Action Mental Health (PRAXIS) SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Vanessa Coulter T. 028 3839 2314 Blossom Surestart SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Mairead Abraham T. 028 3833 7455 Blossom Sure Start offers a range of services to families with pre-school children to help them reach their full potential. The College offers currently ESOL classes and Food Hygiene courses. Carleton Street Community Association Centre, Portadown SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham William McClean T. 028 3833 9929 The centre is ideally placed in the heart of Portadown and provides classes in Scottish and Highland Dancing, Drum and Fife, Child Protection and works with the College providing Flower Arranging and ICT for beginners Nifty Fifty Group, Portadown SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Maura Thompson T. 028 3839 2185 This group use the Cascades Leisure Centre in Portadown. The centre is in the heart of Portadown and has ample parking. The centre provides facilities to many local residents groups and clubs.
Oasis Centre Craigavon Intercultural Programme (CIP) SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Stephen Smith T. 079 7857 5458 Craigavon Intercultural Programme (CIP) is committed to supporting people from different cultural and ethnic backgrounds. The College currently work with CIP and offer ESOL and First Aid classes. Portadown Local Action for Community Engagement (PLACE) Resource Centre SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Cyril Moorhead or Gordon Blevins T. 028 3833 1894 The centre offers support for community groups within Portadown estates, delivering programmes and services to the community, including community training and education, and community mediation. It also runs various community events. Recently a new furnished building has been opened in Rectory Park. The organisation has worked with the College in offering Essential Skills classes in the centre for local residents. Richmount Community Association SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham The Richmount Community Association is a rural group situated on the outskirts of Portadown. The group have worked in partnership with SRC to deliver a variety of courses at all levels in their community. The local Primary School (Richmount Primary) is the chosen venue for the classes. A wide variety of courses including Yoga, First Aid and IT have been offered however, courses change in line with demand. Richhill Methodist Church Hall SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Very successful courses in ESOL and recreational upholstery have been offered in this centre in the past year. It is hoped that further classes will be developed in this rural area.
LURGAN AREA SRC Community Development Officer – Craigavon. Jim Cunningham T. 028 3839 7777 M. 077 1198 1732 Aghalee Village Hall SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Aghalee Village Hall is situated on the outskirts of Lurgan and is the venue for a Recreational Art class which has been running successfully over a number of years. The class caters for all
levels from beginners to those more advanced. The centre is fully accessible to all and has on-site parking. Cranagh and Aghagallon Group SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham The Cranagh and Aghagallon Group was established by a group of volunteers whose aim is to provide services for those people over 50 years of age in their local community. The Group meet in the Cranagh Hall, situated on the outskirts of Lurgan near the Loughshore and offer classes in Crafts, Arts and most recently Computers. Dollingstown Ulster Scots Society SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham SRC have worked in partnership with the Ulster Scot’s Society since their beginning and have ran very successful Computing courses and Photography courses. Dollingstown Orange Hall is accessible to all users. Jethro Centre, Lurgan SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Trevor Douglas T. 028 3832 5673 This centre encourages both young and old to take a more active role within the community. Presently SRC provide several classes in the Jethro Centre including. Computers, Painting for Pleasure, Ballroom Dancing and Aerobics. Lurgan Foyer (Mount Zion) SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Janice Bunting T. 028 3832 4680 Lurgan Foyer is a joint initiative between Shankill Community Projects and the Student’s Housing Association Co-op. The aim is to provide young people between the ages of 16-25 with accommodation and opportunities for training, education and gaining employment. They offer assistance with form filling for benefits, personal development plans, budgeting and household management, counselling, training and education through partners such as SRC. Lurgan Town Hall Community SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Kate Freeburn T. 028 3832 2422 or T. 028 3832 2586 (public phone box) Lurgan Town Hall has been adapted to facilitate customers with special needs such as wheelchair users and the visually and hearing impaired. SRC have provided a range of vocational and non-vocational classes in; Cookery, Art, Yoga and Multicrafts.
Moira Friendship Group SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Moira Friendship Group is a group aimed at those over 50 years of age. SRC work closely with the group, supplementing their activities with the delivery of various classes, including Computers and Art. Mourneview Community Centre, Lurgan SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Lynda Mark T. 028 3832 6020 The Community Centre has approx 16 user groups and is available 7 days per week. The centre is based in the Mourneview estate and resides among a small shopping complex. The centre offers space for leisure and educational activities and also has a crèche facility that offers childcare in a much needed environment. SRC have in the past provided tutor led classes in; ICT Beginners, Homecrafts, Yoga and Aerobics. North Lurgan Community Centre SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Karen Callaghan T. 028 3831 6394 Over the past few years the centre has provided a range of courses including; ICT, Cookery, Crafts, and Flower Arranging. The North Lurgan Community Centre often works in partnership with SRC who help provide tutors and equipment for classes. Ozanam Centre SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Marie Sharkey or Sam Parks T. 028 3832 5725 The Ozanam Centre have large premises most of which are used to provide various services to the community. The College has offered ESOL classes in the Centre. St Peters Youth Club SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Jim Magee T. 079 545 6632 Springwell Centre, Lurgan SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Philomena Horner T. 028 3834 7222 The Springwell Centre is located in a prime location in William Street which is on the very outskirts of Lurgan Town Centre. Springwell prides itself in being an open and friendly environment where users can expect support and encouragement from all staff. They offer counselling and a broad programme of activities such as. ICT for Beginners, Personal Development Course, Word Processing, Parent
Support, and Essential Skills in Literacy and Numeracy. St. Patrick’s Primary School, Magheralin SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham St. Patrick’s Primary School is the venue for a Yoga class delivered by the College in Magheralin, on the outskirts of Lurgan. There is on-site parking available and the school is fully equipped to accommodate disabled needs. Taghnevan Youth and Community Centre SRC Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Aideen Lavery T. 028 3832 4989 The Group is committed to community development and provides various activities for the community including senior citizens, playgroup, parents and toddlers and advice on housing. In partnership with SRC this group has offered classes in Painting, ICT and Flower Arranging.
BANBRIDGE AND DROMORE AREA SRC Community Development Officer - Banbridge and Rural. Jim Cunningham T. 028 3839 7777 M. 077 1198 1732 Annaclone GAA Hall (Annaclone Young at Heart Group) Annaclone has traditionally offered computer classes to their local community in partnership with the College. It is hoped that this can be developed to offer a wider range of courses in the incoming year. Ballela Community Association Ballela is situated approximately 12 miles from Banbridge town, in what was formerly All Saints Primary School in the village. Carnew Orange Hall, Banbridge Carnew is situated approximately 11 miles from Banbridge town centre. IT and First Aid courses are typically run in this centre. Donaghcloney Rural Needs Development Group Samantha Bailey T. 028 3882 0253 The Group exists to benefit the residents of the village by providing various services on their doorstep. The College has worked with the group for a number of years providing various educational classes. This year we are offering Creative Embroidery, Mixed Media, Patchwork, Food Hygiene and IT classes.
Page 117
Community Learning Outcentres Dromore In Action Dromore in Action is a crosscommunity group which is focused on building better community relationships and community infrastructure in Dromore. The College began working in partnership with the Group in September 2011, providing Computer courses. This has proved to be very successful and we aim to build on this to provide a wider provision next year. Laurencetown, Lenaderg and Tullylish Community Association LLT Community Association is situated in Laurencetown, Co. Down. The community centre itself is a restored old school building with its original character and charm having been meticulously retained to create a unique and homely atmosphere. The centre aims to help meet the social, recreational, educational, health and welfare needs of the people in their rural community. Courses offered aim to meet the demand of the local area. Magherally Community Association Magherally Community Association runs courses from the Magherally Orange Hall. The centre is located in a rural setting on the outskirts of Banbridge. The College has worked with the group for over a year providing mostly Computer courses and plan to offer digital photography and other recreational courses. Scarva Visitors Centre Eleanor Barr T. 028 3883 1496 The Magnet Women’s Group works in partnership with SRC to deliver classes across all communities in the Scarva area. The group uses the Scarva Visitors Centre as the venue for such classes. Flower Arranging and Multicrafts are the courses on offer. The centre is fully accessible to disabled users and on-site parking is available. Via Wings, Dromore Via Wings, House of Hope is situated in the town of Dromore. The centre exists to provide an opportunity, mainly for women. It is a “home from home”, a place to chat and develop friendships and contacts. The resource centre aims to get young parents back into education or employment and helps those who have hit hard times, deal with issues in confidence. It provides a safe caring environment with non judgmental staff. The college works closely with the staff in the centre to determine the needs of those who attend and try to ensure that through the provision of quality education, their lives are improved.
Page 118
OTHER CENTRES Beeches Resource Centre, Aghalee Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham Beeches Resource Centre is committed to the design, organisation and provision of a modern, high quality personcentred day service that meets the individual needs and personal goals of people with a learning disability. We began working the centre in September 2010, offering Essential Skills Literacy to their clients. It is hoped that the provision will further develop in the incoming year. TADA (Tyrone, Armagh, Down and Antrim) Community Development Officer. Jim Cunningham TADA Rural Support Network provides services and facilities to a number of community groups across their given area. The College delivered computer classes at varying levels, according to need, to a total of 343 students through the partnership.
Index Admissions
08
Recreational Crafts
31
Entry requirements
10
Make Curtains & Cushions
31
Open Days
Guide to qualifications
Apprenticeship NI & Training for Success A/AS Levels
09 15 16
Biology
20
Chemistry
20
Business Studies Economics
English Literature Geography History
Information & Communication Technology Law
Mathematics Physics
Psychology
Religious Studies Sociology
Access to University for Adults
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Social Sciences & Humanities
22
Business
22
Science
General route Accounting
22 22
BSc (Hons) Accounting
23
IAB Level 2 Award in Computerised Book-keeping (SAGE)
23
Accounting Technicians Ireland
IAB Level 2 Award in Computerised Payroll Processing (SAGE) Administration
23 23
Alter and Repair Your Clothes Christmas Crafts
Level 5 BTEC HNC/D Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy
32
NVQ/VRQ Level 2 Beauty Therapy
33
NVQ/VRQ Level 3 Beauty Therapy
OCR Text/Word Processing Stage 1 Art, Design & Crafts
BA (Hons) Creative Imaging
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Fashion & Textiles Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Graphic Design Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Photography
BTEC Foundation Diploma in Art & Design (Foundation Art) Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Art & Design Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Advertising, Animation & Creative Imaging Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Art & Design Silversmithing Creative Craft Level 2 Recreational Silversmithing
Life Drawing Creative Craft Level 3 Life Drawing Creative Craft Level 2 Recreational Life Drawing
Dressmaking Creative Craft Level 2 Recreational Dressmaking Recreational Art
24 24 24
33
Level 2 Award in Manicure
33
Level 2 Award in Pedicure
33
Level 2 Award in Waxing
33
Level 2 Award in Nail Art
33
Level 3 Award in Media Makeup
33
Level 3 Award in Epilation
33
Level 3 Award in Self Tanning
33
Level 3 Award in Beauty Fashion & Photographic Makeup
33
Level 3 Award in the Application of Hot Stone Therapy
33
Level 3 Award in Intimate Female Waxing
33
Level 2 Award in Nail Technologies (Acrylic Nails)
33
Level 2 Award in Nail Technologies (Gel Nails)
33
Level 2 Certificate in Nail Technologies
33
Business
BSc (Hons) Business Studies Degree Link
34
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Business
34
BSc (Hons) Business Studies
34
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Business
34
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Business
34
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Business
Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Children’s Care, Learning and Development (Management)
OCR Text /Word Processing Stage 2
33
Level 2 Award in Lash and Eyebrow Treatments
24
OCR Text/Word Processing Stage 3
33
Level 2 Award in Make Up
NVQ Level 3 Business and Administration
24
33
Level 2 Award in Facial Skincare
Childcare
NVQ Level 2 Business and Administration
32
Level 2 Award in Health & Safety
24 24
31
Beauty Therapy
Private Secretary’s Diploma
NVQ Level 3 Business and Administration (Medical )
31
35
Foundation Degree in Early Childhood Studies
36 36
Level 3 CACHE Diploma (NVQ) in Children’s Care, Learning and Development (CCLD) or Apprenticeship NI Level 3 in CCLD
37
Level 3 CACHE Diploma in Childcare and Education (DCE)
37
26
Level 2 CACHE Diploma (NVQ) in Children’s Care, Learning and Development (CCLD) or Apprenticeship NI Level 2 in CCLD
28
CACHE Foundation Award in Caring for Children
30
Childcare Professional Development – Special Needs – Playwork
30
Level 3 Working With Children with Special Needs Level 3
30
Level 3 Award in Transition to Playwork (from Early Years)
30
Introduction to Child Protection & Safeguarding Children
30
Complementary Therapies
31
Level 3 Award in Massage Using Pre-blended Aromatherapy Oils 40
26 28
37
Level 2 Diploma in Child Care and Education
37 37
Understand Speech, Language & Communication Needs of Children & Young People
38
30
Level 3 Supporting individuals with autistic spectrum conditions
38
30
Level 2 Introductory Awareness of Autistic Spectrum
30
30
38 38 38 39
31
Level 3 Certificate in Reflexology Techniques
40
31
Level 3 Award in Indian Head Massage
40
Page 119
Index Level 3 Award in Body Massage
Level 3 Award in the Application of Hot Stone Therapy Level 2 Award in Threading
40 40
Foundation Degree in Sustainable Construction
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Construction / Civil Engineering (Conversion Course)
Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Civil Engineering Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Construction Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Construction and the Built Environment
Level 3 BTEC Subsidiary Diploma in Construction and the Built Environment
Level 2 BTEC Extended Certificate in Construction Introduction to Surveying & Levelling
City & Guilds Level 3 Award in CAD using AutoCAD City & Guilds Level 2 Award in CAD using AutoCAD Construction Skills
42 42 42 42 42 42 42
External Insulation & Building Treatments
Construction Skills Register (CSR Training) Painting and Decorating (DIY)
Basic Boiler Maintenance (DIY)
Creative Wall & Floor Tiling (DIY) Install Internal Wall Insulation
Bespoke Furniture Design & Production Counselling
Foundation Degree in Counselling University of Ulster
Level 4 Certificate in Counselling Studies University of Ulster Level 2 Certificate in Counselling Skills
Level 2 CPCAB Certificate in Introduction to Counselling Skills Dental Nursing
NEBDN National Diploma in Dental Nursing
45 45 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46
47 47 47
48
Requirements for Electrical Installations 17th Edition C & G 2382-10
Requirements for Electrical Installations 16th-17th Edition Update C&G 2377 2382-20
Inspection, Testing and Certification of Electrical Installations C&G 2391-10 Unit 301 (Theory) Inspection, Testing and Certification of Electrical Installations C&G 2391-10 Unit 302 (Practical)
Electrical Installation C&G 2377 (Portable Appliance Testing) Engineering
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in General Engineering Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Electrical and Electronic Engineering Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate Page 120
Recreational Welding
Recreational Metalwork
The Associate Bachelor’s Degree in English & History
49
53 53
54 54
Cambridge Advanced Certificate in English (CAE)
55
Essential Skills First Aid
55
56
Level 3 First Aid at Work (EMAS approved)
58
Level 2 FAQ Emergency First Aid at Work
58
Level 3 Refresher First Aid at Work (EMAS approved) Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation and Automated External Defibrillation
Level 2 FAQ Award in Paediatric First Aid (Children) Level 2 FAQ Award in Activity First Aid (Adults)
58
58 58 58
Floristry - Creative Craft Level 3
59
Floristry - Creative Craft Level 1
59
Floristry - Creative Craft Level 2 Advanced Recreational Floristry – Level 3 standard Recreational Flower Arranging GCSEs
59 59 59
GCSE English Language
60
GCSE English Language Blended
60
GCSE Biology
GCSE Biology Blended
49 49
Hairdressing
60 60 60 60
Level 5 BTEC HNC leading to a HND Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy
61
NVQ/VRQ Level 2 Certificate / Diploma in Hairdressing (TfS/Apprenticeship)
61
19
NVQ/VRQ Level 3 Diploma in Hairdressing (TfS/Apprenticeship)
50
VRQ Level 2 Certificate/ Diploma in Barbering
50
53
55
Cambridge First Certificate in English (FCE)
GCSE Maths Blended
49
52
City & Guilds Entry Level Certificate in ESOL International Entry Level 1 – 3 Level 1-2
GCSE Mathematics
Electrical
51
53
Apprenticeship – Agricultural Service Engineering Level 2 & 3
Floristry and Flower Arranging 47
51
Apprenticeship – Welding or Fabrication Engineering Level 1, 2 & 3
Apprenticeship –Engineering (Mechanical) Level 1, 2 & 3
ESOL
45
51
52
43
43
51
Apprenticeship – Electrical Engineering Level 2 & 3
43
45
Apprenticeship -Tiling
Engineering Skills
BA (Hons) in English/History (Final Year modular)
43
Apprenticeship -Painting and Decorating Apprenticeship -Plumbing
Programmable Logic Controllers
English & History
44
Apprenticeship -Plastering
51
42
Apprenticeship -Bricklaying
Apprenticeship -Carpentry and Joinery
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Engineering
Level 3 BTEC Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
Level 3 BTEC Diploma in Construction and the Built Environment 42 Level 3 BTEC Diploma in Civil Engineering
50
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Engineering Level 3 BTEC Diploma in Electrical/Electronic Engineering
Construction
Foundation Degree in Architectural Technology with Sustainable Design
in Mechanical Engineering
VRQ Level 1 Diploma in an Introduction to the Hair and Beauty Sector Level 2 Award in Health & Safety
61
62 62 62
Index Level 2 Award in Cutting Men’s Hair
62
Level 2 Award in Perming Hair
62
Level 2 Award in Cutting Women’s Hair Level 2 Award in Colouring and Lightning Level 3 Award in Cutting Women’s Hair Level 3 Award in Colouring
Level 3 Award in provide Shaving Services Level 3 Award in Bridal Styling Health & Safety
NEBOSH Diploma
NEBOSH General Certificate
Train the Trainer Principles of Manual Handling
Train the Trainer Principles of Manual Handling Update IOSH Managing Safely IOSH Working Safely
Fire Safety Awareness Fire Risk Assessment
62 62 62 62 62 62
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Health and Social Care (Year 3 Top up)
Level 5 City & Guilds Diploma in Leadership for Health and Social Care Services (Adults’ Management) Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate in Health and Social Care
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Health and Social Care City & Guilds (NVQ) Level 3 Diploma in Health and Social Care or Apprenticeship NI City & Guilds (NVQ) Level 2 Diploma in Health and Social Care or Apprenticeship NI
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Health and Social Care Level 2 Unit Dementia Awareness Horticulture
Horticulture (NPTC Level 3 Diploma in Work-based Horticulture) Horticulture (NPTC Level 2 Diploma in Work-based Horticulture)
63 63 64 64 64 64 64 64
Recreational Gardening Hospitality & Tourism
Foundation Degree in Travel and Tourism Management
Foundation Degree in Hospitality and Tourism Management Foundation Degree in International Culinary Arts Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Hospitality and Event Management
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Travel and Tourism Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Travel and Tourism NVQ Level 3 Professional Cookery
Level 2 Professional Cookery Diploma (PCD) Level 2 NVQ in Professional Cookery
Level 1 Diploma in Professional Cookery
Level 1 Combined Diploma in Hospitality & Retail Level 3 Award / Cert / Dip in Food & Drink Industry Qualifications ApprenticeshipNI
Level 2 Award/Cert/Dip in Food & Drink Industry Qualifications ApprenticeshipNI
ABC Level 2 Certificate in General Patisserie and Confectionery CIEH Level 4 Award in Managing Food Safety
CIEH Level 3 Award in Supervising Food Safety
71
EDI Level 2 Principles of Customer Service in Hospitality, Leisure, Travel and Tourism
71
Recreational Wine Tasting
71
Recreational Cooking
71
Cake Decorating Beginners/Intermediate
71
Foundation Degree in Computing and Network Systems
73
Foundation Degree in Interactive Multimedia
73
Foundation Degree in Computing
73
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Games Development
74
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Interactive Computing
74
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Computing
74
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Computing
74
CompTIA A+ PC Hardware and Operating Systems
74
CompTIA Network+ (N+)
74
CompTIA Security+ (S+) 65 65 66 66 66 66
74
Cisco Networking Academy Programme – Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA)
74
Basic Computing (GET IT)
75
ICT Essential Skills (LEARN IT)
75
C&G Level 3 Award for IT Users (FURTHER IT)
75
Languages
Diploma in the Irish Language
Recreational Languages – A Taste of French, Italian or Spanish Leisure & Recreational
76 76
66
Level 2 FAQ Award in Basic Activity First Aid
77
66
Yoga for Intermediates
77
66
Yoga for Beginners Men’s Keep Fit
Golf – Beginners / Improvers 67 67
Horticulture (NPTC level 1 Diploma in Practical Horticulture Skills) 67 Level 1 Combined Diploma
71
EDI Level 3 Principles of Supervising Customer Service in Hospitality, Leisure, Travel and Tourism
IT / Computing / Multimedia
Health & Social Care
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Health and Social Care
CIEH Level 2 Award in Food Safety
67
77 77 77
Life Skills
OCR Life and Living Skills (Entry Levels – 1, 2 and 3) - accredited course for students with learning difficulties/ disabilities 78 Link Club (For Students with Learning Difficulties)
78
Management & Professional Development 68 68 68 69 70 70 70
Level 7 BTEC Extended Diploma in Strategic Management & Leadership
79
Level 5 CIPD Human Resource Management
80
Level 5 BTEC Diploma in Management and Leadership CIPD Certificate in Human Resource Practice Level 5 ILM Certificate in, Coaching and Mentoring in Management
Level 3 ILM Certificate in Leadership & Management
70
Level 3 ILM Award in Coaching for Team Leaders and First Line Managers
70
Level 2 ILM Award in Leadership & Team Skills
70 70 70 71 71 71 71
Level 3 ILM Award in Leadership & Management Train the Trainer ILM Endorsed Award ILM Endorsed Project Management
ILM Level 3 Units in Leadership and Management Media
BA (Hons) Creative Imaging
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Interactive Media
79 80 80 80 81 81 81 81 81 81
82 82 Page 121
Index Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Moving Image, Graphics and Web Design
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Creative Media Production Get More Out of Your Camcorder Editing Video Footage DVD Authoring
After Effects for Beginners Flash for Beginners Motor Vehicle
Level 4 Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics
Level 3 Motor Vehicle Mature experienced Students (Fast Track) Level 3 Motor Sports
Light Vehicle Repair Technical Certificate and/or NVQ Level 2 & 3 Heavy Vehicle Repair Technical Certificate and/or NVQ Level 2 & 3 Light Vehicle Body Repair and Refinishing – Technical Certificate and/or NVQ Level 2 & 3
Land Based Service Engineering Technical Certificate and NVQ Level 2 & Level 3 Construction Plant Maintenance – Technical Certificate and/or NVQ Level 1, 2 & 3 Diploma in Vehicle Parts Principles Level 2 & 3 Level 1 Vehicle Fitting
Painting & Refinishing (Upskilling) Car Body Welding
Owner/Driver Car Maintenance Music
82 83 83 83 83 83 83
Public Services
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Public Services Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Public Services Retail
85 85 85 85 85 85 85
94
ABC Level 2 Diploma in Retail Fashion
94
ABC Level 3 Certificate in Retail Knowledge
Apprenticeship – Retail NVQ Level 2
Retail Works – Pre-Employment Programme Science
Foundation Degree in Applied and Medical Science Level 4 BTEC Higher National Certificate / Diploma Applied Biology
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Applied Science Level 3 BTEC Combined Subsidiary Diplomas in Applied Biology & Applied Chemistry Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Applied Science Sports Studies
87
Active IQ Level 3 Certificate in Sports Massage Therapy
88
Active IQ Level 2 Award in Instructing Kettle Bells
88
Photoshop for Photographers – Creative Craft Level 2 Unit 1 Compact Camera Club - Snap Your Holiday Compact Camera Club - Snap Your Kids
Compact Camera Club - Snap Your Pets Dark Room Techniques for Beginners Night Photography
Photographing Waterfalls and Streams Photographic Portraiture Scapes Photography
iPhoneography – image making with your iPhone Flickr for Photographers
Documentary Photography – Creating a Photobook Accessories for your SLR camera
Using Social Media to showcase your images
Page 122
98
98
99
Active IQ Level 3 Certificate in Exercise Referral
99 99 99 99
Active IQ Level 4 Certificate in Exercise for the Management of Low Back Pain
100
Level 2 Award in Instructing Studio Cycling
100
Level 2 Award in Instructing Circuits Sessions
Level 3 Diploma in Performance Coaching in Gaelic Games
91
Get more out of your Digital Camera
96
99
86
Digital Photography Creative Craft Level 3
Recreational Digital Photography – Level 2 standard
96
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Sport Skills for Your Life
90
Digital Photography Creative Craft Level 2
96
85
BA (Hons) Creative Imaging
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Photography
95
Level 3 BTEC Subsidiary Diploma in Sport and Exercise Sciences 99
85
Active IQ Level 3 Certificate in Personal Training
Photography & Photoshop
95
98
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Sport and Exercise Sciences
87
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Performing Arts (Drama and Music)
94
85
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Music Technology
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Performing Arts
94
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Sport with GAA Performance Academy
85
Active IQ Level 2 Certificate in Gym Instructing
Performing Arts
94
97
Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Sport
86
Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Performing Arts (Drama and Music)
94
Foundation Degree in Sport, Exercise and Fitness
85
Level 5 BTEC Higher National Diploma in Music Level 3 BTEC Extended Diploma in Music
93
Foundation Degree in Retail
Level 1 BTEC Combined Diploma 85
93
90
Teacher Training
100 100 100
EDI Level 4 Certificate in Teaching ICT Skills
101
91
EDI Level 4 Certificate in Principles of Teaching and Learning
91
Finance
102
91
Working on your future
105
91
Facilities for Students
91
Sports Teams and Academies
91
Campus Locations
91
i3 for Business
112
91
Community Learning Outcentres
115
91 91
Learning Support
91
Learning Resource Centre
91
Student Activities
91
Prince’s Trust
91
Guide for International Students
91
Community Learning
92 92
101
104 106 107 108 109 110 111 111
114
contact us
ARMAGH CAMPUS
LURGAN CAMPUS
LONSDALE
KITCHEN HILL
COLLEGE HILL ARMAGH COUNTY ARMAGH BT61 7HN
LURGAN COUNTY ARMAGH BT66 6AZ
T 028 3752 2205 F 028 3751 2845 LISANALLY LISANALLY LANE ARMAGH COUNTY ARMAGH BT61 7HF T 028 3752 2205 F 028 3751 2844 HAMILTONSBAWN ROAD CENTRE 56 HAMILTONSBAWN ROAD ARMAGH COUNTY ARMAGH BT60 1HW T 028 3752 5094 F 028 3751 2844
BANBRIDGE CAMPUS CASTLEWELLAN ROAD BANBRIDGE COUNTY DOWN BT32 4AY T 028 3839 7700 F 028 3839 7701
KILKEEL CAMPUS GREENCASTLE STREET KILKEEL COUNTY DOWN BT34 4BH T 028 4176 2582 F 028 4176 5975
T 028 3839 7800 F 028 3839 7801
PORTADOWN CAMPUS 36 LURGAN ROAD PORTADOWN COUNTY ARMAGH BT63 5BL T 028 3839 7777 F 028 3839 7751
NEWRY CAMPUS EAST/WEST PATRICK STREET NEWRY COUNTY DOWN BT35 8DN T 028 3026 1071 F 028 3025 9679 GREENBANK GREENBANK INDUSTRIAL ESTATE BALLINACRAIG NEWRY COUNTY DOWN BT34 2QX
We welcome calls via TextDirect Making a call from a textphone Dial 18001 + 028 3025 9622 Or making a call from a telephone Dial 18002 + 084 5604 0033 Disclaimer The Southern Regional College has made every effort to ensure that the information contained in this Prospectus is accurate and up-to-date. However, the College cannot accept responsibility for errors, omissions or ambiguities. The College reserves the right to revise, alter, discontinue or cancel a course once they have commenced. All information is correct at time of going to print. The College would like to thank all students for their cooperation and participation in the photography used within this Prospectus.
info@src.ac.uk www.src.ac.uk 0845 604 0033
T 028 3026 1071 F 028 3026 2453 MODEL CATHERINE STREET NEWRY COUNTY DOWN BT35 6JG T 028 3026 1071 F 028 3026 6556
Page 123
info@src.ac.uk www.src.ac.uk 0845 604 0033